Home

HP NSARPA/1000 User's Manual

1. Displays the FTP command stack Similar to the command stack display function in RTE A linecount Pots text linecount Optional command line count integer from 1 to 12 that specifies the number of command lines from the last command entered to be displayed Jesa Optional extra slashes up to 12 slashes that you may specify If two extra slashes are specified the last two commands executed are displayed If three extra slashes are specified the last three commands are displayed and so on text String of text that FTP uses to search the command stack The text must be preceded by a period FTP displays commands in the stack that contain the specified string of text 2 2 FTP APPEND Transfers a local file to the end of a remote file AP PEND local_file remote_file local_file Specifies a valid file on the local host to be appended to the remote file remote file Specifies a valid file path on the remote host to append the local file If the remote file does not exist FTP creates it before appending the local file If the remote file parameter is omitted FTP uses the local_filenameas the remote filename ASCII Sets the file transfer type to ASCII AS CIT BELL Specifies that a bell sound is generated after each file transfer completes This command toggles BE LL BINARY Sets the FTP file transfer type to binary BI NARY BYE Closes the remote connection and exits
2. Berkeley Software Distribution Interprocess Communication 4 19 socket Creates a socket an endpoint for communication and returns a socket descriptor for the socket This must be the first BSD IPC call used in the process Both server and client processes need to create a socket with the socket call Syntax socket socket af type protocol int socket af type protocol Parameters socket Socket descriptor for the newly created socket It is an integer with a valid range of 0 to 30 This socket descriptor is used in subsequent BSD IPC calls to reference this socket If the call fails a 1 is returned in socket and the global variable errno contains the error code af Address family for the socket being created It must be set to AF INET for Internet address family The address family defines the address format used in socket operations The AF INET address family uses an address structure sockaddr_in of 16 bytes Refer to Address Family Type in Appendix D of the BSD IPC Reference Manual for NS ARPA 1000 and ARPA 1000 for more information type Type of socket being created It must be set to SOCK_STREAM The socket type specifies the semantics of communication for the socket A SOCK_STREAM type provides sequenced reliable two way connection based bytes streams Refer to Socket Type in Appendix D of the BSD IPC Reference Manual for NS ARPA 1000 and ARPA 1000 for more information protocol U
3. prompt Any MPE file attribute can be changed from its default by using the FILE command This equation does not alter the characteristics of an existing file UN Indicates the file is to be written as fixed length records RMOTE uses a default size of 80 characters but this can be overridden by the MPE FILE command cc Indicates column 1 is to be used for carriage control at MPE SP Indicates the RTE file is spooling system format I O control embedded in the file will be translated to MPE carriage control characters 9 2 REMOTE MO Moves files between an HP 3000 and an HP 1000 HP 3000 to HP 1000 File Transfer Format When a file is moved from an HP 3000 to an HP 1000 prompt use the following command i filedesc No ilenamel lul SP UN filename The name of the HP 3000 file to be transferred to the HP 1000 filedesc The name the HP 3000 file will acquire at the HP 1000 lu The logical unit number specifying the destination of the HP 3000 file on the HP 1000 If the LU is a magnetic tape drive an EOF is written when the move completes If the LU is a line printer column one is interpreted as carriage control unless octal 200 decimal 128 is added to set the V bit A top of form is written when the move completes UN Removes the last 8 characters of each line regardless of line length This feature is useful for moving numbered MPE text files Numbered files created by the MPE text editor have an 8
4. severity code The display code Default is zero If an invalid code is entered it is defaulted to zero The options are 0 All commands are echoed on the log device Any error causes an appropriate error message to be printed Inhibit command echo on log device 2 Inhibit messages to log device unless error is severe enough to cause control to transfer to log device for command input m RMOTE 9 1 RMOTE Commands EX Terminates RMOTE execution EX LL Changes the STDLIST device LL lu lu The logical unit number of the new STDLIST device at the local node MO Moves files between an HP 1000 and an HP 3000 If input is from an interactive LU RMOTE prompts for data with a slash Copo terminates a data entry HP 1000 to HP 3000 File Transfer Format When a file is moved from an HP 1000 to an HP 3000 prompt use the following command filedesc CC Ju filename UN E filedesc The file to be transferred MO lu The logical unit that specifies the location of the file to be moved Must be less than 64 filename The filename created on the HP 3000 If the length of the file to be transferred is more than 1023 records a larger file size must be established on the HP 3000 before the move can be successfully completed To set the file size switch to the HP 3000 and type FILE filename DISK number of records Then switch back to the HP 1000 to complete the move under the HP 1000
5. NFSPROC LINK procedure to create a link to a file is not implemented links to a file are not supported on RTE A No more room in mount table There is insufficient free space in the program to store the mount table Increase the HEAP area of the FSRV program If the HEAP area cannot be increased the size of the time zone table may possibly be reduced This can be achieved by eliminating the tztab rule in your time zone for future years and or past years Not enough room to restore the mount table from etc fsrv mnt Only mounting lt gt directories There is insufficient free space in the program to read the prior mount table Increase the HEAP area of the FSRV program If the HEAP area cannot be increased the size of the time zone table may possibly be reduced This can be achieved by eliminating the tztab rule in your time zone for future years and or past years Not enough room to store the time zone table There is insufficient free space in the FSRV program to store the time zone table The time zone table is stored in the HEAP area of the FSRV program If the HEAP area cannot be increased the size of the time zone table must be decreased This can be achieved by eliminating the tztab rule in your time zone for future years and or past years PORTMAP procedure CALLIT is not implemented PMAPPROC CALLIT procedure to allow remote procedure RPC calls to any registered RPC program is not implemented PORTMAP procedure
6. network getnetbyaddr net type struct netent network long net int type network Pointer to a netent structure that contains network information returned by getnetbyaddr The netent structure is defined in the include files netdb h SOCKET PASI and SOCKET FTNI for C Pascal and FORTRAN programs respectively net Network number from which to get network information type The socket address family type It must be set to AF INET getnetbyname Returns network information on the specified network name network getnetbyname name struct netent network char name network Pointer to a netent structure that contains network information returned by getnetbyname The netent structure is defined in the include files netdb h SOCKET PASI and SOCKET FTNI for C Pascal and FORTRAN programs respectively name Pointer to string that contains the network name from which to get network information Terminate the name string with the character VO getnetent Reads the next line of the etc networks file and returns the network information network getnetent struct netent network network Pointer to a netent structure that contains network information returned by getnetent The netent structure is defined in the include files netdb h SOCKET PASI and SOCKET FTNI for C Pascal and FORTRAN programs respectively 4 24 Berkeley Software Distribution Interprocess Communicat
7. us ceps reni ehe ec IR eeu ERE RU e CR RTI col endprotOent eee uocis Rec tenn sec ADR a doc dog ee BS ERE endse ryent enen iener p RE A aH dE qua gethostbyaddr ais uus dee coni ere e I Rp ERR hende gEthOS MAME scada Rowan odes a sion P dn SEE gethostent iios prerte kie deena da ad ge tlocalname ed nhac oa Re RR RUE CRONACA IU gettetbyaddi i i isse ste hex e t eR EON ERR EUR getnetbyname uuu esee a bac oae o wade deena C Reg a e e c ce PSHE TLC usen aane ordet de dadbave dud akon Sed rb Rus d ed e dug lade mov getpeername eii cy ee e A RE ER rer Roe eene Toa getprotobyname l sisi rx ket Re dae a cot getprotobynumibet exe hace coke tese ERES REN REDE ERO RETE E tprotOenit s isses sea pete d Rd ge oT e od Ue ad EORR ge tservbyriame iie ces exec RR CORRER ERE REALE YID EUR EelSeEVDVDOEL uu ace duende donc iba getservent zs ap Te ERCORESOK PAAR CE ROCKR IS FRPC REWCEPCLERION getsockname aiii s eee Rc ee eq eR e eR ad e e htonl ua isse ocio wed eka gr Peas Mee eee Dr P toc is 4 A Po P 4 43 4 PF 42 43 45 04 4 4 d Y dm opm ux odd I 17504 ey d C XO xo o 06 06 00 1 OY OW Un Un E O2 02 G2 P2 B2 P2 P2 ODO 10 Un 4 02 C 0 000 Un Run a a a al a il a a a a O E A EN Q2 P2 P2 P2 B2 BO BO P2 B2 02 P2 P2 P2 02 DO B9 P2 P2 P9 P2 B9 9 P9 02 BO P9 P2 EA 83 82 PEELE inet_netof inet_network inet_ntoa ntohl ntohs sethostent setnete
8. 1 the call is executed locally This parameter may also be specified as the negative value of the communications line logical unit number If this parameter is omitted word 1 defaults to zero and word 2 defaults to 1 local node An error condition location variable Must be defined as a 16 bit integer If an error condition is encountered the address of the node at which the error occurred is returned Remote File Access 10 1 DAPOS DXAPO DAPOS and DXAPO set the address of the next record to be accessed within a file by calling these routines The record position set may be defined via a prior call to DLOCF DAPOS is equivalent to the FMGR routine APOSN DXAPO is equivalent to EAPOS This routine cannot be used with Type 0 non disk files The rband ioff parameters must be present for all files having variable record length to ensure correct operation DAPOS deb err rec rb off erlc DXAPO dcb err rec rb off erlcl dcb Four word array Data Control Block See RFA input output Common Parameters for more information err 16 bit integer Error return variable See RFA Common Parameters for more information rec 16 bit integer 32 bit integer Next record A variable set to the number of the next sequential record in the file Can be determined by a prior call to DLOCF or DXLOC For DXAPO rec is a double word variable with the same meaning rb 16 bit integer 32 bit integer
9. 16 bit integer The Router 1000 node address of the node where the call is executed Must be a DS 1000 IV node with an RTE 6 VM operating system Cannot be 1 or the local node number to indicate the local node 16 bit integer Remote partition status request code 25 16 bit integer A decimal value that declares the partition number whose status is desired 16 bit integer The starting page number plus 1 of the partition is returned here This value represents the ordinal page number i e first second etc A zero is returned if part contains an invalid partition number 16 bit integer The size of the user area available in the partition in pages minus 1 for the base page is returned here A value of 1 is returned if part contains an invalid partition number 16 bit integer The status of the partition is returned here Upon return the parameter stat has the following status format bit 15 will equal zero if the partition is reserved for programs requesting its 1 if the partition is not reserved bit 14 will equal zero if it is a real time partition 1 if it is a background partition DEXEC 11 11 DEXEC 99 Remote Program Status Acall to DEXEC with request code 99 results in the return of status information for a specific program The program status codes are defined in the appropriate operating system reference manual Programs controlled by this call on RTE A systems must be loaded as system utilities and hav
10. 5 31 Index 5 NetIPC USR 5 25 5 27 5 28 5 29 5 31 HP 3000 USR 5 1 5 25 5 26 5 27 5 29 5 37 5 41 5 44 5 59 5 62 5 68 5 71 HP 9000 USR 5 1 5 25 5 26 5 27 5 28 5 37 5 41 5 44 5 59 5 62 5 68 5 PC USR 5 1 5 25 5 26 5 27 5 31 5 37 5 41 5 44 5 59 5 62 5 68 5 71 program examples USR 5 80 5 83 NetIPC calls USR 5 26 send and receive sizes USR 5 28 5 29 5 31 socket sharing USR 5 28 TCP protocol address USR 5 28 5 29 5 31 CSR GEN 9 13 MNT 9 8 CSTBL REL GEN 5 4 CWD FTP message MSG 4 2 CXL66 MNT 9 51 41 71 26 D D RTR GEN C 2 D3KMS MNT 7 1 9 56 DAPOS MSG 7 60 8 46 DS 4 5 DATA NFT message MSG 3 12 RPM MSG 5 12 5 13 data flow MNT 9 12 data interpretation USR 4 4 data link DS 1 6 data link layer GEN 1 7 1 14 USR 1 2 data parameter USR 5 17 5 21 byte address manipulation BSD 4 24 4 35 USR 5 22 data buffer BSD 4 23 4 35 USR 5 23 obtaining byte address USR 5 75 type coercion USR 5 23 vectored data BSD 4 24 4 35 USR 5 23 data partition modify USR 6 29 RPM USR 6 29 data transfer BSD 2 9 3 12 4 18 4 21 4 23 4 31 4 34 4 38 data types BSD 3 17 data vector BSD 4 23 4 34 USR 5 21 DATA_WAIT USR 5 56 DATA_WAIT flag USR 5 53 database management DS 7 3 DCB RFAM GEN 6 6 Index 6 DCLOS MSG 7 62 8 47 DS 4 8 DCN GEN 1 5 3 29 3 32 9 16 DCONT MSG 7 58 8 48 DS 4 10 DCRET MSG 7 63 8 49 DS 4 13 DD 60 GEN 5 10 DD 60 RE
11. RFA Common Parameters for more information 16 bit integer Error condition location See RFA Common Parameters for more information Remote File Access 10 9 DPOSN DXPOS These calls are used to position any type of file to a point relative to its current position or to a specific record number DPOSN is equivalent to the FMGR call POSNT DXPOS is equivalent to EOPSN DPOSN dcb err nur rec erlc DXPOS dcb err nur rec erlc dcb Four word array Data Control Block See RFA input output Common Parameters for more information err 16 bit integer Error return variable See RFA Common Parameters for more information nur 16 bit integer 32 bit integer Record count or record number A variable containing either the number of records to skip forward positive value or backwards negative value or the absolute record number to which the file is to be positioned positive integer only The rec parameter determines how nur is interpreted For DXPOS nur isa double word variable with the same meaning rec 16 bit integer A variable that if zero declares that nur is the number of records to skip If rec is not zero nur is interpreted as an absolute record number erlc 16 bit integer Error condition location See RFA Common Parameters for more information 10 10 Remote File Access DPURG A call to DPURG removes a file from the file directory DPURG is equivalent to t
12. RMOTE Operation sexcnlkeeee hx RR ee here eS ae ERE e Ree MPEOComrmands cg ep eh cre eH py p eC CO CR CC eg RMOTESchedi ling up peita ga a ip be ode bis RMOTECommands secessrercist e tt een 9 A Dub 00uuUNNNNNA Da RMOTE Operation CI gt RU RMOTE Local RTE command processing now in effect ssw Switch to the HP 3000 node HELLO user group Once the HELLO command is issued standard HP 3000 command processing can take place HEX Exit RMOTE MPE Commands RMOTE provides a remote interface to all MPE commands In order to use RMOTE you should be familiar with the HP 3000 and the MPE commands These commands are described in the appropriate MPE commands reference manual RMOTE Scheduling RMOTE can be scheduled with or without the following runstring parameters Alternately RMOTE can be scheduled from a program with DEXEC or EXEC call REMAT an Jo log severity code input filedesc The name of the file that provides all input commands a command file All local commands must be preceded by the prompt and all remote commands must be preceded by the prompt Comments must be preceded by an asterisk input The LU of the input device for STDIN Default is your terminal the Multiterminal Monitor LU or the value returned by LOGLU log The LU of an output device for SSTDLIST requests and for logging errors The default log LU is the input LU if interactive or the value returned by LOGLU
13. TCP level level should be IPPROTO TCP Socket option name The following options are supported for socket level SOL_SOCKET options SO_KEEPALIVE Toggle option Sets a timer for 90 minutes for connected sockets After 90 minutes expire and if the connection has been idle during this period SO KEEPALIVE forces a transmission every 60 seconds for up to 7 minutes after which the idle connection is shut down In summary SO KEEPALIVE allows an idle period of 97 minutes before connection shutdown If this option is toggled off an indefinite idle time is allowed This option is set by default SO REUSEADDR Toggle option Allows local socket address reuse This allows multiple sockets to be bound to the same local port address This option modifies the rules used by bind to validate local addresses SO REUSEADDR allows more than one socket to be bound to the same port number at the same time however it only allows one single socket to be actively listening for connection requests on the port number The host will still check at connection time to be sure any other socket with the same local address and local port does not have the same remote address and remote port Connect fails if the uniqueness requirement is violated 4 6 Berkeley Software Distribution Interprocess Communication optval optlen getsockopt SO RCVBUF Returns the buffer size of a socket s receive socket buffer The default buffer si
14. input output result rpmstring rpmstringlen result Packed array of characters Pascal word array FORTRAN by reference A variable length array containing the string passed in the opt parameter of the RPMCreate call which scheduled this child program 32 bit non negative integer by reference On input romst ringlen is the maximum byte length allowed for the rpmstring On output rpmstringlen indicates the actual length of the returned rpmstring A string longer than what the buffer can accommodate will be truncated In RTE A the maximum string length retrieved with RPMGet String is 256 bytes If there is no string received in rpmst ring an error is returned in result 32 bit non negative integer by reference The result of the RPMGet String request zero if no error If result is not zero an error has occurred Errors are defined in the NS ARPA 1000 Error Message and Recover Manual Remote Process Management 7 19 RPMKILL Terminates a specified child program scheduled by an RPMCreate call RPMKILL pd nodename nodelen result pd nodename nodelen result Byte array Pascal Word array FORTRAN by reference An array of 16 bytes containing the program descriptor returned by the RPMCreate call Packed array of characters Pascal word array FORTRAN by reference A variable length array identifying the node on which the child program resides The syntax of the node name is node domai
15. 3 62 command input file USR 3 74 command stack display with command USR 3 20 commands USR 3 1 3 15 wt USR 3 19 l USR 3 17 USR 3 18 3 42 USR 3 20 APPEND USR 3 22 ASCII USR 3 23 BELL USR 3 24 BINARY USR 3 25 BYE USR 3 27 3 36 3 62 CD USR 3 28 CLOSE USR 3 29 DEBUG USR 3 30 DELETE USR 3 31 DIR USR 3 32 DL USR 3 34 EXIT USR 3 27 3 36 3 62 FORM USR 3 37 GET USR 3 38 3 64 GLOB USR 3 39 Index 12 HASH USR 3 41 HELP USR 3 42 LCD USR 3 43 LL USR 3 44 LS USR 3 45 MDELETE USR 3 47 MDIR USR 3 48 MGET USR 3 49 MKDIR USR 3 51 MLS USR 3 52 MODE USR 3 53 MPUT USR 3 54 NLIST USR 3 56 OPEN USR 3 58 PROMPT USR 3 59 PUT USR 3 60 3 69 PWD USR 3 61 QUIT USR 3 27 3 36 3 62 QUOTE USR 3 63 RECV USR 3 38 3 64 REMOTEHELP USR 3 65 RENAME USR 3 66 RMDIR USR 3 67 RTEBIN USR 3 68 SEND USR 3 60 3 69 SITE USR 3 70 STATUS USR3 71 STRUCT USR 3 72 SYSTEM USR 3 73 TR USR 3 74 TYPE USR 3 76 USER USR 3 77 VERBOSE USR 3 78 DEBUG command USR 3 30 DELETE command USR 3 31 DIR command USR 3 32 DL command USR 3 34 errors MNT 1 6 EXIT command USR 3 27 3 36 3 62 file transfer GEN 4 17 USR 3 38 FORM command USR 3 37 GET command USR 3 38 3 64 GLOB command USR 3 39 HASH command USR 3 41 HELP command USR 3 42 help information USR 3 8 3 18 3 42 internet network services dae mon GEN 4 17 invoking USR 3 2 LCD command USR 3 43 LL
16. BGCDS GEN 5 14 BIGLB GEN 5 14 D3N25 GEN 6 4 FNDLB GEN 5 14 BIGNS GEN 6 3 BIGNS LIB GEN 5 14 6 7 BIGNS_CDS GEN 6 3 BIGNS_CDS LIB GEN 5 14 6 7 BSD IPC GEN 6 3 BSD_CDS GEN 6 3 BSD_CDS LIB GEN 6 7 DS3K GEN 6 3 ERRNODEC REL GEN 6 7 LINK GEN 6 2 NSLIB GEN 4 13 4 22 6 3 NSSYS GEN 4 13 4 22 5 13 PASCAL LIB GEN 5 14 PASCAL CDS LIB GEN 5 14 SEC1000CDS GEN 5 14 user GEN 6 2 line down count modifying MNT 8 14 linedown statistic MNT 2 16 LINK command editing USR 3 14 libraries GEN 6 2 link Bisync GEN 1 15 communication GEN 1 3 1 14 disable MNT 8 7 DS 1000 IV Compatible Services RTE MPE GEN 3 11 enable MNT 8 10 HDLC GEN 1 15 IEEE 802 3 GEN 1 14 interface GEN 3 6 LU GEN 3 12 software modules GEN 4 14 4 25 troubleshooting MNT 1 13 X 25 GEN 1 15 link initialization LAN GEN 8 1 X 25 GEN 8 1 link interface MNT 9 2 See also LI link vector GEN 9 24 MNT 9 27 link level address probe GEN 1 13 links USR 1 1 1 7 DS 1 1 1 6 1 7 LIST FTP message MSG 4 3 listen for connection request BSD 4 16 listen queue BSD 2 3 3 9 4 16 listen BSD 2 5 3 1 3 9 4 16 Index 17 LL command FTP USR 3 44 LOAD module GEN C 4 loading RPM USR 6 4 loading BSD IPC programs BSD 3 18 loading programs DS 2 22 APLDR GEN C 4 FLOAD DS 7 18 LOAD module GEN C 4 memory based system GEN C 4 MEMRY module GEN C 4 RAM disk GEN C 4 RTE BUILD GEN C 4 SEGLD DS 7 21 loading segmented p
17. GEN 2 1 6 1 installation checklist FSV 4 12 installing the file server FSV 4 1 int data type BSD 3 17 interactive network file transfer USR 4 5 INTERCHANGE DSCOPY option USR 4 8 interchange format USR 4 3 RTE A type 6 files USR 4 3 4 7 interface MSG 1 20 interface driver See driver interface protocol GEN 1 12 Index 15 International Standards Organiza tion USR 1 1 internet GEN 1 5 internet address BSD 2 3 3 3 3 7 3 8 D 2 See also IP address internet control message protocol MSG 1 10 internet dot notation BSD D 1 internet layer GEN 1 12 internet network services daemon See INETD internet protocol See also IP addresses GEN 1 13 protocol header MSG 1 7 internetwork GEN 1 5 interprocesscommunication See also Network IPC PTOP USR 5 1 INTERRUPT parameter TELNET SEND command USR 2 22 INTERUPT command TELNET USR 2 16 invoke break request MSG 6 29 break response MSG 6 30 IOMAP GEN 4 22 4 31 6 7 14 5 LMPE values GEN 14 17 disable map GEN 14 14 header flag GEN 14 8 14 11 initialization GEN 14 7 mapped LU status GEN 14 15 mapping information GEN 14 16 parameter summary GEN 14 6 prompt flag GEN 14 10 14 13 return error values GEN 14 17 iovec structure BSD 4 25 IP GEN 1 6 1 12 MNT 9 2 9 5 address GEN 3 12 3 32 3 34 3 35 9 16 9 18 9 22 11 3 11 4 MNT 1 6 2 5 2 18 DCN GEN 3 32 9 16 GT GEN 3 33 header MSG 1 7 internet protocol USR 1 9 path records GEN 9 1
18. NFT 1000 ERR 24 Cannot open file filename DSCOPY was unable to open the given file due to an unknown NFT 1000 ERR 25 error Unable to initialize DSCOPY This error returned because 1 DSCOPY was unable to acquire NFT 1000 ERR 26 sufficient resources or 2 an error occurred in accessing DSAM or DSAM tables Cannot create a sparse variable length record file NFT 1000 ERR 27 The target computer does not support sparse files with variable length records Cannot schedule PRDC1 helper program NFT 1000 ERR 28 PRDC1 could not be scheduled Either it could not be found or there are insufficient resources The DSCOPY call could not schedule the DSCOPY program The DSCOPY call noticed that the DSCOPY program was terminated for some reason The Producer program could not be scheduled Cannot schedule DSCOPY program NFT 1000 ERR 29 DSCOPY aborted NFT 1000 ERR 30 Cannot schedule Producer program on source computer NFT 1000 ERR 31 Cannot schedule Consumer program on target computer NFT 1000 ERR 32 The Consumer program could not be scheduled Record size is too large NFT 1000 ERR 33 The source computer or the target computer could not accept the interchange file copy request because of buffer space limitations Either the TR or LL command was given a file which is of an unacceptable type Read from input file failed An unknown error occurred in reading from the input file The NFT 1000 ER
19. Relative block address of the next record A variable set to the block number of the next record This parameter is required for files of type 3 4 5 7 or greater variable length records For DXAPO rb is a double word variable containing the block number of the next record off 16 bit integer Block offset of next record A variable set to the offset in the block of the next record This parameter is required for files of Type 3 or greater erlc 16 bit integer Optional error condition location See REA Common Parameters for more information 10 2 Remote File Access DCLOS DXCLO Following access operations you may close a file using a call to DCLOS or DXCLO DCLOS is equivalent to the FMGR call CLOSE DXCLO is equivalent to ECLOS DCLOS deb err trun erlc DXCLO dcb err trun erlc dcb input output err trun erlc Four word array Data Control Block See RFA Common Parameters for further information 16 bit integer Error return variable See RFA Common Parameters for further information 16 bit integer 32 bit integer File truncation variable Contains an integer value that defines the number of blocks to be deleted from the file upon closing If zero or not specified no truncation occurs If negative only file extents are truncated If greater than the number of blocks in the file no action occurs If equal to the number of blocks in the file the file is purged F
20. USR VERBOSE command FTP USR 3 78 verbose output FTP USR 3 78 verification GEN 2 6 verifying client access FSV 4 10 verifying FSRV startup FSV 4 10 verifying users FSV 1 1 virtual circuit USR 5 2 virtual circuit connection USR 5 2 5 6 status USR 5 8 virtual circuit socket USR 5 2 virtual circuit socket descriptor USR 5 3 virtual terminal GEN 1 8 4 16 USR 1 3 2 1 DS 1 2 3 1 access messages MSG 6 1 abort I O request MSG 6 22 abort I O response MSG 6 23 negotiation reply MSG 6 10 negotiation request MSG 6 7 general flow MSG 6 1 invoke break request MSG 6 29 invoke break response MSG 6 30 logon info message request MSG 6 16 logon info message response MSG 6 17 logon sequence MSG 6 3 message header MSG 6 5 message types MSG 6 4 MPE get information request MSG 6 33 get information response MSG 6 34 specific control request MSG 6 31 specific control response MSG 6 32 primitives MSG 6 4 set break request MSG 6 24 set break response MSG 6 25 set driver control response MSG 6 28 TELNET USR 1 3 DS 1 2 terminal driver control request MSG 6 26 terminal I O reply MSG 6 20 terminal I O request MSG 6 18 terminal monitor MSG 6 1 negotiation reply MSG 6 13 negotiation request MSG 6 12 terminate message request MSG 6 14 termination reply MSG 6 15 VMA programs RPM USR 6 26 VMA size RPM USR 6 27 tracing GEN 6 6 VT messages MSG 6 1 Ww wait for child RPM USR 6 11
21. USR 3 77 user program GEN 4 17 VERBOSE command USR 3 78 verbose output USR 3 78 FTP HLP GEN 6 7 FTPSV GEN 4 29 6 7 C 7 memory based system GEN C 6 FUNLOCK MSG 8 36 FUPDATE not multirecord MSG 8 37 FWRITE not multirecord MSG 8 38 FWRITEDIR MSG 8 40 FWRITELABEL MSG 8 42 G gateway GEN 1 6 3 9 LAN GEN 3 9 gateway table MNT 9 9 See also GT default gateway GEN 3 31 3 34 gathered write BSD 4 23 4 34 USR 5 21 generation See system generation GET DS 6 26 GET command FTP USR 3 38 3 64 GET processing MNT 9 43 gethostbyaddr BSD 3 10 5 12 B 2 gethostbyname BSD 3 7 5 14 B 2 gethostent BSD 5 16 B 2 getlocalname BSD 5 18 getnetbyaddr BSD 5 19 B 4 getnetbyname BSD 5 21 B 4 getnetent BSD 5 23 B 4 getpeername BSD 5 25 getprotobyname BSD 5 26 B 6 getprotobynumber BSD 5 28 B 6 getprotoent BSD 5 30 B 6 getservbyname BSD 3 5 5 32 B 8 getservbyport BSD 5 34 B 8 getservent BSD 5 36 B 8 getsockname BSD 3 5 5 38 getsockopt BSD 4 13 GLOB command FTP USR 3 39 global area MNT 9 61 global socket descriptor MNT 2 19 5 19 Index 13 globbing FTP USR 3 3 GNODE DS 7 20 GRPM GEN 4 14 4 17 4 29 4 30 6 7 MNT 9 25 GSD MNT 2 19 5 19 GT GEN 3 29 3 33 9 18 MNT 2 6 9 9 guardian node GEN 3 21 3 36 9 23 H hard links FSV 3 4 hardware failures MNT 1 13 requirements GEN 1 2 troubleshooting MNT 1 5 HAS
22. code cnwd bufr buf1 prmi prm2 0 0 keywd dest code cnwd bufr bufl prmi prm2 keywd 11 2 DEXEC 16 bit integer The Router 1000 node address of the node where the call is executed A value of 1 indicates the local node Local execution will also be performed whenever dest equals the local node address 16 bit integer Read request code 1 Control word Unlike an EXEC 1 call bit 11 of cnwdina DEXEC 1 call cannot be used to specify control information to the driver in RTE A systems Refer to the Interactive Write Read call description for more information on this restriction For further information on this parameter refer to the RTE A Programmer s Reference Manual Do not specify the logical unit number of any NS ARPA 1000 communication line in the control word Doing so may destroy the integrity of your network Read buffer 16 bit integer Read buffer length for words for characters The maximum buffer size for a remote DEXEC read operation is 512 words 1024 characters If the Z bit in the control word is equal to 1 indicating double word buffering the combined buffer length bu 1 prm2 must be less than or equal to 512 words See the EXEC call descriptions in the RTE A Programmer s Reference Manual for an explanation of this parameter If the Z bit in the control word is equal to 1 indicating double buffering this parameter specifies the address of t
23. does not output the remote listing to the terminal FTP always uses the last parameter in the MDIR command string as the local_ file MGET Transfers multiple remote files to the local host MG ET remote file remote file remote file Specifies a valid file path on the remote host for the file to be transferred The ellipsis means that you may specify multiple remote files delimited by a comma or by one or more blank spaces You may use wild card characters in the remote file names The files are transferred to local files with the same directory paths and names as the source files fa local file with the same file name already exists before the file transfer it is overwritten without warning MKDIR Creates a directory on the remote host MK DIR remote directory lul remote directory Specifies a valid directory path on the remote host lu Specifies the LU on which the remote directory will reside FTP 2 7 MLS Writes an abbreviated directory listing of multiple remote directories or files to a local file ML S remote listing remote listing local file remote listing Specifies the remote directories or file masks from which a directory listing is to be generated The ellipsis means that you may specify multiple remote directories or files delimited by a comma or by one or more blank spaces local file A valid file path on the local host to store the remote listing This parameter is required bec
24. e Press the escape character to return to the TELNET prompt TELNET gt then use SEND ESCAPE to send the escape character as input to the remote application program See example below The SEND INTERRUPT command sends the interrupt character as a data character to the remote node Normally the interrupt character will suspend interrupt abort or terminate the remote process The SEND INTERRUPT command is needed and helpful when you do need to send the interrupt character as a data character The SEND AYT command asks the remote node to return evidence that the TELNET connection is still open If the connection is still open the remote node returns an affirmative response e g terminal beep yes etc AYT stands for Are you there The SEND BREAK command invokes a break at the remote node This command is equivalent to pressing the key at the remote node The SEND IP command sends an interrupt to the remote node This command is equivalent to pressing the interrupt character onzzoL Y at the remote node Displays the current state of the TELNET connection ST ATUS TELNET 1 7 Error Messages The following error messages are returned to the current list device when an error is encountered by the TELNET user program After a message is printed the user may again be presented with the TELNET prompt TELNET User Error Messages DOCS IE Internal TELNET error An internal TELNET error has occurred TEL
25. hit any key to enter breakmode and then type one of the following commands A to Abort C to Cancel S for Status information or H for Help 5 4 Abort Terminates DSCOPY and saves the portion of the target file that has been created thus far You can also use the A command to exit an active transfer file and return control to the scheduling terminal Although you can abort a copy descriptor at any time the target file may be in an inconsistent state if aborted prematurely Cancel Terminates DSCOPY and purges the target file You can also use the C command to exit an active transfer file and return control to the scheduling terminal You can cancel a copy descriptor at any time Status Indicates the percentage of the file that has been transmitted to the target node not all of this data may actually have been received at the target This number is not exact and should be considered an estimate Help Provides an explanation of the A C and S commands Network File Transfer DSCOPY Commands CLEAR Clears all currently active copy descriptor defaults that have been set with the DEFAULT command CL EAR DEFAULT Sets defaults for portions of subsequently issued copy descriptors DE FAULT copydescriptor copydescriptor A copy descriptor ECHO Causes commands to be echoed or not echoed to the list file or device ON EC HO EC e N OFF Turns echo off DSCOPY does not echo commands to the list fi
26. min sec and msec are specified The call is a Scheduling Absolute Starting Time call Array by reference A2 to 12 byte array with the following contents 0 1 2 3 4 5 bytes 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 bytes units A resolution code that specifies the time units In conjunction with parameter often units specifies the time between each execution of the child program 7 14 Remote Process Management RPMCREATE units is one of the following values 1 tens of milliseconds 2 seconds 3 minutes 4 hours often An integer value 0 to 4095 indicating the execution multiple or how often the program is to run delay The initial offset A negative number indicating the starting time of the first execution not zero The following parameters collectively specify the starting time hour The starting hour 0 to 23 min The starting minute 0 to 59 sec The starting second 0 to 59 msec The starting tens of milliseconds 0 to 99 RPMCreate Option 23090 Program Scheduling Immediate No Wait RTE A System Equivalent EXEC 10 call documented in the RTE A Programmer s Reference Manual AddOpt Parameters optioncode 16 bit integer by value in Pascal by reference in FORTRAN 23090 to indicate the Program Scheduling Immediate No Wait option datalength 16 bit integer by value in Pascal by reference in FORTRAN The length in bytes of data which is to be included in the opt array Must be one of
27. 0 If the call fails it returns 1 socket Original socket descriptor created by a previous socket call addr Pointer to address structure The address structure should be ofsockaddr intype Refer to Preparing Socket Addresses in the BSD IPC Reference Manual for NS ARPA 1000 and ARPA 1000 for details On return this structure contains the socket address of the client process that is connected to the server s new socket addrlen Pointer to an integer variable that contains the length in bytes of the address structure specified by addr for example length ofstructure sockaddr in which is 16 bytes On return addrlen contains the length in bytes of the actual client socket address returned in addr 4 2 Berkeley Software Distribution Interprocess Communication bind Binds the specified socket address to the socket Syntax result bind socket addr addrlen int result socket addrlen struct sockaddr in addr Parameters result 0 if bind is successful 1ifa failure occurs socket Socket descriptor of a local socket addr Pointer to socket address structure that is to be bound to socket The socket address should use a structure of sockaddr in type Refer to Preparing Socket Addresses in the BSD IPC Reference Manual for NS ARPA 1000 and ARPA 1000 for details addrlen Length in bytes of the socket address structure for example size of structure sockaddr in which is 16 bytes Addr shou
28. 1 DS 1 2 See also NFT HELP command USR 4 26 CLEAR USR 4 16 DEFAULT USR 4 17 ECHO USR 4 19 EX command USR 4 20 LL command USR 4 21 RU command USR 4 22 SHOW command USR 4 23 TRANSFER command USR 4 24 WD command USR 4 25 copy descriptor USR 4 6 DS 1000 IV files USR 4 14 DSCOPY commands USR 4 15 DSCOPYBUILD USR 4 29 features USR 4 1 file copying formats USR 4 3 file names and logons USR 4 11 interactive USR 4 5 optimizing performance USR 4 13 programmatic USR 4 27 programmatic examples USR RTE A type 6 files USR 4 3 4 7 4 8 running DSCOPY USR 4 5 three node model USR 4 2 troubleshooting MNT 1 12 using file masks USR 4 11 network information BSD 5 50 Network Interprocess Communica tion See NetIPC network interprocess communica tion USR 1 3 MSG 5 1 DS 1 2 Network IPC DS 1 2 USR 1 4 asynchronous USR 5 14 call socket descriptor USR 5 3 call summary USR 5 13 calls USR 5 35 checking connection status USR 5 8 client example USR 5 82 common parameters USR 5 17 connection dialogue USR 5 4 connections USR 5 2 5 4 creating a call socket USR 5 4 cross system USR 5 1 5 25 5 27 5 28 5 29 5 31 5 37 5 41 5 44 5 59 5 62 5 68 5 71 5 83 HP 3000 USR 5 27 HP 9000 USR 5 27 PC USR 5 27 data parameter USR 5 21 descriptors USR 5 3 detecting connection requests USR 5 65 establishing a connection USR 5 55 exception selecting
29. 2 18 IP internet BSD D 2 LAN GEN 9 16 LAN station GEN 11 3 11 4 multicast MNT 2 5 network BSD D 6 GEN 3 18 node BSD D 7 GEN 3 12 3 19 probe GEN 3 27 proxy GEN 3 27 3 28 9 20 Router 1000 GEN 3 21 3 35 9 22 MNT 2 5 2 18 2 21 socket BSD D 8 target GEN 3 27 3 28 9 20 troubleshooting MNT 1 6 1 8 address binding BSD 2 3 address resolution configuration GEN 9 20 address resolution module ARM GEN 1 13 address resolution protocol GEN 1 13 address resolution provider ARM GEN 1 13 address resolution requestor ARM GEN 1 13 address variable BSD 3 3 address variable type BSD 3 2 AddressOf BSD 3 16 ADIRECTORY NFT message MSG 3 40 AdrOf USR 5 75 Advanced Research Projects Agency ARPA USR 1 3 2 1 DS 1 2 AEOD NFT message MSG 3 15 AF_INET BSD 2 3 3 3 3 8 AINIT NFT message MSG 3 35 ALARM GEN 4 16 AMARKER NFT message MSG 3 14 ANFT NFT message MSG 3 19 ANFTGEN NFT message MSG 3 23 ANH MNT 9 5 9 9 answer file GEN 5 1 AOFFERI NFT message MSG 3 32 AOFFERR NFT message MSG 3 38 AOFFERT NFT message MSG 3 29 APLDR GEN 4 20 4 23 4 30 4 31 6 7 MNT 2 28 DS 2 22 CDS programs GEN C 4 APLDX DS 2 22 APPE FTP message MSG 4 2 APPEND command FTP USR 3 22 application layer GEN 1 7 1 8 USR 1 2 Application Monitor MSG 6 1 negotiation reply MSG 6 10 negotiation request MSG 6 7 appropriate next hop MNT 9 5 9 9 architecture MNT 9 1 network GEN 1 7 ARM GEN 1 1
30. 2 3 terminal less nodes GEN 14 1 terminate a program RPM USR 6 4 6 14 6 41 RPMKill USR 6 4 6 14 terminate message request MSG 6 14 terminating FTP temporarily USR 3 17 terminating programs RPM USR 6 14 terminating RPM programs dependent programs USR 6 15 independent programs USR 6 15 termination reply MSG 6 15 three node model USR 4 2 consumer USR 4 2 initiator USR 4 2 producer USR 4 2 time scheduling RPM USR 6 31 Time Server Protocol GEN 4 17 4 30 timeout MA GEN 3 36 remote I O mapping GEN 14 24 retry limit MNT 9 46 RTE A GEN 14 24 timeout MA statistic MNT 2 17 timeout value MNT 2 28 timeouts troubleshooting MNT 1 11 timing and timeouts USR 5 11 timing values modifying MNT 8 14 TNSRV GEN 4 16 4 29 6 7 C 7 memory based system GEN C 6 topology GEN 3 1 point to point GEN B 1 TR command FTP USR 3 74 transfer file USR 3 75 trace file MNT 5 15 header MNT 5 15 tracing GEN 9 8 MNT 5 1 7 1 control buffer MNT 5 23 5 26 disk LU GEN 5 6 DS 1000 IV compatible services MNT 5 20 message posting MNT 9 12 9 13 NFT MNT 5 18 NICE formatted records MNT 5 17 Router 1000 trace records MNT 5 24 socket registry MNT 5 19 socket trace records MNT 5 19 software modules GEN 4 12 statistics MNT 2 27 terminating MNT 5 5 VMA size GEN 6 6 transaction control block MNT 2 24 9 18 See also TCB allocation MNT 9 17 Transaction Status Table See TST transfer file FTP USR 3 2
31. 25 access GEN 6 2 DS3K GEN 6 3 DSAM GEN 4 3 MNT 9 61 buffer area MNT 9 62 decreasing GEN 4 4 global area MNT 9 61 increasing GEN 4 4 memory based system GEN C 3 partition GEN 6 4 reserved partition GEN 4 3 7 2 size GEN 4 3 table size GEN 9 26 tables area MNT 9 62 DSCOPY GEN 4 15 4 29 6 7 MNT 9 69 USR 4 5 breakmode commands USR 4 12 abort USR 4 12 cancel USR 4 12 help USR 4 12 status USR 4 12 case sensitivity USR 4 10 CI return variable USR 4 5 coding in Pascal USR 4 28 commands USR 4 15 copy descriptor USR 4 6 examples USR 4 13 file masks USR 4 11 file names and logons USR 4 11 interrupting USR 4 12 line continuation USR 4 10 logons and VC USR 4 10 memory based system GEN C 6 P globals USR 4 5 programmatic call USR 4 28 protection mode and update time USR 4 10 RTE file names and logons USR 4 10 used interactively USR 4 5 4 10 used programmatically USR 4 27 DSCOPY commands HELP USR 4 26 CLEAR USR 4 16 DEFAULT USR 4 17 ECHO command USR 4 19 EX USR 4 20 LL USR 4 21 RU USR 4 22 SHOW USR 4 23 TRANSFER USR 4 24 WD USR 4 25 DSCOPY option ASCII USR 4 7 BINARY USR 4 7 FIXED USR 4 7 INTERCHANGE USR 4 8 MOVE USR 4 9 OVER USR 4 9 QUIET USR 4 9 REPLACE USR 4 9 RSIZE USR 4 8 SILENT USR 4 9 SIZE USR 4 8 STRIP USR 4 8 VARIABLE USR 4 8 DSCOPY HLP GEN 4 29 6 7 DSCOPYBUILD USR 4 29 DSERR DS 7 13 DS_GETNAME DS 7 14 DS_GETNODE DS 7 15 DS
32. 7 PING GEN 6 7 RDATE GEN 6 7 TELNET GEN 6 7 TELNETHLP GEN 6 7 TZTAB GEN 6 7 message header Router 1000 MNT 9 41 message rerouting DS 1 7 message size MNT 9 13 message tracing MNT 7 1 MGET command FTP USR 3 49 MIL STD 1782 USR 1 3 DS 1 2 MKD FTP message MSG 4 3 MKDIR command FTP USR 3 51 MLS command FTP USR 3 52 MMINIT GEN 4 11 4 28 6 7 memory based system GEN C 3 MODE FTP message MSG 4 3 MODE command FTP USR 3 53 TELNET USR 2 18 modify code partition RPM USR 6 28 modify data partition RPM USR 6 29 modify VMA size USR 6 27 module protocol MNT 9 1 monitor scheduling MNT 8 13 9 39 monitors GEN 9 11 mount command FSV 2 1 3 2 mount request FSV 5 2 MOVE DSCOPY option USR 4 9 MPACK effect on mounted directo ries FSV 4 9 MPE get information request MSG 6 33 response MSG 6 34 specific control response MSG 6 32 specific request MSG 6 31 MPE RTE RTE MPE messages MSG 7 69 MPE TELL and WARN messages software module GEN 4 26 MPE V USR 5 25 MPE XL USR 5 25 MPUT command FTP USR 3 54 msghdr structure BSD 4 25 multi vendor connectivities BSD 1 1 multicast IEEE 802 3 address GEN 3 24 3 27 multicast address GEN 8 1 9 20 MNT 2 5 multiuser system GEN C 2 memory based system GEN C 6 MUX card TELNET GEN 1 2 MVCP3 GEN 4 26 4 32 6 7 12 10 N name GEN 1 3 MNT 9 10 node GEN 3 5 9 7 11 3 11 4 name record GEN 9 13 name records statistics MNT 2 8 na
33. 8 MNT 8 13 9 69 memory based system GEN C 6 scheduling MNT 8 13 NICE formatted records MNT 5 17 examples MNT 5 17 NICE mode MNT 5 12 NICE option MNT 5 4 NLIST command FTP USR 3 56 NLST FTP message MSG 4 4 nodal path report MNT 6 2 9 7 9 10 9 11 See also NPR nodal registry GEN 3 25 9 7 9 13 MNT 9 11 configuration GEN 3 25 11 1 configuration example GEN A 34 list utility NRLIST MNT 6 1 local node GEN 9 13 11 2 11 3 11 5 local nodes GEN 3 25 3 26 nodal path reports GEN 3 25 NRINIT GEN 3 25 probe GEN 3 25 software modules GEN 4 12 nodal routing vector MNT 2 18 8 11 9 27 modifying MNT 8 6 node GEN 1 3 USR 1 1 DS 1 1 address GEN 3 12 destination GEN 1 4 local GEN 1 3 remote GEN 1 3 source GEN 1 4 node address BSD D 7 GEN 3 19 USR 1 9 node addresses probe GEN 1 13 node manager GEN 6 8 node name GEN 1 3 3 5 11 4 MNT 2 5 configuration GEN 9 7 node names USR 1 8 1 9 domain USR 1 8 organization USR 1 8 probe GEN 1 13 syntax USR 5 23 Index 22 node number See Router 1000 ad dress nodename RPM USR 6 7 6 10 RPMKill USR 6 41 nodename parameter USR 5 17 RPM USR 6 5 NOGROUP directory ownership and group permissions FSV 5 3 non CDS libraries GEN 6 3 non rerouting table GEN 9 24 non session access DS 2 39 DLGNS DS 7 4 request MSG 7 67 nonblocking I O BSD 4 11 4 12 7 2 NOOP FTP message MSG 4 4 NPR GEN 9 13 11 2 MNT 6 2 9 7 9 11 configurat
34. 9 Remote I O Mapping maps or redirects I O requests destined for an LU on an HP 1000 node to an LU at a remote HP 1000 node The node at which the mapped LU or source LU resides is known as the source node I O requests to the source LU are redirected to the destination LU at the destination node Using IOMAP To set up a map to an LU at a destination node you execute the program IOMAP at the source node You must initialize NS ARPA 1000 between the source and destination node before running IOMAP IOMAP can perform seven functions These functions are summarized in Table 13 1 along with the runstrings Table 13 1 Remote I O Mapping Runstrings Initialize l O Mapping RU IOMAP mappableLU 1 Establish a map using the RU IOMAP 1 destLU destNode securityCode first unused mappable LU Establish change a map RU IOMAP sourceLU dest LU destNode securityCode Disable map RU IOMAP sourceLU 0 securityCode Obtain information on RU IOMAP sourceLU 1 specific map RU IOMAP 2 Obtain error values E 17 Obtain mapping RU IOMAP sourceLU 2 information Caution There is no protection against re assigning a map that is in use You should establish a map by allowing IOMAP to select the first unused mappable LU You should also clear maps after you have used them Remote I O Mapping 13 1 Initialize 1 0 Mapping RU IOMAP mappableLU 1 Parameters mappableLU Return Paramete
35. 9 22 software modules GEN 4 14 statistics MNT 2 22 trace records MNT 5 24 worksheet examples GEN 3 39 routing GEN 1 6 3 29 IP GEN 3 29 routing worksheet GEN 3 4 A 6 rpcinfo FSV 4 10 RPCNV GEN 4 25 4 32 6 7 9 11 MNT 9 49 9 59 RPM USR 1 4 MSG 5 1 DS 1 3 See also Remote Process Manage ment remote process man agement AddOpt USR 6 5 6 19 6 20 AddOpt example USR 6 34 6 37 6 40 assign partition USR 6 24 ATACH USR 6 5 CDS USR 6 3 6 4 6 24 6 39 CDS program USR 6 14 child program USR 6 1 6 4 6 21 control request MSG 5 13 controlling programs USR 6 9 data MSG 5 12 5 13 definition USR 6 1 dependent child USR 6 12 dependent child flag MSG 5 5 DEXEC USR 6 2 DTACH USR 6 5 error code MSG 5 3 5 6 5 8 5 10 5 11 EXEC USR 6 2 6 4 6 33 Index 29 flags MSG 5 5 5 6 flags parameter USR 6 5 6 11 6 16 6 33 ID segment USR 6 23 6 25 InitOpt USR 6 5 6 20 IP address MSG 5 5 login USR 6 10 memory based system GEN C 8 message header MSG 5 1 message length MSG 5 1 modify code partition USR 6 28 modify data partition USR 6 29 monitor MSG 5 1 NetIPC USR 6 2 6 5 6 12 MSG 5 9 NetIPC calls USR 6 5 network worksheet GEN 3 6 nodename USR 6 7 6 10 nodename parameter USR 6 5 opt array MSG 5 5 opt parameter USR 6 12 option groups USR 6 18 6 19 options USR 6 13 6 23 6 24 parameters USR 6 5 parent program USR 6 1 6 4 6 14 passing strings US
36. Commands TRC3K Scheduling TRC3K Operation Commands DSMOD Operation Commands HP 1000 Utilities DSMOD Scheduling 14 A 14 1 14 1 14 1 14 2 14 3 14 3 14 3 14 4 14 4 14 5 14 5 14 6 14 6 14 7 14 7 14 8 14 8 14 8 14 9 14 9 14 9 14 9 14 9 14 10 14 10 14 10 14 10 14 11 14 11 14 11 14 11 14 12 14 12 14 12 14 12 14 13 14 13 14 14 14 15 14 15 14 15 14 16 14 16 14 16 14 17 DS GETNAME yc EH dA ECKE er e a C e n DS GETNODE cra passu daa eee FCOPY HELLO BYE PRCNM 14 B 14 17 14 18 14 18 14 19 14 19 14 20 14 20 14 21 14 22 14 22 14 22 14 22 14 23 14 24 14 24 NSINF NSINF is the NS ARPA 1000 information utility NSINF Scheduling RU NSINF NSINF Operation NSINF is an interactive program When you run NSINE it will prompt you for a command as follows NSInf gt Enter and NSINF will print its main menu with a list of valid commands Table 14 1 is a summary of the NSINF commands To exit NSINF enter E in response to the NSInf gt prompt If NSINF has more than a screenful of information to print it will print one screen and then ask you if you want to print more information as follows More The following replies are allowed e Enter RETURN a space or a plus to display the next screen of information Enter A or Q to abort the display e Enter Z to suspend NSINF Entering any ch
37. DNAME DOPEN DPOSN DXPOS DPURG es DREAD DXREA DSTAT see DWIND DWRIT DXWRI HP 3000 RFA Calls 10 A 10 1 10 2 10 3 10 4 10 4 10 4 10 6 10 7 10 8 10 9 10 10 10 11 10 12 10 13 10 15 10 16 10 17 The RFA calls that do not begin with Dx can define files up to 16383 blocks Those that do begin with DX for example DXCRE can define larger files up to 32767 times 128 blocks in size RFA Common Parameters The following list defines frequently used REA parameters Refer to this list when using calls that employ these parameters dcb input output err input output len input cr input erlc output The RFA Data Control Block A 4 word array of any type The dcb array resides in the same partition as your program and must not be modified Programs having the standard 144 word dcb are accepted although 4 words is the minimum required This dcb is used to store parameters when the file is opened so that any calls that reference this dcb will obtain the same file The true dcb 144 words is maintained by the RFA Monitor at the node where the file resides Error code parameter Produces an error code if an error condition is encountered during execution of a RFA call Must be defined as a 16 bit integer Upon successful completion of a DCRET call the number of sectors allocated to the file is returned Upon successful completion of a DOPEN call a value representing the
38. DXLOC dcb err rec rb off sec lu ty recsz erl1cl dcb input output err rec rb off sec lu ty recsz erlc Four word array Data Control Block See RFA Common Parameters for more information 16 bit integer Error return variable See RFA Common Parameters for more information 16 bit integer 32 bit integer Nextrecord A variable to which the number of the next sequential record in the file is returned For DXLOC rec is a double word variable containing the next sequential record number 16 bit integer 32 bit integer Relative block number containing the next record A variable to which the number of the next block is returned For Type 0 files nothing is returned For Type 1 files rb rec 1 If the file is extended extents are accounted for within the value returned For DXLOC rbis a double word variable with the same meaning 16 bit integer Offset of the next record in the block A variable to which the location of the next word within the record is returned For Type 0 files nothing is returned 16 bit integer 32 bit integer File size in sectors A variable to which the number of sectors allocated to the file at creation is returned To determine the block count divide the sector count by 2 For Type 0 files nothing is returned For DXLOC sec is a double word variable 16 bit integer Logicalunit number A variable to which the logical unit number of
39. G HEWLETT PACKARD NS ARPA 1000 Quick Reference Guide Software Services and Technology Division 11000 Wolfe Road Cupertino CA 95014 9804 Manual Part No 91790 90040 Printed in U S A April 1995 E0495 Sixth Edition NOTICE The information contained in this document is subject to change without notice HEWLETT PACKARD MAKES NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND WITH REGARD TO THE MATERIAL INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE Hewlett Packard shall not be liable for errors contained herein or for incidental or consequential damages in connection with the furnishing performance or use of this material Hewlett Packard assumes no responsibility for the use or reliability of its software on equipment that is not furnished by Hewlett Packard This document contains proprietary information which is protected by copyright All rights are reserved No part of this document may be photocopied reproduced or translated to another language without the prior written consent of Hewlett Packard Company RESTRICTED RIGHTS LEGEND Use duplication or disclosure by the Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph c 1 ii of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARs 252 227 7013 Copyright 1986 through 1993 1995 by Hewlett Packard Company Printing History The Printing History below identifies the edition of this man
40. GEN C 2 TRFAS GEN C 2 DS 1000 compatible user services USR 1 3 DS 1000 IV compatible services communica tion RTE RTE MNT 9 48 compatible services internals MNT 9 14 compatible services parameter modification MNT 8 1 compatible services statistics MNT 2 28 compatible services tracing MNT 5 20 5 24 compatible services troubleshoot ing MNT 1 11 local appendage MNT 5 26 nodes GEN 3 10 3 19 3 21 non CDS GEN 6 3 program files GEN 6 8 software MNT 1 8 worksheet examples GEN 3 38 3 39 DS 1000 IV compatible link RTE MPE GEN 9 25 DS 1000 IV compatible services CDS DS 1 7 configuration GEN 9 10 DEXEC DS 1 2 logging GEN 5 6 LU assignments GEN 5 5 Index 8 program to programcommunica tion USR 1 4 PTOP DS 1 2 REMAT USR 1 4 DS 1 2 remote file access USR 1 4 DS 1 2 RMOTE USR 1 4 DS 1 2 RTE MPE USR 1 3 DS 1 2 RTE RTE USR 1 3 DS 1 2 timeout values GEN 9 10 transaction GEN 4 8 9 10 DS 1000 IV Compatible Services RTE MPE GEN 3 29 9 11 Bisync initialization GEN 12 4 link GEN 3 11 4 9 9 25 LUs GEN 4 9 remote users GEN 4 8 9 11 RMOTE slave installation GEN 12 10 DS 1000 IV Compatible Services RTE RTE GEN 1 10 3 30 9 11 messages GEN 4 5 remote access GEN 4 8 DS 1000 IV Compatible Transport GEN 1 12 DS 1000 IV Compatible User Ser vices DS 1 2 DS 1000 IV Services messages MSG 7 14 table of MSG 7 15 DS 3000 libraries GEN 6 2 messages MNT 9 49 users GEN 9 11 X
41. I O Block mode applications over chained TELNET sessions are not supported For block mode applications terminals directly connected to an HP 1000 require XON XOFF in both the transmit and receive directions If the terminal is not set to XON XOFF in both directions a slow TELNET session may be overrun by the terminal and data will be lost or the application may hang For block mode applications terminals attached to the TS 8 with LSM 2 1 or greater software require XON XOFF in only the receive direction If XON XOFF is set for the transmit direction block mode applications may hang Using Telnet TELNET is scheduled at the RTE Command Interpreter level CI gt TELNET can be invoked with or without the following parameter TELNET host host The name of the remote node to which you want to log on The syntax of the host name is node domain organization which is further described in the NS ARPA 1000 User Programmer Reference Manual If host is not specified TELNET displays a TELNET prompt and waits for you to enter a TELNET command Displays TELNET commands and help information Same as the HELP command command command Any TELNET command If no command is specified TELNET lists the TELNET commands with a one line description for each command When a command is specified TELNET displays a brief description of the command TELNET 1 3 CLOSE Closes the remote connection and logs off the remote sess
42. RTE MPE message records over Bisync and X 25 links LOG3K Scheduling RU LOG3K consoleLU consoleLU Is the logical unit LOG3K uses for command input and output Default Local LU 1 scheduling terminal LOG3K Operation LOGS3K prompts you for commands by printing the following message CHANGES Maintenance Utilities 14 9 Commands LOG3K commands are summarized in Table 14 3 You must enter LOG3K commands in uppercase Table 14 3 LOG3K Commands Gmmmd TO Fm Print a description of LOG3K commands and options EN Exit LOG3K EX E NO LU Enable tracing disable tracing or specify LU of magnetic tape device to which trace records will be logged Specify the type of tracing header appendage and or data Restart tracing if an error is encountered while writing to the magnetic tape 22 Print a description of LOG3K commands and options 22 EN EX E NO Exit LOG3K when issued in response to the CHANGES prompt EN EX E NO LU Enable tracing disable tracing or specify LU of magnetic tape device to which trace records will be written magTapeLU magTapeLU The LU of the magnetic tape device OUEX D3KMS will write the DS 1000 IV Compatible Services RTE MPE message records to the tape mounted at that device Cannot be a CS 80 tape device By specifying an LU you enable tracing 0 Disables tracing 14 10 Maintenance Utilities TY Specify the type of information that you wan
43. TCP MAXSEG Returns the maximum segment size in use for the socket The value for this option can only be examined it cannot be set If the socket is not yet connected TCP returns a default size of 512 bytes TCP NODELAY Toggle option Instructs TCP to send data as soon as it receives it and to bypass the buffering algorithm that tries to avoid numerous small packets from being sent over the network optval Byte pointer to a value or boolean flag for the specified option Since opt val is a byte pointer Pascal and FORTRAN users should use ByteAdrof to get the byte address of the option value Although optval is a byte pointer the value itself is not terminated by a VO optlen Size in bytes of optval 4 18 Berkeley Software Distribution Interprocess Communication shutdown Shuts down a socket This call may be used by either the server or client process Syntax result shutdown socket how int result socket how Parameters result 0 if shutdown is successful 1 if a failure occurs socket Socket descriptor of local socket to be shut down how Method of shutdown as follows 0 Disallows further receives Once the socket has been shut down for receives all further recv calls return 1 with errno set to ESHUTDOWN 1 Disallows further sends Once the socket has been shut down for sends all further send calls return 1 with errno set to ESHUTDOWN 2 Disallows further sends and receives
44. TELNET user A chained session is one where you have TELNET open to one computer and then you use TELNET from that computer to access another a third computer Select a unique escape character for each host you wish to communicate with in a chained session Refer to the subsection Chained TELNET Sessions later in this section For connections to any computer always set the HP 1000 host terminal RECVPACE configuration receive direction to XON XOFF For block mode applications terminals directly connected to an HP 1000 require XON XOFF in both the transmit and receive directions If the terminal is not set to XON XOFF in both directions a slow TELNET session may be overrun by the terminal and data will be lost or the application may hang For block mode applications terminals attached to the TS 8 with LSM 2 1 or greater software require XON XOFF in only the receive direction If XON XOFF is set for the transmit direction block mode applications may hang You cannot initiate a remote session to a PC Remote sessions between an HP 1000 and PC can only be initiated from the PC TELNET 1 1 Terminal Settings to DEC VAX Computers If you are using TELNET on the HP 1000 to connect to a remote DEC VAX host you should set the communication protocol of the HP 1000 host terminal to XON XOFF The steps are as follows 1 Onthe HP 1000 enter WH to display information about your terminal Locate your session number 2 Execute th
45. USR 5 65 flags parameter USR 5 17 FORTRAN 77 USR 5 18 5 83 high throughput USR 5 67 HP 3000 USR 5 1 5 25 5 26 5 29 5 37 5 41 5 44 5 59 5 62 5 68 5 71 HP 9000 USR 5 1 5 25 5 26 5 28 5 37 5 41 5 44 5 59 5 62 5 68 5 71 IPCConnect USR 5 35 looking up call socket name USR 5 6 maximum number of clients USR 5 80 maximum number of sockets USR 5 26 naming a call socket USR 5 5 opt parameter USR 5 19 Pascal USR 5 18 5 34 5 83 path report descriptor USR 5 3 path reports USR 5 3 PC USR 5 1 5 25 5 26 5 31 5 37 5 41 5 44 5 59 5 62 5 68 5 71 performing a read select USR 5 65 performing a write select USR 5 65 porting programs USR 5 1 5 25 program examples USR 5 80 5 83 5 122 PTOP USR 5 1 read and write thresholds USR 5 14 receiving a connection request USR 5 7 receiving data USR 5 55 requesting a connection USR 5 6 result parameter USR 5 23 scheduling remote process USR 5 4 sending and receiving data USR 5 10 server example USR 5 80 5 81 shutting down a connection USR 5 10 socket names USR 5 3 socket registry USR 5 3 sockets USR 5 2 stream mode USR 5 16 synchronous USR 5 14 syntax conventions USR 5 34 telephone analogy USR 5 2 timing and timeouts USR 5 11 VC socket descriptor USR 5 3 Network layer USR 1 2 network layer GEN 1 7 1 12 network management services data streaming DS 1 7 message accounting DS 1 7 message
46. WARN NFT message MSG 3 41 WELCOME file GEN 7 1 7 3 well known TCP SAPs MSG A 1 wild cards FTP USR 3 39 word address pointers BSD 3 16 working directory FTP setting with CD command USR 3 28 RPM USR 6 22 RPMCreate option USR 6 22 working set size modify USR 6 26 RPM USR 6 26 tracing GEN 6 6 worksheet GEN 3 3 A 1 examples GEN 3 38 3 39 network GEN 3 3 A 2 NSINIT example GEN A 9 A 22 routing GEN 3 4 3 30 A 6 write thresholds USR 5 14 X X25 GEN 1 13 3 8 MNT 2 28 9 51 USR 1 7 DS 1 6 1 7 DS 3000 GEN 6 2 labeled system common GEN 5 13 libraries GEN 6 2 link GEN 1 15 3 11 7 2 system generation GEN 5 10 link initialization GEN 8 1 link troubleshooting MNT 1 5 links MNT 9 53 message processing MNT 9 23 message records MNT 7 1 MPE MNT 9 48 non CDS GEN 6 3 DS 1 7 pool LU GEN 9 25 user LU GEN 5 10 virtual circuit GEN 5 10 XNET GEN 4 29 7 2 XSAM NFT GEN 4 7 TELNET GEN 4 7 Index 37
47. Writes the name of the remote working directory to the terminal PW D QUIT Closes the remote connection and exits from FTP Same as BYE and EXIT QUI T QUOTE Sends arbitrary server commands to the remote host QUO TE arguments arguments Specifies a valid FTP server command to be sent to the remote host The arguments are sent as is including commas if included Use for debugging purposes RECV Transfers a remote file to the local host Same as GET REC V remote file local file remote file Specifies a valid file path on the remote host to be transferred to the local host local file Specifies a file on the local host to be copied into If this parameter is omitted the local file will have the same directory path and file name as the remote file If a local file name is specified without a directory the current working directory of the local host is used Jfa local file with the same file name already exists it is overwritten without warning REMOTEHELP Displays the currently supported FTP server commands on the remote host REM OTEHELP command command Any FTP server command on the remote host FTP displays help information on the specified server command from the remote host If command is omitted FTP displays a list of currently supported FTP server commands on the remote host 2 10 FTP RENAME Renames a remote file or remote directory REN AME remote old remote new remote old Specifi
48. a client n Mount table file Specifies not to use the mount table file to restore previous mount requests and not to update the mount table file after mounts and umounts s blks Default file size Use the blks argumentas the default file size for files created from a client Performance considerations apply when using this option Default 128 blocks t timezone Time Zone Use the informationin etc tztab for the time zone specified inthe timezone argument If the t option is not used the local RTE system is assumed to be running in UTC Coordinated Universal Time FSRV HP 1000 File Server 3 1 u Update The update mode causes the modification time for all directories to always be returned as the current time v Verbose The verbose mode is provided for diagnostic purposes only Usage of this option is not recommended under normal conditions Setting the break flag on the FSRV server program also toggles the state of the verbose flag The verbose mode messages are written to the NS event logger as protocol specific information P bit class 1 The LOGCHG utility can be used to change the log mask that EVMON is using FSRV Error Messages The following error messages are returned by the FSRV server program When these errors occur they are reported to the event logger for NS ARPA Event logging is enabled with the EVMON utility An explanation of the error and suggested action are indicated as appropriate The actu
49. array PASCAL ASCII coded message less than or equal to 72 characters 16 bit integer Message length A positive value to indicate the number of words or a negative value to indicate the number of characters in the message Transmits a system command to the message processor at a remote node DMESS dest bufr bufl dest bufr input output bufl 16 bit integer The Router 1000 node address of the node where the message is to be sent Integer array FORTRAN Packed character array PASCAL Message buffer Less than or equal to 40 characters Many RTE A system messages exceed the bu r size limit and will be truncated 16 bit integer Message buffer length in bytes A positive value indicating the number of bytes in the buffer 40 bytes maximum Upon return to a program A register and B register contain status information A 0 A 0 Indicates that there is no return message from the remote node Indicates the negative value of the byte count for a return message from the remote node The return message is contained in the message buffer bufr 14 18 Maintenance Utilities B 1 Indicates an error condition In this case the A register contains 4 and buf r contains a 4 character error message for example DS03 Caution Issuing the system command OF program name via DMESS where program name is the name of any NS ARPA 1000 pro gram may result in the failure of a requested transaction and or c
50. be associated with a unit record device such as a terminal printer or mag tape unit Options Set bit 15 to enable the header flag Remote I O Mapping will write a message of the following form to the destination LU preceding each record sent to that LU MESSAGE FROM NODE nnnnn PRGM ppppp AT DAY dddd hh mm ss Where nnnnn is the source node node where the message originated ppppp is the name of the program sending the message or SYS I O if the I O request is from the system or class buffered and ddddd hh mm ssis the day and time that the request was made at the source node Set bit 14 to enable the prompt flag Remote I O Mapping will write a prompt of the following form to the destination LU preceding each read request mapped from the source LU nnnnn Where nnnnnis the source node Set bit 13 with bit 14 to change the read request timeout to 20 minutes but suppress the prompt flag Destination node number of the map the node of the destination LU Network Management security code sourceLUif map was successfully established otherwise one of the following negative error codes e 1 17777171B if securityCode was incorrect e 2 177T16B if sourceLUis not a mappable LU e 3 177775B if Remote I O Mapping is not set up correctly e 4 177774B if destinationLUis mappable e 5 177773B if destinationNode is not known to the local node 13 4 Remote I O Mapping e 6 177772B if dest
51. be a non negative node address 16 bit integer The Router 1000 node address of the node where the file is to be downloaded 16 bit integer Error return 16 bit integer Program file security code 16 bit integer This is a dummy parameter 16 bit integer This is a dummy parameter Maintenance Utilities 14 21 erbf Integer array FORTRAN Packed character array PASCAL Error buffer A 3 word array used for the return of an ASCII coded program name under certain error conditions GNODE Obtains your local Router 1000 node address GNODE node node 16 bit integer Your Router 1000 node address is returned here Returns 1 if NS ARPA is not initialized SEGLD Locates loads and executes a program segment from a disk file at an HP 1000 node SEGLD name err p1 p2 p3 p4 p5 name A 3 word array that contains the ASCII coded name of the program segment file to be loaded Must be a FMGR file err 16 bit integer Errorreturn A variable to which an integer value representing an error code is returned if an error condition is encountered during execution of this call ipl ip5 Up to five 16 bit values that may be passed from the calling program to the called segment HP 3000 Utilities The utility subroutines described here are provided for use in conjunction with PTOP RFA and DEXEC calls The following utility subroutines are part of the DS 1000 IV Compatible Services RTE MPE HELLO Establish
52. be included in the opt array Must be a 2 No other values are allowed 16 bit integer by reference An integer from 1 to 32767 specifying the child program priority 0 X bytes Remote Process Management 7 11 RPMCREATE RPMCreate Option 23040 Modify Working Set Size RTE A System equivalent WS command documented in the RTE A User s Manual AddOpt Parameters optioncode datalength data 16 bit integer by value in Pascal by reference in FORTRAN 23040 to indicate the Modify Working Set Size option 16 bit integer by value in Pascal by reference in FORTRAN The length in bytes of data which is to be included in the opt array Must be a 2 No other values are allowed 16 bit integer by reference An integer from 2 to 1022 specifying the working set size in pages 0 1 bytes working set size RPMCreate Option 23050 Modify VMA Size RTE A System equivalent VS command documented in the RTE A User s Manual AddOpt Parameters optioncode datalength data l6 bit integer by value in Pascal by reference in FORTRAN 23050 to indicate the Modify VMA Size option l6 bit integer by value in Pascal by reference in FORTRAN The length in bytes of data which is to be included in the opt array Must be a 2 No other values are allowed 16 bit integer by reference An integer from 32 to 32767 specifying the virtual EMA size in pages 0 1 bytes virtual EMA size 7 12 Remote Proce
53. buffer size defaults to the buffer size specified when the HP 3000 to HP 1000 link was configured This default is overridden by supplying the optional buffer size parameter in the POPEN call at the HP 3000 Between the 1000 and the 3000 a negative length may be used to indicate the length is in bytes When an odd number of bytes are to be transferred an extra byte is appended to the end of the data tag Tag field input output Program to Program Communication PTOP 12 3 PWRIT Transfers data from a master program to a slave program PWRIT pcb err buf len tag pcb PTOP control block input output err 16 bit integer Error return buf Data buffer An array of a size equal to or greater than the value of the 1en parameter len 16 bit integer Data length in words A positive decimal value that declares the actual length of data being transferred to the slave for the PWRIT request This value is passed to the il parameter in the slave s GET call as an indication of how much data to expect from the master A maximum of 4096 words may be transferred between an HP 1000 and another HP 1000 or between an HP 1000 master program and an HP 3000 slave program The maximum number of words transferred between an HP 3000 master program and an HP 1000 slave program depends on which size buffer module was appended to the request and reply converts ROCNV and RPCNV Maximum is 4096 words Between the 1000 and the 3000 a ne
54. disk space to be allocated to the destination file if a line failure occurred before the file was truncated and closed If you attempt to specify a negative value error code 6 will result 16 bit integer Destination file record size in words for Type 2 files only Specify only if you want the record size of the destination file to differ from that of the origin file It may not be a negative value 16 bit integer Transfer mode Specify a non zero value in the parameter to cause both the origin file and the destination file to be opened as Type 1 It is usually desirable to enable this mode because variable record length files are then transferred in blocks of 128 words which is faster than record by record transfers 16 bit integer Destination file security code Specify only if a different security code is desired on the destination file You may use this utility to download an absolute or memory image program file into memory based RTE A nodes FLOAD name cr node1 node2 err secu prtn psiz erbfl name cr nodel node2 err secu prtn psiz Absolute program file name A 3 word array containing the ASCII coded name of the program file to be downloaded The first five characters of the file name are used to fill in the ID segment Must be a FMGR file 16 bit integer Program file s cartridge reference number 16 bit integer The Router 1000 node address of the node at which the file exists Must
55. does not support this call or a parameter in this call UNIX is a registered trademark in the United States and other countries licensed exclusively through X Open Company Limited 1 13 202 203 204 205 215 216 220 221 222 23 Berkeley Software Distribution Interprocess Communication 4 35 Value of errno Error Mnemonic EAFNOSUPPORT Addresses in the specified address family cannot be used with this socket The specified address is already in use EADDRNOTAVAIL The specified address is invalid or not available ECONNRESET Connection has been aborted by the remote process ENOBUFS No buffer space is available The call cannot be completed The socket is already connected The socket has not been connected yet ETIMEDOUT Connection establishment timeout without establishing a connection ECONNREFUSED The attempt to connect was rejected by the server EREMOTERELEASE The remote side has done a send shutdown hence there will be no more data to receive EHOSTDOWN The network software on the local host is not running EHOSTUNREACH The network software was unable to determine a route to the destination host EINPROGRESS Nonblocking I O is enabled and the connection has been initiated This is nota failure Use select to find out when the connection is complete EINTERR This error requires HP notification ESHUTDOWN The network software on the system is not running Or the socket has
56. e the call will block result 32 bit integer by reference The error code returned zero if no error Network Interprocess Communication 6 17 IPCSEND Sends data on a virtual circuit connection IPCSEND IPCSEND vcdesc data dlen flags opt result vedesc 32 bit integer by value in Pascal by reference in FORTRAN VCsocket descriptor Refers to the VC socket endpoint of the connection through which the data will be sent A VC socket descriptor can be obtained by calling IPCConnect IPCRecvCn and IPCGet data Packed array of characters Pascal Integer array FORTRAN by reference Abuffer that will hold the data to be sent or a data vector describing where the data to be sent is located dlen 32 bit integer by value in Pascal by reference in FORTRAN If dataisa data buffer dlen is the length of the data in the buffer If data is a data vector dlenis the length of the data vector flags 32 bit integer by reference A 32 bit map of special request bits The following flags are defined for this call e flags 27 HIGH THROUGHPUT input Indicates that you would prefer high throughput to low delay e flags 32 VECTORED input Indicates that the data parameter refers to a data vector and not to a data buffer opt Byte array Pascal Integer array FORTRAN by reference An array of options and associated information The following option is defined for this call e data offset optioncode 8 d
57. editing HpStartCmndo error FTP ERR 35 Two log files were specified in the FTP runstring The second log file was ignored Two transfer files were specified in the FTP runstring The second file was ignored The same file name was used for log and transfer file An unknown remote host was specified The username and password were not specified for the u option FTP received a NetIPC error FTP encountered an error when receiving reply code from the server The network is currently down A required resource such as DSAM resource number or Sockets is not currently available Connection to remote host was aborted because 1 remote host has been shut down 2 some network links are malfunctioning 3 the network is extremely congested An invalid remote host was specified An internal timeout occurred while running FTP A break was issued by the user and accepted by FTP The connection to the peer node was aborted so the connection has been reset An internal NetIPC error has occurred The input line was greater than 256 characters APPEND is not supported for binary file transfers An internal FTP error has occurred An error was returned from HpStartCmndo FTP 2 15 FSRV HP 1000 File Server Table of Contents Using FSRV HP 1000 File Server FSRV Error Messages 3 A Using FSRV HP 1000 File Server Networking must already be initialized and enabled before
58. file 0 no error Maintenance Utilities 14 19 Node 16 bit integer The node number of the remote node for which you want the node name Use the node number from the NRV The node number is used to search system nodenames to find a match and obtain the node name associated with it Nodename Integer array FORTRAN Packed character array PASCAL Anarray that contains the node name as found in system nodenames Length is 16 characters DS_GETNODE Obtains a node number from system nodenames given the node name Node DS GETNODE Nodename Node 16 bit integer The node number obtained from system nodenames as associated with the node name or a negative FMP error code FMP 302 is equivalent to the node name was not found in system nodenames Nodename Integer array FORTRAN Packed character array PASCAL An array which contains the node name of the remote node for which you wish to find the node number This should be a node name as found in system nodenames It should be left justified and blank padded FCOPY Copies FMGR files between HP 1000 nodes Cannot copy non FMGR files FCOPY fill cri fil2 cr2 err sec typ2 siz2 rec2 mode sec2 fili Integer array FORTRAN Packed character array PASCAL Origin file name A 3 word array containing the ASCII coded name of the file to be copied Must be a FMGR file cri Array of 16 bit integers Atwo word array Word one is the cartridg
59. file password NS NFTERR 24 Out of disk space The target computer is out of disk space NS NFTERR 25 Connection to source computer An error was detected on the connection to the computer where went down the source file or files reside NS NFTERR 26 Connection to target computer An error was detected on the connection to the computer where went down NS NFTERR 27 the target file or files are to be created Unable to V target file The existing target file could not be purged for some reason NS NFTERR 28 Invalid target file name The target file name is not valid for the target computer NS NFTERR 29 Unable to purge source file The source file could not be purged for some reason after the NS NFTWARN 30 file copy succeeded the MOVE option was given Read from source file failed An unexpected source file system error occurred when reading NS NFTERR 31 from the source file Write to target file failed An unexpected file system error occurred when writing data to NS NFTERR 32 the target file Unable to create or open target An unexpected file system error occurred in creating or opening file the target file NS NFTERR 33 Invalid or unsupported source A request was made to copy a file from a non disk device This device is not supported NS NFTERR 34 5 12 Network File Transfer eme Wem Invalid or unsupported target A request was made to copy a file to a non disk device This is device not supported NS NFT
60. flags Optional flag options Currently there are no supported options 4 14 Berkeley Software Distribution Interprocess Communication sendmsg Sends vectored data on a socket The sendmsg call may be used by both the server and client processes Syntax count sendmsg socket msg flags int count socket struct msghdr msg long flags Parameters count Returns the number of bytes actually sent Returns 1 if the call encounters an error socket Socket descriptor of a local socket that is sending the data msg Pointer to a msghdr structure which has two fields called msg iovandmsg iovlen Msg iov isa pointer to an array of data elements and msg iovlen contains the number of data elements in the array flags Optional flag options Currently there are no supported options Berkeley Software Distribution Interprocess Communication 4 15 sendto Sends data on a socket The sendto call may be used by both the server and client processes Syntax count sendto socket buffer len flags addr addrlen int count socket len addrlen char buffer long flags struct sockaddr in addr Parameters count Returns the number of bytes actually sent Returns 1 if the call encounters an error socket Socket descriptor of a local socket that is sending the data buffer Byte pointer to a buffer which contains the data to be sent len Number of bytes that need to be sent from the data buffer The size of data that
61. from FTP Same as EXIT and QUIT BY E CD Sets the working directory on the remote host to the specified directory CD remote directory remote directory Specifies a valid directory on the remote host to be the working directory By default the working directory is the default login directory FTP 2 3 CLOSE Closes the remote connection and remains in FTP CL OSE DEBUG Prints the commands that are sent to the remote host Used for debugging the current FTP session This command toggles debug mode DEB UG DELETE Deletes the specified remote file or remote directory DEL ETE remote file remote file Specifies a valid file path on the remote host to be deleted This can be a file or an empty directory DIR Writes an extended directory listing of a remote directory or file to the terminal or to an output file DI R remote listing local file remote listing Specifies the remote directory or file mask from which a directory listing is to be generated If this parameter is not specified a directory listing of the remote working directory is generated local file Specifies the output file on the local host to store the directory listing If this parameter is not specified the directory listing 1s written to your terminal DL Writes an extended RTE A directory listing of a remote directory or file to the terminal or to an output file DL remote listing local file remote listing Specifies
62. g option file name expansion FTP USR 3 2 i option interactive prompting FTP USR 3 2 l option log file FTP USR 3 2 3 44 n option auto logging FTP USR 3 2 q option quiet mode for transfer files FTP USR 3 2 t option command input file FTP USR 3 2 3 74 u option specify user and password FTP USR 3 2 v option verbose output FTP USR 3 2 3 78 DSAM GEN 6 4 GET MNT 9 38 GRPM MNT 9 18 MAST MNT 9 17 9 18 9 23 MSSM MNT 9 41 NAT MNT 9 41 NRVS MNT 9 17 RMSM MNT 9 40 SEND GEN 4 18 4 30 6 7 MNT 9 28 SLAV MNT 9 37 XCOM GEN 5 13 BGCDS GEN 5 14 BIGLB GEN 5 14 CMNDO environment variable USR 3 14 CMNDO LINK environment vari able USR 3 14 CXL66 GEN 5 4 D3N25 GEN 6 4 SFDSLB GEN 6 6 FNDLB GEN 5 14 6 6 NFT GEN 5 14 STDIN READ READX MSG 8 14 SSTDLIST Print MSG 8 12 SYSTZ FSV A 1 UFMP library FSV 2 7 ADVO00 GEN 5 5 5 9 CXL66 GEN 5 5 DSQ GEN 5 3 761D 66 GEN 5 5 5 ID 67 GEN 5 5 5 IDS00 GEN 5 5 5 10 RESA GEN 5 13 command FTP USR 3 20 7 6 Index 2 etc exports FSV 1 1 2 1 4 2 etc fsrv mnt FSV 4 2 4 6 etc hosts FSV 4 2 4 4 etc hosts file BSD 3 7 5 8 5 16 5 49 B 1 B 2 ETC INETD CONE GEN 6 1 etc networks file BSD 5 9 5 19 5 21 5 23 5 50 B 1 B 4 etc protocols file BSD 5 10 5 26 5 28 5 30 5 51 B 1 B 6 ETC SERVICES GEN 6 1 etc services file BSD 2 3 3 5 5
63. negative error codes e 1if LU isan invalid LU number e 2ifLU is associated with the bit bucket e negative of the LU s timeout if not 1 or 2 Remote I O Mapping 13 7 Return Error Values RU IOMAP 2 Return Parameters First Parameter first word two characters of the ASCII four character error code for example DS of DS04 For serious errors this is a numeric error code and the second and third parameters below are meaningless Second Parameter second word two characters of the ASCII four character error code Third Parameter number of node reporting the error Remote Interactive Sessions Remote I O Mapping allows you to gain access to the remote command interpreters CI or FMGR This virtual terminal capability allows you to establish a session at a remote node and interact with the command interpreter as if the terminal were connected directly to the remote node To set up a remote interactive session you must perform the following tasks e RunIOMAP from REMAT to establish an LU map at the remote node e RunSYSAT to get the remote system s attention and logon prompt e Logon to the remote node These steps are described in the following subsections Establishing the Map Use REMAT to switch to the node at which you want to establish an interactive session Then run IOMAP at the remote node mapping an LU at that node to your terminal s LU at your node Get the Remote System s
64. nodes nodes nodes File created here Detaches session here Detaches session here Session Monitor nodes Session Monitor nodes only only Only used here 1 0 configuration listed here Only used here Only used here Programs listed here d tu a Cartridges mounted here a a Jg g From file or lu Uv E File closed here nj From RTE A H B a From file p H p From file To memory based RTE A From RTE A Ml File purged here Le Scheduled program here Le Scheduled program here File renamed here Scheduled program here Shut down a session here a a Slave program here Only used here Transfer to file at any node Transfer to file at any node a Slave program here From file or lu n n 4 Message sent here 4 Transfer to file at any node ae ES tU REMAT 8 9 TE Sends a message to NODE1 TE message message An ASCII string of up to 72 characters in length TR Transfers control of REMAT to a file at any node or a logical unit filedesc node TR integer 1u filedesc File name of transfer file containing RTE commands node Positive node number or negative logical unit number of a node where the command file exists If 11edesc is an LU node is ignored integer Negative integer that denotes a transfer back through the stacked transfer files Current command file is not included in the count lu Logi
65. numbers expressed in the Internet standard dot notation such as 192 41 233 2 Terminate the string with the character VO 4 30 Berkeley Software Distribution Interprocess Communication inet_ntoa Takes an Internet IP address and returns an ASCII string representing the address in dot notation string inet_ntoa IPaddr char string struct in_addr IPaddr string Pointer to character string representing numbers expressed in the Internet standard dot notation such as 192 41 233 2 Terminate the string with character VO See Internet Dot Notation in Appendix D of the BSD IPC Reference Manual for NS ARPA 1000 and ARPA 1000 for more information on dot notation IPaddr Internet IP address IP addresses for the Internet family are stored in an address variable of type in addr ntohl Converts a 32 bit quantity from network order to host order hostlong ntohl netlong u_long hostlong netlong hostlong 32 bit integer in host order returned by ntoh1 netlong 32 bit integer in network order ntohs Converts a 16 bit quantify from network order to host order hostshort ntohs netshort u short hostshort netshort hostshort 16 bit integer in host order returned by ntohs netshort 16 bit integer in network order Berkeley Software Distribution Interprocess Communication 4 31 sethostent Opens and rewinds the etc hosts file result sethostent stayopen in
66. originates when a REMAT command is issued Must be the Router 1000 node address of the desired node If NODE1 is a neighboring node may also be the negative logical unit number of that node NODE2 If a REMAT command requires two nodes NODE2 is the node to which the results of the action taken are destined when a REMAT command is issued Must be the Router 1000 node address of the desired node If NODE2 is a neighboring node may also be the negative logical unit number of that node security code The local node s Network User s security code assigned to the node at network initialization time LO CAL A literal parameter that forces NODE1 and NODE2 to the local node number user group password Can be used to attach to specific accounts at DS 1000 IV nodes with Session Monitor only The account and optional password for which a non interactive session will be created at the specified node and to which subsequent REMAT commands will non interactively attach The previous session at this node will be released This parameter is not required if the default account is desired For non session access this parameter is the password only User group and password may each be up to 10 characters in length 8 8 REMAT Table 8 1 Effect of SW woe f we oo o Session created here Session created here Session Monitor nodes Session Monitor nodes only only Message delivered at all Message delivered at all Message delivered at all
67. period of 97 minutes before connection shutdown If this option is toggled off an indefinite idle time is allowed This option is set by default SO REUSEADDR Toggle option Allows local socket address reuse This allows multiple sockets to be bound to the same local port address This option modifies the rules used by bind to validate local addresses SO REUSEADDR allows more than one socket to be bound to the same port number at the same time however it only allows one single socket to be actively listening for connection requests on the port number The host will still check at connection time to be sure any other socket with the same local address and local port does not have the same remote address and remote port Connect fails if the uniqueness requirement is violated Berkeley Software Distribution Interprocess Communication 4 17 setsockopt SO RCVBUF Changes the buffer size of a socket s receive socket buffer The default buffer size is 4096 bytes The maximum buffer size is 32766 bytes A stream socket s buffer size can be increased or decreased only prior to establishing a connection SO SNDBUF Changes the buffer size of a socket s send socket buffer The default buffer size is 4096 bytes The maximum buffer size is 32766 bytes A stream socket s buffer size can be increased or decreased only prior to establishing a connection The following options are supported for TCP level IPPROTO TCP options
68. prints an error message and terminates Default NS TRACE TRCin the current working directory errorLog Device file or device LU to which you want NSTRC to report run time errors Default local LU 1 scheduling terminal recordLength The trace record length in bytes For network level tracing the trace record size is approximately the total size of all protocol headers If a message has more bytes than recordLength NSTRC truncates the message Range 48 to 120 bytes Default 60 bytes 14 4 Maintenance Utilities NETWORK SOCKET BOTH Default Trace messages at the network level NSTRC records messages at the LI software level as they enter or leave the node In addition NSTRC records any Probe Socket Registry NFT TCP and IP control messages control messages are messages sent by the protocol modules as part of the protocol and do not contain user data and HDLC Multidrop Link Up messages You can use FMTRC to format the IP or LI header OSI layer 3s IEEE 802 3 ETHERNET LAN or Router 1000 FMTRC does not format higher level protocol headers such as TCP or PXP unless the nice format option is used Useful for analyzing network problems Trace messages at the socket level NSTRC records messages as they are sent and received on user sockets You can select messages according to Global Socket Descriptors when you format the trace file via FMTRC Useful for debugging user applications Trace mes
69. system GEN C 2 memory based system GEN C 6 C 8 RPM GEN C 8 RPMMN GEN C 8 SITE FTP message MSG 4 7 SITE command FTP USR 3 70 Index 31 SIZE DSCOPY option USR 4 8 SL processing MNT 9 44 slave TCB MNT 2 25 timeout GEN 9 11 slave list processing MNT 9 44 SLAVE LIST REMAT MSG 7 32 slave off processing MNT 9 44 SLAVE OFF REMAT MSG 7 31 slave programs cloned DS 6 15 effects of ICLON parameter DS 6 15 renaming DS 6 15 slave services software modules GEN 4 25 slave timeout MNT 2 28 modifying MNT 8 14 SMB GEN 4 8 requirement GEN 9 26 system generation GEN 5 12 snap file GEN 6 2 SO processing MNT 9 44 SO_KEEPALIVE option BSD 4 40 7 1 SO_RCVBUF option BSD 4 14 4 41 SO_RECVBUF options BSD 7 1 SO REUSEADDR option BSD 4 13 4 40 7 1 SO SNDBUF option BSD 4 14 4 41 7 1 sockaddr in structure BSD 3 2 3 3 3 8 socket creating BSD 4 45 descriptors BSD 2 1 local BSD 5 38 peer BSD 5 25 record MNT 2 19 statistics MNT 2 8 structures BSD 2 1 trace records MNT 5 19 type BSD D 8 types MNT 2 20 socket address BSD 3 2 3 3 D 8 setting up BSD 3 8 3 10 socket address family type BSD 2 3 3 3 D 1 socket buffer MNT 9 61 socket descriptor bitmask BSD 6 1 socket modes USR 5 14 socket names USR 5 3 syntax USR 5 23 socket options BSD 4 13 4 40 7 1 socket registry GEN 1 10 MNT 9 11 USR 5 3 ARM GEN 1 13 Index 32 connect site path report MSG 2 2 header MSG 2 1
70. t cec ee SS e ere en ede ADDONPT i zug kr ES Ce Ree KO SCR eC RR ee CON CR e RR og AIDROEC 6 eda hash dan a Raine Le RE INTTOPT arista eive ue RU eters OA ova enn READOP T 45k eae C a P are wo A ox e Bearer bad 6 23 NetiP Error Codes error eher ur DERI sis DCN 6 24 nn EADDADDDDADADDDADADYD 9 06 16 R Ut C o 00 4 CA I TO PO FO TO E eS en kn en 1 NR RRR RR Re pl DADRADPADDADDDD DD NN NR 6 A NetlPC Common Parameters The flags opt data result socketname and nodename parameters are common to many NetIPC calls The flags opt and result parameters are also common to the Remote Process Management RPM calls RPM calls are explained in the Remote Process Management section in the NS ARPA 1000 User Programmer Reference Manual These calls can be used to schedule remote NetIPC programs The opt parameter provides functionality for NetIPC and RPM calls opt usually has data associated with it The flags parameter enables or disables certain functions for NetIPC calls The result parameter returns error codes for NetIPC calls The socketname and nodename parameters identify sockets and nodes respectively Refer to the NS ARPA 1000 User Programmer Reference Manual for detailed information on NetIPC calls and their parameters Flags Parameter The flags parameter is a bit map of 32 special request bits By setting bits in the Flags parameter you can invoke various services in some NetIPC calls NetIPC and
71. target computer requested that the NS NFTWARN 47 target file should have fixed length records Unable to access target file or Anunexpected file system error occurred in accessing the target device file NS NFTERR 48 Invalid source file name The source file name is invalid on the source computer NS NFTERR 49 No files matched source The source file name contained one or more wildcard Specification characters or was a directory but no files or directories were NS NFTERR 50 matched by it APPEND option is not supported The APPEND option is not supported on the target computer NS NFTERR 51 OVERWRITE option is not The OVERWRITE option is not supported on the target computer supported NS NFTERR 52 Unable to create directory An unexpected file system error occurred in creating a directory NS NFTERR 53 on the target computer Error creating or accessing An unexpected file system error occurred in reference to a Scratch file on source node scratch file on the source computer NS NFTERR 54 Unable to start NFT service on An NFT server program could not be initialized on the source the source node computer Either the server program could not be scheduled or NS NFTERR 55 the server could not enter the proper session Unable to start NFT service on An NFT server program could not be initialized on the target the target node computer Either the server program could not be scheduled or NS NFTERR 56 the server could n
72. the device upon which the file resides is returned 16 bit integer File type A variable to which the file type determined at opening is returned 16 bit integer Recordsize A variable to which the record length is returned for Type 1 and Type 2 files or the read write access code for Type 0 files This parameter is not applicable to a file type equal to or greater than Type 3 16 bit integer Error condition location See RFA Common Parameters for more information Remote File Access 10 7 DNAME Renames an existing file DNAME is equivalent to the FMGR routine NAMF DNAME dcb err name nname secu cr erlc dcb Four word array Data Control Block See RFA input output Common Parameters for more information err 16 bit integer Error return variable See RFA Common Parameters for more information name Integer array FORTRAN Packed character array PASCAL File s current name A 3 word array containing the ASCII coded current name of the file Must be a FMGR file nname Integer array FORTRAN Packed character array PASCAL The file s new name A 3 word array containing the ASCII coded new name of the file Must be a FMGR file secu 16 bit integer File security code A variable in the range 0 through 432767 or 32767 This parameter must be declared if the file specified in the name parameter was created having a security code cr Array of 16 bit integers Cartridge ref
73. the message records that meet the characteristics specified by the SET command Print the first message that meets the characteristics specified by the SET command Print the next message that meets the characteristics specified by the SET command Default Maintenance Utilities 14 13 SET Set the characteristics of the messages to be printed by the PRINT command S ET CLASS ENDREC RTENO STARTREC STREAM value LASS value NDREC value R TENO value STA RTREC value STR EAM value Select only the message records that belong to the class specified by value For a list of message classes and the corresponding messages refer to the NS ARPA 1000 Error Message and Recovery Manual Select the records on the tape with record numbers less than or equal to the number specified by value The record numbers are the tape s sequential record numbers Default the highest last record number in the file Select only the message records generated by the RTE process number specified by value The RTE process number is the user s terminal LU Select the records on the tape with record numbers greater than or equal to the number specified by value The record numbers are the tape s sequential record numbers Default the first record number number 1 in the file Select only the message records that belong to the stream type specified by value Fora list of message streams and the corresponding messages re
74. the remote directory or file mask from which a directory listing is to be generated If this parameter is not specified a directory listing of the remote working directory is generated local file Specifies the output file on the local host to store the directory listing If this parameter is not specified the directory listing is written to your terminal 2 4 FTP EXIT Closes the remote connection and exits from FTP Same as BYE and QUIT E XIT FORM Sets the FTP file transfer form to the specified format The only supported format is non print F ORM format format Specifies the file transfer format Currently the only supported format is non print Non print format specifies that no vertical format information is contained GET Transfers a remote file to a local file Same as RECV GE T remote file local file remote file Specifies a valid file path on the remote host to be copied to the local host local file Specifies the file on the local host to copy into If this parameter is not specified FTP uses the remote file path as the local file path If a local file name is specified without a directory the current working directory on the local host is used Ifa local file with the same file name already exists before the file transfer it is overwritten without warning GLOB Toggles file name globbing expansion for multiple file operations When file name globbing is enabled FTP expands wild card chara
75. timeout FSV 3 3 directory names FSV 2 4 Distributed EXEC See DEXEC distributed executive USR 1 4 DS 1 3 5 1 distributed LOGON LOGOFF DLGON MNT 9 40 Distributed System Available Memory ee DSAM DL command FTP USR 3 34 DLGNS DS 7 4 session monitor nodes only DS 7 4 non session access DS 7 4 DLGOF DS 7 6 DLGON DS 7 7 MNT 9 40 session monitor nodes only DS 7 8 create a session DS 7 8 DLGONS use with FCOPY DS 7 17 DLIST GEN 4 20 4 30 6 7 9 11 MSG 7 22 DLOCF MSG 7 59 8 50 DS 4 15 DMESG DS 7 10 DMESS DS 7 11 operation to session monitor nodes DS 7 11 DNAME MSG 7 57 8 51 DS 4 17 domain in node names USR 1 8 domain field GEN 3 5 DOPEN MSG 7 52 8 52 DS 4 18 exclusive open DS 4 20 non exclusive open DS 4 20 type 1 access DS 4 21 update open DS 4 20 dot notation internet BSD D 1 down reference MNT 2 20 Index 7 download files GEN 13 7 HDLC GEN C 1 LAN GEN C 1 memory based system GEN 13 1 13 2 13 7 C 1 program file into itself DS 7 18 software modules GEN 4 23 system GEN 13 1 13 7 13 13 DPOSN MSG 7 55 8 53 DS 4 22 DPURG MSG 7 51 8 54 DS 4 24 DREAD MSG 7 54 8 55 DS 4 25 driver BISYNC GEN 5 5 device GEN 5 4 HDLC GEN 5 5 IEEE 802 3 GEN 5 5 interface GEN 5 4 partition phase GEN 5 4 relocation phase GEN 5 4 remote I O mapping GEN 5 5 TELNET pseudo terminal GEN 5 5 X 25 GEN 5 5 DS file transparency D RTR GEN C 2 DSRTR GEN C 2 memory based system
76. to Program Communication PTOP 12 Table of Contents PTOP Common Parameters uri Master PTOP Calls anat POPEN HP 1000 to HP 1000 Calling Sequence esee HP 1000 to HP 3000 Calling Sequence sess PREAD zekerspbrhgec heb ERR REY GER RO ROREM ER DR M I 12 A 12 1 12 1 12 1 12 1 12 2 12 3 12 4 12 4 12 4 12 5 12 5 12 5 12 6 12 7 12 7 12 7 PTOP Common Parameters Several parameters are common to more than one PTOP call These common parameters are described in detail in the following paragraphs Parameters that are unique to a specific call are described within the parameter description area of that call pcb PTOP control block A 4 word array of any type The contents input output of the pcb parameter serve as a control block for the data link The pcb array resides within the calling program and must not be modified err Error code Produces an error code if an error condition is output encountered during execution of a PTOP call Must be defined as a 16 bit integer If a slave program responds with a REJCT during execution a 1 is returned in err If the slave program responds with an ACEPT the value 0 will be returned Any other value returned in this parameter represents an error in the handling of the message tag Tag field A 20 word array of any type You can define input output information to be exchanged between the master and slave programs within the ta
77. transfer type on the terminal 2 12 FTP USER Logs on as a different user on the currently connected remote host U SER user_name password user name Specifies the account on the remote host to log on If the user name is not specified FTP prompts you for it password Specifies the password for the account if required If a password is required and not specified FTP prompts you for it VERBOSE Specifies verbose output This command toggles verbose output Verbose output displays all responses from any remote host to which you are connected These responses tell you whether or not FTP commands completed successfully By default verbose output is enabled if FTP input comes from your keyboard Verbose output is disabled if FTP input comes from an FTP transfer file V ERBOSE FTP 2 13 Error Messages The following error messages are returned to the current list device when an error is encountered by the FTP user program After a message is printed the user may again be presented with the FTP prompt FTP User Error Messages eme Mm FTP internal error encountered An internal FTP error has occurred FTP ERR 1 Unable to connect to specified A connection could not be established to the remote host computer because of one of the following problems FTP ERR 2 1 the remote computer name is incorrect 2 the remote computer is not connected to the network 3 there are not enough system resources 4 FTP has n
78. 00 bytes If this option is not specified IPCRecv will return errors if a call attempts to receive greater than 100 bytes 32 bit integer by reference The error code returned zero if no error 6 16 Network Interprocess Communication IPCSELECT Determines the status of a call socket or VC socket IPCSELECT sdbound readmap writemap exceptionmap timeout result sdbound 32 bit integer by reference Specifies the upper input output ordinal bound on the range of descriptors specified in the readmap writemap and except ionmap parameters An IPCSelect call will be most efficient if this parameter is set to the maximum ordinal value of the sockets specified in these parameters Because a NetIPC process may have concurrent access to a maximum of 32 descriptors sdbound may be given a maximum value of 32 As an output parameter sdbound contains the upper ordinal boundary of all of the descriptors that met the select criteria If none of the criteria were met sdbound will be set to zero readmap 32 bit integer by reference A bit map indexed by input output VC socket descriptors When readmap is an input parameter this map should have bits set for all of the VC sockets from which you would like to receive data As an output parameter readmap is a bit map describing all of the read selected VC sockets that are readable writemap 32 bit integer by reference A bit map indexed by input output either call socket descrip
79. 0001 for other uses Disable terminal inhibits scheduling of terminal program Set timeout sets new timeout interval Ignore all further requests until the request queue is empty an input request is received or a restore control request is received Restore output processing this request is usually not necessary Write end of data Cartridge Tape Unit Locate file number Cartridge Tape Unit When function code 11 is specified in con1 then con2 must be included in the parameter list to specify the particular line spacing When function code 27 is specified in con1 then con2 must be included in the parameter list to specify the particular file number Remote File Access 10 5 DCRET DXCRE The DCRET and DXCRE routines define a new file DCRET is equivalent to the FMGR call CREAT DXCRE is equivalent to ECREA DCRET dcb err name size type secu cr erlcl DXCRE dcb err name size typel secu cr xsize erlcl dcb err name size type secu CE xsize erlc Four word array Data Control Block See RFA Common Parameters for more information 16 bit integer Error return variable See RFA Common Parameters for more information Integer array FORTRAN Packed character array PASCAL Filename A 3 word array containing the ASCII coded name of the file to be created Must be a FMGR file Array of 16 bit integers Array of 32 bit integers File size
80. 010 Restore Program 00000008 RPMCreate Option 23020 Assign Partition ooooooommmmo o o o RPMCreate Option 23030 Change Program Priority RPMCreate Option 23040 Modify Working Set Size oomooo o RPMCreate Option 23050 Modify VMA Size 0000008 RPMCreate Option 23060 Modify Code Partition Size RPMCreate Option 23070 Modify Data Partition Size RPMCreate Option 23080 Time Scheduling ooooooccccommmo o RPMCreate Option 23090 Program Scheduling Immediate No Wait RPMCreate Option 23100 Queue Program Scheduling RPMCreate Option 23110 Program Scheduling sss RPMGETSTRING RPMKILL RPM Error Codes 7 A opo ooo ooo ood ESO 0o U RU U 9 I9 5 6 i 0o tA UO IO ID FS aa ooo o ooo od ooo uu h2 b2 pl ll ll ll pd RPM Common Parameters The flags opt result and nodename parameters are common parameters used in the RPM calls They follow the same conventions as the NetIPC parameters For further information on these parameters refer to NetIPC Common Parameters in the Network Interprocess Communication section and the Remote Process Management section in the NS ARPA 1000 User Programmer Reference Manual Use the InitOpt AddOpt and ReadOpt NetIPC calls to facilitate your use of the opt parameter These NetIPC calls are explained in Special NetIPC
81. 1 pseudo terminal LU GEN 12 2 MNT 2 30 2 31 memory based system GEN C 7 PSI links MNT 9 51 PTOP GEN 1 10 1 11 9 10 USR 1 4 DS 1 3 6 1 ACEPT DS 6 28 calls ACEPT DS 6 28 FINIS DS 6 30 GET DS 6 26 PCLOS DS 6 23 PCONT DS 6 22 PNRPY DS 6 24 POPEN DS 6 13 POPEN DS 6 16 PREAD DS 6 20 PWRIT DS 6 21 REJCT DS 6 29 chain protocol DS 6 8 common parameters DS 6 11 DS 1000 IV compatibility DS 6 1 6 2 FINIS call DS 6 30 GET call DS 6 26 HP 1000 to HP 1000 protocols DS 6 4 HP 1000 to HP 3000 protocols DS 6 3 HP 3000 communication DS 6 2 interprocesscommunication USR 5 1 link considerations DS 6 1 many to one multiple server protocol DS 6 6 possible cloned protocol DS protocol DS 6 5 master and slave programs DS 6 1 one to one protocol DS 6 4 one to one with cloning protocol DS 6 5 PCLOS call DS 6 23 PCONT call DS 6 22 PNRPY call DS 6 24 POPEN call DS 6 13 6 16 PREAD call DS 6 20 programmatic examples DS 6 31 PWRIT call DS 6 21 REJCT call DS 6 29 RTE A system utility DS 6 2 RTE 6 VM type 6 call DS 6 2 sample master slave protocols DS 6 2 Index 25 session monitor restrictions DS 6 2 software modules GEN 4 19 4 27 syntax conventions DS 6 11 PTOPM GEN 4 19 4 27 4 30 4 32 6 7 9 11 MNT 9 42 PUT command FTP USR 3 60 PWD FTP message MSG 4 5 PWD command FTP USR 3 61 PWRIT DS 6 21 processing MNT 9 42 PWRITE MSG 7 27 8 9 PXP GEN 1 12 MNT 9 2 9 5 heade
82. 10 pee interrupt character An illegal character was specified for the interrupt character in the TELNET ERR 11 INTERRUPT command is the escape character The escape character was specified in the INTERRUPT command norm ERR 12 instead of an interrupt character Mode change unavailable A MODE command was entered when there is no remote connection TELNET ERR 13 open Already line A line MODE command was entered and the transmission mode is TELNET ERR 14 already in line mode Already character A character MODE command was entered and the transmission mode TELNET ERR 15 is already in character mode Unknown parameter The parameter entered is unknown for the command TELNET ERR 16 Ambiguous parameter Not enough characters have been entered for a parameter to TELNET ERR 17 differentiate it fom another parameter No connection open A TELNET command was entered that requires an open connection TELNET ERR 18 Node name is too long A node name was entered with more than 50 characters TELNET ERR 19 1 8 TELNET FTP Table of Contents RENAME cinc dd rides 2 A b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b29 B2 b29 B2 b9 B2 b9 B9 B2 b9 B2 b9 P2 b9 B9 B2 b9 B2 b9 B2 b9 b2 B9 b9 b2 09 P2 09 B2 09 09 nBARBBOOOOO0ODiooo050 0 X X A 50 6 O O i Ui Ui Dn Ca ds s S ds ds Uo 02 02 Q2 02 O2 TO TO Q2 fO 5 NIN D29 02 2 2 029 02 PRR RR RRR 2 B RRR RRR RRR BWWNNNNNE Using FTP FTP is scheduled at the RTE Command Interpreter level CI gt FTP ca
83. 10 5 11 Index 9 error message files memory based system GEN C 5 error messages BSD C 1 error messages FSRV FSV 5 7 BSD IPC errors returned by FSRV FSV 5 9 ESCAPE command TELNET USR 2 12 ESCAPE parameter TELNET SEND command USR 2 22 establish a session at the HP 3000 DS 8 1 establishing a connection USR 5 4 5 53 5 55 Ethernet GEN 1 15 USR 1 7 DS 1 6 address GEN 9 16 ARP GEN 1 13 broadcast addresses MSG A 9 header MSG 1 5 LI GEN 3 8 9 16 multicast addresses MSG A 9 network boundaries GEN 3 8 type field MSG A 3 event logging GEN 4 12 9 7 MNT 4 1 log mask MNT 4 2 4 3 4 5 memory based system GEN C 5 output MNT 4 7 statistics MNT 2 27 event message MNT 9 4 EVMON GEN 4 12 4 28 6 7 9 7 MNT 4 1 memory based system GEN C 5 output MNT 4 7 runstring MNT 4 2 statistics MNT 2 27 example load file client BSD A 34 server BSD A 33 NRINIT GEN 11 12 RPM USR 6 40 example program Cclient BSD A 5 Cserver BSD A 1 FORTRAN client BSD A 27 FORTRAN server BSD A 22 Pascal client BSD A 15 Pascal server BSD A 9 examples DS 1000 IV worksheet GEN 3 38 3 39 IEEE 802 3 worksheet GEN 3 38 remote process management USR 6 42 Index 10 Router 1000 worksheet GEN worksheet GEN 3 38 3 39 exception selecting USR 5 65 EXEC RPM USR 6 2 6 4 6 33 EXECM GEN 4 19 4 20 4 27 4 30 4 31 4 32 6 7 9 11 EXECW GEN 4 19 4 20 4 23 4 27 4 30 4 31 4 32 6 7 9 11 memory based sy
84. 11 5 32 5 34 5 36 5 52 B 1 B 8 etc tztab FSV 4 2 4 7 etc ux_groups FSV 1 1 4 2 4 6 etc ux_users FSV 1 1 4 2 4 5 NS1000 CMD INSTALL_NS1000 CMD GEN 6 1 NS1000 CMD NSSTART_EZ CMD GEN 6 1 NS1000 EXAMPLES ANSNS GEN 6 1 NS1000 EXAM PLES A91790 EZ INSTAL TX T GEN 6 1 NS1000 EXAM PLES A91790 INSTALL TXT GEN 6 1 NS1000 EXAMPLES NSSTART CMD GEN 6 1 lt errno h gt file BSD B 10 B 11 lt fentl h gt file BSD B 10 B 13 lt in h gt file BSD B 10 B 14 lt netdb h gt file BSD B 10 B 17 lt socket h gt file BSD B 10 B 18 lt types h gt file BSD B 10 B 22 EOF pointer posting FSV 3 3 Numbers 12040D Serial MUX card TEL NET GEN 1 2 802 LI GEN 3 6 3 8 9 16 statistics MNT 2 20 A AABORT NFT message MSG 3 26 ABOR FTP message MSG 4 1 abort I O request MSG 6 22 response MSG 6 23 ABORT NFT message MSG 3 26 accept BSD 2 5 3 1 3 9 4 3 7 2 accepting connection request BSD 4 3 access rights FSV 1 1 accessing the file server FSV 2 1 ACEPT DS 6 28 ACEPT processing MNT 9 43 ADATA NFT message MSG 3 12 AddOpt USR 5 73 6 5 example USR 6 20 RPM USR 6 19 6 20 RPM example USR 6 34 6 37 address GEN 1 3 Ethernet GEN 9 16 IEEE 802 3 GEN 9 17 IEEE 802 3 broadcast GEN 324 IEEE 802 3 multicast GEN 3 24 3 27 9 20 IEEE 802 3 station GEN 3 23 3 32 MNT 2 5 inbound list GEN 3 27 IP GEN 3 12 3 32 3 34 3 35 9 16 9 18 9 22 11 3 11 4 MNT 2 5
85. 16 bit integer by value in Pascal by reference in FORTRAN The number of the argument to be added The first argument is number zero 16 bit integer by value in Pascal by reference in FORTRAN The option code of the argument to be added These codes are described in each NetIPC call opt parameter description 16 bit integer by value in Pascal by reference in FORTRAN The length in bytes of the data to be included This information is provided in each NetIPC call opt parameter description Packed array of characters Pascal Integer array FORTRAN by reference An array containing the data associated with the argument 16 bit integer by reference The error code returned zero if no error 6 20 Network Interprocess Communication ADROF Obtains the byte address of any byte within a data object ADROF firstobjword offset byteaddress firstobjword 16 bit integer by reference The name of the first 16 bit word of the data object offset 16 bit integer by value in Pascal by reference in FORTRAN An offset from the beginning of the data object May be positive or negative The first byte of a data object resides at offset zero byteaddress 16 bit integer by reference The byte address of the byte that is o set bytes away from the first object word Network Interprocess Communication 6 21 INITOPT Initializes the opt parameter so that arguments can be added INITOPT opt optnumarguments error opt B
86. 2 update message rerouting MSG 7 11 UDP GEN 1 11 1 12 UDP User Datagram Protocol BSD 2 2 umount command FSV 3 2 upgrade level MNT 2 18 2 28 UPLIN GEN 4 11 4 28 6 7 7 2 9 10 MNT 9 18 9 39 9 60 USER FTP message MSG 4 8 user capability FSV 1 1 USER command FTP USR 3 77 user datagram protocol UDP BSD 2 2 MSG 1 19 user mappings FSV 1 1 user record NetIPC GEN 9 12 user record ID MNT 2 20 Index 36 user services distributed executive USR 1 4 DS 1 3 FTP USR 1 3 DS 1 2 network file transfer USR 1 4 DS 1 2 network IPC USR 1 4 DS 1 2 program to programcommunica tion USR 1 4 DS 1 3 REMAT USR 1 4 DS 1 3 remote file access USR 1 4 DS 1 3 remote process management USR 1 4 DS 1 3 RMOTE USR 1 4 DS 1 3 TELNET USR 1 3 DS 1 2 utility subroutines USR 1 4 DS 1 3 7 1 BYE DS 7 25 database management DS 7 3 DLGNS DS 7 4 DLGOF DS 7 6 DLGON DS 7 7 DMESG DS 7 10 DMESS DS 7 11 DSERR DS 7 13 DS GETNAME DS 7 14 DS GETNODE DS 7 15 FCOPY DS 7 16 FLOAD DS 7 18 GNODE DS 7 20 HELLO DS 7 23 link considerations DS 7 1 LU3K DS 7 26 PRCNM DS 7 27 SEGLD DS 7 21 syntax conventions DS 7 2 utilities software modules GEN 4 24 utility subroutines GEN 1 10 1 11 USR 1 4 V VARIABLE DSCOPY option USR VC socket USR 5 2 5 6 VC socket descriptor USR 5 3 VC memory based system GEN C 6 VCPMN GEN 4 23 4 24 4 31 6 7 9 11 vectored data BSD 4 24 4 35
87. 200 would indicate 120 seconds The new timeout value must be placed in the wrt data parameter The timeout value must be in the range of zero to 32767 Negative values have no meaning and will result in error A value of zero sets the timeout to infinity The timeout will not be reset if the referenced socket is switched to asynchronous mode and then back to synchronous mode e 1000 Change the read threshold of the VC socket referenced in descriptor parameter Read thresholds are one byte by default The descriptor parameter must reference a VC socket descriptor The new read threshold value must be placed in the wrtdata parameter e 1001 Change the write threshold of the VC socket referenced by the descriptor parameter Write thresholds are one byte by default The descriptor parameter must reference a VC socket descriptor The new write threshold value must be placed in the wrtdata parameter Network Interprocess Communication 6 5 IPCCONTROL wrtdata wlen readdata rlen input output flags result 16 bit integer by reference A data buffer or data vector used to pass timeout and threshold information If a request of 3 1000 or 1001 is specified the wrtdata and wlen parameters are required 32 bit integer by value in Pascal by reference in FORTRAN Length in bytes of the wrtdata parameter Must be set to 2 bytes Array by reference This parameter is reserved for future use 32 bit integer by refere
88. 23080 Time Scheduling RTE A System Equivalent EXEC 12 call documented in the RTE A Programmer s Reference Manual AddOpt Parameters optioncode datalength data 16 bit integer by value in Pascal by reference in FORTRAN 23080 to indicate the Time Scheduling option 16 bit integer by value in Pascal by reference in FORTRAN The length in bytes of data which is to be included in the opt array Must be 2 4 6 8 10 or 12 bytes No other values are allowed The exact length depends on the parameters specified e Ifthe length is 2 only units is specified The call is an Absolute Start Scheduling call to schedule the child program immediately e Ifthe length is 4 the units and often values are specified The call is an Absolute Start Scheduling call to schedule the child program immediately and how often it should be scheduled e Ifthe length is 6 the values for units often and delay hour are specified If the delay hour parameter is negative the call is an Initial Offset Scheduling call If the delay hour parameter is non negative the call is an Absolute Start Scheduling call e Ifthe length is 8 the values for units often hour and min are specified The call is a Scheduling Absolute Starting Time call e Ifthe length is 10 the values for units often hour min and secare specified The call is a Scheduling Absolute Starting Time call e Ifthe length is 12 the values for units often hour
89. 3 address resolution provider GEN 1 13 address resolution requestor GEN 1 13 resolver protocols GEN 1 13 socket registry GEN 1 13 ARP header MSG 1 29 ARPA USR 1 3 2 1 DS 1 2 Ethernet GEN 1 15 ASCII DSCOPY option USR 4 7 ASCII command FTP USR 3 23 assign partition RPM USR 6 24 asynchronous I O USR 5 14 IPCRecv USR 5 56 IPCRecvCn USR 5 61 IPCSend USR 5 68 read and write thresholds USR 5 14 ATACH RPM USR 6 5 AYT parameter TELNET SEND command USR 2 22 BELL command FTP USR 3 24 Berkeley sockets MNT 9 2 USR 1 4 DS 1 3 BIGNS GEN 6 3 Index 3 BIGNS LIB GEN 5 14 6 7 BIGNS_CDS GEN 6 3 BIGNS_CDS LIB GEN 5 14 6 7 BINARY DSCOPY option USR 4 7 BINARY command FTP USR 3 25 bind BSD 2 3 2 5 3 1 3 2 3 5 3 8 3 11 4 6 binding address BSD 3 8 3 11 binding socket addresses BSD 4 6 Bisync GEN 3 8 MNT 9 48 USR 1 7 DS 1 6 1 7 board statistics MNT 2 13 CDS DS 1 7 communication block size GEN 12 7 connect timer GEN 12 7 connection initialization GEN 12 4 I O requests MNT 9 52 ID sequences GEN 3 41 9 25 12 7 MNT 8 9 link GEN 1 15 3 11 9 25 system generation GEN 5 7 link troubleshooting MNT 1 5 1 17 message records MNT 7 1 primary mode GEN 12 8 protocol MNT 9 50 retry count GEN 12 7 secondary mode GEN 12 8 software module GEN 4 25 bitmask clearing BSD 6 2 6 5 for socket descriptors BSD 6 1 setting bits BSD 6 4 testing bits on BSD 6 3 blank common syst
90. 3 74 3 75 transmission control protocol BSD 2 2 USR 5 2 5 16 MSG 1 15 See also TCP Transparent File Access See TRFAS transparent file access GEN 3 5 9 10 server MSG 7 17 software modules GEN 4 13 6 8 transparent format USR 4 3 transport GEN 1 8 MNT 9 2 transport layer GEN 1 7 1 11 USR 1 2 transport layer protocols BSD 2 2 TRC3K GEN 4 25 4 31 6 7 MNT 7 1 7 10 command MNT 7 12 commands MNT 7 11 EXIT command MNT 7 13 FORMAT command MNT 7 14 LIST command MNT 7 15 PRINT command MNT 7 16 Index 35 runstring MNT 7 10 sample output MNT 7 18 SET command MNT 7 17 TRFAS GEN 1 10 4 13 4 28 6 7 6 8 9 10 9 11 C 2 MNT 1 8 MSG 7 17 troubleshooting addresses MNT 1 6 1 8 BSD IPC MNT 1 10 1 11 DS 1000 IV compatible services MNT 1 11 guidelines MNT 1 1 hardware MNT 1 5 hardware failures MNT 1 13 initialization MNT 1 4 link MNT 1 13 NetIPC MNT 1 10 1 11 RTE A resources MNT 1 7 software MNT 1 5 software revisions MNT 1 8 table sizes MNT 1 7 TCP MNT 1 11 tracing MNT 5 1 user applications MNT 1 10 troubleshooting FSRV FSV 5 1 guidelines FSV 5 3 problem conditions experienced by client FSV 5 3 5 4 TST GEN 4 8 9 11 TYPE FTP message MSG 4 8 type 12 byte stream files FSV 3 4 TYPE command FTP USR 3 76 types h file BSD B 10 B 22 TZTAB GEN 6 7 U u_long data type BSD 3 17 u_short data type BSD 3 17 UDP header MSG 1 19 UDP ports MSG A
91. 4 DEXEC 2 Remote Write MSG 7 34 DS 5 7 DEXEC 3 remote I O control DS 5 8 DEXEC 4 Remote I O Control MSG 7 35 DEXEC 6 Remote Program Ter mination MSG 7 43 DS 5 9 DEXEC 9 Immediate Schedule Wait MSG 7 45 DS 5 11 DEXEC 10 Immediate Schedule No Wait MSG 7 37 DS 5 11 DEXEC 11 Remote Time Re quest MSG 7 39 DS 5 13 DEXEC 12 Remote Timed Pro gram Schedule MSG 7 40 DS 5 14 DEXEC 13 Remote I O Status MSG 7 36 DS 5 15 DEXEC 23 Queue Schedule Wait MSG 7 47 DS 5 11 DEXEC 24 Queue Schedule No Wait MSG 7 49 DS 5 11 DEXEC 25 Remote Partition Sta tus MSG 7 41 DS 5 16 DEXEC 99 Remote Program Sta tus MSG 7 42 DS 5 17 DEXEC EXECUTION TIME MSG 8 62 DEXEC I O CONTROL MSG 8 63 DEXEC I O STATUS MSG 8 64 DEXEC READ MSG 8 65 DEXEC SCHEDULE MSG 8 66 DEXEC TIME MSG 8 67 DEXEC WRITE MSG 8 60 DIR command FTP USR 3 32 directly connected network See DCN directories accessing parent directory in FTP USR 3 19 creating remote directories in FTP USR 3 51 current working directory in FTP USR 3 61 deleting in FTP USR 3 31 multiple directories USR 3 47 destination GEN 6 2 listing directory in FTP USR 3 45 3 56 listing in FTP USR 3 32 3 34 3 48 3 52 removing in FTP USR 3 67 renaming in FTP USR 3 66 RTE A USR 1 10 3 8 RTE A relocatables GEN 6 2 setting working directory in FTP USR 3 28 3 43 DIRECTORY NFT message MSG 3 40 directory SCRATCH GEN 5 3 directory cache
92. 4 PASCAL CDS LIB GEN 5 14 PASS FTP message MSG 4 4 passing strings RPM USR 6 21 path GEN 1 4 MNT 9 3 9 6 path flow MNT 9 1 path record MNT 9 4 path records IP GEN 9 19 path report descriptor USR 5 3 path reports USR 5 3 PC GEN 2 1 USR 5 25 Index 24 NetIPC USR 5 1 5 25 5 26 5 27 5 31 5 37 5 41 5 44 5 59 5 62 5 68 5 71 PCB MNT 9 5 PCLOS MSG 7 29 DS 6 23 processing MNT 9 43 PCLOSE MSG 8 43 PCONT MSG 7 28 DS 6 22 processing MNT 9 42 PCONTROL MSG 8 11 performance MNT 5 1 performance degradation SAM size GEN 4 7 performing a read select USR 5 65 performing a write select USR 5 65 physical layer GEN 1 7 1 14 USR 1 2 PING GEN 4 13 6 7 MNT 3 1 3 2 simultaneous sessions MNT 3 2 planning GEN 3 1 PNL GEN 4 8 9 10 MNT 2 26 PNRPY DS 6 24 processing MNT 9 43 point to point networks GEN 1 4 pointers BSD 3 16 POOL GEN 4 8 9 10 POPEN DS 6 13 6 16 MSG 7 24 8 44 processing MNT 9 42 PORT FTP message MSG 4 4 port number BSD 2 3 3 3 3 5 3 8 D 7 porting NetIPC programs USR 5 1 5 25 portmapper request FSV 5 2 ports well known UDP ports MSG A 2 PRCNM MNT 9 57 DS 7 27 8 2 programmatic example DS 7 28 PRDCI GEN 4 15 4 29 6 7 7 3 MNT 9 71 memory based system GEN C 6 PREAD MSG 7 26 8 7 DS 6 20 PREAD processing MNT 9 42 presentation layer GEN 1 7 1 11 USR 1 2 primary program memory based system GEN C 7 priorities GEN 6 2 probe GEN 3 25 8 2 M
93. 4 2 4 6 etc ux_users FSV 4 2 4 5 defined FSV 1 1 error messages FSV 5 7 how it operates FSV 1 1 installation FSV 4 1 directory structure FSV 4 1 installation checklist FSV 4 12 overview FSV 1 1 requirements FSV 4 1 restarting FSV 4 10 runstring options FSV 3 1 special considerations FSV 3 3 starting FSV 4 9 file system request FSV 5 2 file transfer GEN 4 17 USR 3 1 FTP local to remote USR 3 60 3 69 multiple files USR 3 54 remote to local USR 3 38 3 64 multiple files USR 3 49 file transfer protocol GEN 1 8 USR 3 1 troubleshooting MNT 1 12 file transparency See TRFAS file usage memory based system GEN C 5 files deleting in FTP USR 3 31 multiple files USR 3 47 file name globbing USR 3 39 from FMGR cartridge USR 1 10 3 11 NS ARPA GEN 3 6 record length specification USR 3 10 renaming in FTP USR 3 66 RTE A USR 1 10 3 8 size specification USR 3 10 transferring in FTP USR 3 38 3 60 3 64 3 69 multiple files USR 3 49 3 54 type specification USR 3 9 FINIS MSG 7 30 DS 6 30 processing MNT 9 44 FIXED DSCOPY option USR 4 7 flags parameter USR 5 17 6 5 RPM USR 6 5 6 11 6 16 6 33 FLOAD GEN 4 20 DS 7 18 array used to return information DS 7 18 downloading a program file into itself DS 7 18 memory based system GEN C 5 FLOCK MSG 8 22 FMGR format DS 1 8 LU syntax DS 1 9 namr USR 1 11 DS 1 9 namr syntax USR 1 11 DS 1 9 FMP code growth considerations FSV 2 7 FMTR
94. 5 DSMOD Commands m po ENENLI SN m meanen OOO O AAA LUs You can use the DSMOD DI command to return X 25 LUs to the pool m RsarRouing Vener O O O Schedules monitors Only the following monitors can be scheduled with DSMOD CNSLM DLIST EXECM EXECW OPERM PTOPM PROGL RFAM RDBAM VCPMN Adjusts network timing values that are used by the DS 1000 IV Compatible Services A N T E ZZ L N S T HP 1000 Utilities The utility subroutines described here are provided for use in conjunction with PTOP RFA and DEXEC calls The following utility subroutines are part of the DS 1000 IV Compatible Services RTE RTE DLGNS Allows non session access at remote DS 1000 IV nodes with Session Monitor DLGNS err node acct len oride sess DLGNS err node acct len oride sess 16 bit integer The session identifier of the remote session created or the negative of the session identifier of the existing remote session that is being used err 16 bit integer A variable to which error codes are returned node 16 bit integer The positive Router 1000 node address or if the remote DS 1000 IV node is a neighbor node the negative communication link LU number An error is reported if the local Router 1000 node address is entered here acct Integer array FORTRAN Packed character array PASCAL The password for non session access at the target node The password can be up to ten characters in leng
95. 5 64 IPCSend USR 5 67 cross system USR 5 68 high throughput USR 5 67 synchronous vs asynchronous I O USR 5 68 IPCShutDown USR 5 70 cross system USR 5 71 releasing a call socket USR 5 70 releasing a path report descrip tor USR 5 71 releasing a VC socket descriptor USR 5 71 ISO OSI model USR 1 1 L labeled common system generation GEN 5 13 labeled system common XCOM GEN 5 13 RESA GEN 5 13 HPMDM TABLE GEN 5 13 RDTB GEN 5 13 LAN USR 1 7 DS 1 6 1 7 address GEN 9 16 board statistics MNT 2 15 link receive reader LU GEN 5 6 system generation GEN 5 6 transmit user LU GEN 5 6 link initialization GEN 8 1 link troubleshooting MNT 1 5 1 14 message processing DS 1000 IV MNT 9 15 network boundaries GEN 3 8 probe proxy server GEN 3 26 station address GEN 11 3 11 4 MNT 1 6 statistics MNT 2 21 trace records MNT 5 21 LAN header MSG 1 2 1 5 LAN LI GEN 9 16 LAN links GEN 2 1 LAN 1000 See also IEEE 802 3 node manager GEN 6 8 layer GEN 1 7 application GEN 1 7 1 8 data link GEN 1 7 1 14 network GEN 1 7 1 12 physical GEN 1 7 1 14 presentation GEN 1 7 1 11 session GEN 1 7 1 11 transport GEN 1 7 1 11 layers USR 1 1 LCD command FTP USR 3 43 level software GEN 3 36 9 23 upgrade MNT 2 18 2 28 levels USR 1 1 LI GEN 3 6 MNT 9 2 802 GEN 3 6 3 8 9 16 Ethernet GEN 3 8 9 16 LAN GEN 9 16 RTR GEN 3 6 3 9 3 32 9 16 statistics MNT 2 20 libraries BSD 3 18
96. 6 summary and guidelines GEN 4 27 SYSAT GEN 4 22 4 31 6 7 TELNET GEN 4 29 6 TNSRV GEN 4 16 4 29 6 7 TRC3K GEN 4 25 4 31 6 7 TRFAS GEN 4 13 4 28 6 7 6 8 UPLIN GEN 4 11 4 28 6 7 VCPMN GEN 4 23 4 24 4 31 6 7 XNET GEN 4 29 7 2 software requirements GEN 1 2 software revisions troubleshooting MNT 1 8 source node GEN 1 4 special NetIPC calls USR 5 72 stack size RPM USR 6 4 star topology GEN B 2 start up GEN 2 1 9 1 starting up FSRV FSV 4 9 from welcome file FSV 4 9 station address MNT 2 5 ARP GEN 1 13 station addresses probe GEN 1 13 STATUS command FTP USR 3 71 TELNET USR 2 24 STOR FTP message MSG 4 7 store and forward GEN 1 4 DS 1 7 store and forward traffic MNT 9 25 stream mode BSD 2 2 USR 5 16 stream sockets BSD 2 2 string topology GEN B 1 strings passing USR 6 39 RPM USR 6 14 6 39 STRIP DSCOPY option USR 4 8 STRU FTP message MSG 4 7 STRUCT command FTP USR 3 72 subnet mask BSD D 4 GEN 3 16 9 16 MNT 1 6 subnetting BSD D 2 GEN 3 1 3 12 IP address BSD D 3 GEN 3 14 subnet mask BSD D 4 GEN 3 16 Index 33 subnetwork BSD D 3 GEN 3 14 subnetwork BSD D 3 GEN 3 14 9 17 subnetting BSD D 3 GEN 3 14 summary of NetIPC calls USR 5 13 supported connectivities USR 1 5 DS 1 4 synchronous and asynchronous sock et modes USR 5 14 synchronous I O USR 5 14 IPCRecv USR 5 56 synchronous socket I O multiplex ing BSD 4 27 synchronous timeout USR 5 11 s
97. 9 routing GEN 3 29 statistics MNT 2 8 2 20 IP address BSD 2 3 3 2 3 3 3 7 3 8 5 41 5 42 5 43 5 44 5 45 5 46 D 2 MSG 5 5 assigning BSD D 6 subnetting BSD D 3 GEN 3 14 IP address classes BSD D 2 D 3 IP address of remote host BSD 3 7 IP addresses USR 1 9 Index 16 IP parameter TELNET SEND com mand USR 2 23 IPC See NetIPC Network IPC IPCConnect MNT 9 10 USR 5 35 cross system USR 5 37 IPCControl USR 5 38 IPCCreate MNT 9 8 USR 5 40 cross system USR 5 41 IPCDest USR 5 42 cross system USR 5 44 IPCGet USR 5 45 IPCGive USR 5 46 IPCLookUp MNT 9 9 USR 5 48 race condition USR 5 49 IPCName MNT 9 8 USR 5 50 naming path report descriptors USR 5 51 randomly generated names USR 5 50 IPCNamErase USR 5 52 IPCRecv USR 5 53 asynchronous I O USR 5 56 cross system USR 5 59 establishing a connection USR 5 53 5 55 normal reading USR 5 55 preview reading USR 5 55 receiving data USR 5 55 scattered reading USR 5 55 synchronous I O USR 5 56 waiting for data USR 5 53 IPCRecvCn MNT 9 10 USR 5 60 cross system USR 5 62 synchronous vs asynchronous I O USR 5 61 IPCSelect USR 5 63 called in FORTRAN program USR 5 66 called in Pascal program USR 5 66 detecting connection requests USR 5 65 example USR 5 81 exception selecting USR 5 65 exceptional sockets USR 5 64 performing a read select USR 5 65 performing a write select USR 5 65 readable sockets USR 5 64 writeable sockets USR
98. A 2 word array in which word 1 contains a positive value declaring the number of blocks to be allocated for this file Word 2 is used only for Type 2 files It contains the record length of the file specified in number of words For DXCRE a two entry array where each entry is a 32 bit integer The first entry contains the file size in double word number of blocks The second entry is used only for Type 2 files and is the double word record length 16 bit integer File type 0 32767 16 bit integer File security code A variable in the range 0 through 32767 or 32767 A positive value declares file write protection A negative value declares file read and write protection A value of 0 declares no file protection Array of 16 bit integers Cartridge reference label A 2 word array which defines cartridge search and node destination conditions See RFA Common Parameters for more information Array of 16 bit integers Actualcreated file size in sectors In DXCRE an optional two word array that contains the actual file size if DXCRE is successful 16 bit integer Error condition location See RFA Common Parameters for more information 10 6 Remote File Access DLOCF DXLOC These calls are used to retrieve the location of the current record pointer within disk files DLOCF is equivalent to the FMGR routine LOCF DXLOC is equivalent to ELOCF DLOCF dcb err rec rb off sec 1u recsz erlc
99. A POPEN call directed to a remote HP 3000 node causes the named slave PTOP program at that node to be scheduled For PTOP communications between HP 1000 and HP 3000 nodes you must call the subroutine HELLO to open communication before issuing the POPEN call BYE must be called after the last PTOP call to terminate communication POPEN pcb err name node tag enam pram flag bfsz pcb err name node tag input output enam pram flag bfsz PTOP control block 16 bit integer Error return Slave program name An array of up to 28 bytes containing the ASCII coded slave program name and terminated by a blank or non ASCII character 16 bit integer The negative value of the logical unit LU number associated with the link to the HP 3000 For BISYNC connections the LU number of the BISYNC link For X 25 connections the LU number of the virtual circuit assigned to the connection by DSN X 25 1000 Before using the POPEN call use the subroutine LU3K to obtain this LU number of the virtual circuit Tag field 20 word array HP 3000 program ASCH entry point name Refer to the DS 3000 HP 3000 to HP 1000 Reference Manual for HP 3000 Users for more information HP 3000 program control information Refer to the DS 3000 HP 3000 to HP 1000 Reference Manual for HP 3000 Users for more information HP 3000 program loading options The 1ag parameter passes loading option information to the scheduled slave p
100. Attention The next step is to get the remote system s attention You can use SYSAT to do this or to set the break bit of a program on a remote node In gaining system attention on a particular LU SYSAT has the effect of someone striking a key on a terminal to get a logon or break mode prompt RU SYSAT attentionLU remoteNode SYSAT causes the remote node to give its breakmode prompt or the logon prompt on the attentionLU The attentionLUon the remote node must be a mappable LU At least one map must have been set up at the specified node for this request to work 13 8 Remote I O Mapping To set the break flag of a program in a remote node enter RU SYSAT programName remoteNode Logon If you are running under a command interpreter at the local node then you will want to keep this command interpreter out of the way while interacting with the remote system One way to keep your local command interpreter from interfering with your remote session is to suspend SS it To restart CI enter the system command Go Refer to RTE A User s Guide 92077 90002 for more information on these commands You must enter the password if any along with the account name on the same line in response to the logon prompt Obtaining a CM or Breakmode Prompt While logged on to a remote node there may be times where you want the CM s attention or breakmode prompt Typically the CM or breakmode prompt you obtain will be that of t
101. C Pascal and FORTRAN programs respectively name Pointer to string that contains the protocol name from which to get protocol information It can be either an official protocol name or an alias Terminate the string with the character VO Berkeley Software Distribution Interprocess Communication 4 25 getprotobynumber Returns protocol information on the specified protocol number protocol getprotobynumber protonumb struct protoent protocol int protonumb protocol Pointer to a protoent structure that contains protocol information returned by getprotobynumber The protoent structure is defined in the include files netdb h SOCKET PASI and SOCKET FTNI for C Pascal and FORTRAN programs respectively protonumb Protocol number from which to get protocol information getprotoent Reads the next line of the etc protocols file and returns the protocol information protocol getprotoent struct protoent protocol protocol Pointer to a protoent structure that contains protocol information returned by getprotoent The protoent structure is defined in the include files netdb h SOCKET PASI and SOCKET FTNI for C Pascal and FORTRAN programs respectively 4 26 Berkeley Software Distribution Interprocess Communication getservbyname Returns service information on the specified service name service getservbyname name proto struct servent service char name proto service Pointe
102. C GEN 4 12 4 28 6 7 MNT 5 1 5 6 dialogue MNT 5 8 formatting MNT 5 6 runstring MNT 5 6 trace files MNT 5 15 VMA size GEN 6 6 MNT 5 7 FOPEN MSG 8 23 forced cold loads GEN 13 1 programmatic GEN 13 13 FORM command FTP USR 3 37 FORTRAN 77 NetIPC USR 5 83 FORTRAN header file BSD B 35 FPOINT MSG 8 25 FREAD Not Multirecord MSG 8 26 FREADDIR Not Multirecord MSG 8 28 FREADLABEL MSG 8 33 FREADSEEK MSG 8 30 FRELATE MSG 8 31 FRENAME MSG 8 32 FSETMODE MSG 8 34 FSPACE MSG 8 35 FSRV GEN 4 17 4 29 6 7 See also file server and etc exports FSV 2 1 defined FSV 1 1 performance FSV 3 3 restarting FSV 4 10 runstring options FSV 3 1 special considerations FSV 3 3 Index 11 EOF pointer posting FSV 3 3 caching FSV 3 3 casefolding FSV 3 3 changing file ownership FSV 3 3 directory cache timeout FSV file access mode FSV 3 3 performance FSV 3 3 RTE directory specification FSV 3 3 RTE file access FSV 3 4 type 12 byte stream files FSV 3 4 UNIX hard links FSV 3 4 starting up FSV 4 9 verifying startup FSV 4 10 FTP GEN 1 8 4 29 6 7 USR 1 3 3 1 DS 1 2 command USR 3 19 command USR 3 17 command USR 3 18 3 42 command USR 3 20 SCRATCH GEN 5 3 APPEND command USR 3 22 ASCH command USR 3 23 BELL command USR 3 24 BINARY command USR 3 25 BUILD GEN C 6 BYE command USR 3 27 3 36 3 62 CD command USR 3 28 CLOSE command USR 3 29 closing connection USR 3 29
103. Calls also in the Network Interprocess Communication section of the NS ARPA 1000 User Programmer Reference Manual Flags Parameter The 1ags parameter is a bit map of 32 special request bits By setting bits in the flags parameter you can invoke various services in RPMCont rol and RPMCreate The flags parameter must be initialized to set the desired bits before it is used in these RPM calls Make sure you also clear the unused bits Note NetIPC and RPM calls assume that the bits in the 1ags parameter are numbered from left to right with the most significant bit being bit one and the least significant bit being bit 32 In NetIPC and RPM whenever the 1ags parameter is discussed bit one is the most significant bit MSB i 2 3 4 5 6 32 Pascal NetIPC and RPM MSB 31 30 29 28 o FORTRAN Opt Parameter The opt parameter allows you to request optional services when invoking the RPMCreate call The opt parameter is an array which enables a varying number of arguments to be specified Use the InitOpt AddOpt and ReadOpt NetIPC calls to facilitate your use of the opt parameter Result Parameter Every RPM call has a result parameter If an error occurs when a program makes an RPM call an error code is returned in this parameter The NS ARPA 1000 Error Message and Recovery Manual lists and explains the RPM error codes Remote Process Management 7 1 Nodename Parameter Anode name the nodename parameter refers to a n
104. DS 4 18 DPOSN DS 4 22 DPURG DS 4 24 DREAD DS 4 25 DSTAT DS 4 27 DWIND DS 4 30 DWRIT DS 4 31 DXAPO DS 4 5 DXCLO DS 4 8 DXPOS DS 4 22 DXREA DS 4 25 DXWRI DS 4 31 software module GEN 4 22 4 27 statistics MNT 2 28 RFAM GEN 4 20 4 22 4 23 4 27 4 30 4 31 4 32 6 7 9 11 MNT 9 44 DCB GEN 6 6 memory based system GEN C 5 reserved partition GEN 4 22 6 6 ring topology GEN B 1 RINIT NFT message MSG 3 35 RMD FTP message MSG 4 6 RMDIR command FTP USR 3 67 RMOTE GEN 1 11 4 26 4 32 6 7 9 10 USR 1 4 DS 1 2 1 3 3 1 break and control Y DS 3 3 commands DS 3 5 EX DS 3 6 examples DS 3 16 LL DS 3 7 MO DS 3 9 ON DS 3 11 RU DS 3 11 RW DS 3 12 SV DS 3 13 SW DS 3 14 TR DS 3 15 RMOTE Commands DS 3 5 EX command DS 3 6 HP 3000 X 25 address DS 3 3 LL command DS 3 7 MO command DS 3 9 MO slave GEN 12 10 ON command DS 3 11 operation DS 3 3 reenabling a link DS 3 4 RU command DS 3 11 RW command DS 3 12 scheduling DS 3 2 software modules GEN 4 26 SW command DS 3 14 SV command DS 3 13 TR command DS 3 15 RNFR FTP message MSG 4 6 RNFT NFT message MSG 3 19 RNFTR NFT message MSG 3 18 RNTO FTP message MSG 4 6 route GEN 1 4 Router 1000 GEN 1 4 1 13 address GEN 3 21 3 35 9 22 MNT 2 5 2 18 2 21 header MNT 5 25 headers for DS 1000 IV Ser vices MSG 7 14 LI GEN 3 6 3 9 link GEN 7 2 9 24 message header MNT 9 41 network boundaries GEN 3 8 NRV GEN 3 30 3 35
105. ECM GEN 4 19 4 30 4 31 4 32 6 EXECW GEN 4 19 4 27 4 30 4 31 4 EMTRC GEN 4 12 FSRV GEN 4 17 4 29 6 FTP GEN 4 17 4 29 6 7 FTPSV GEN 4 17 4 2 GRPM GEN 4 14 4 1 4 30 6 7 IFPM GEN 4 17 4 3 INETD GEN 4 16 4 1 4 1 4 4 7 4 32 4 2 INPRO GEN 4 11 installation GEN 6 IOMAP GEN 4 22 LOG3K GEN 4 25 LOGCHG GEN 4 12 LUMAP GEN 4 22 4 LUQUE GEN 4 22 4 MATIC GEN 4 18 4 30 6 MMINIT GEN 4 11 4 28 MVCP3 GEN 4 26 4 32 NFTMN GEN 4 15 4 NRINIT GEN 4 12 4 6 7 NRLIST GEN 4 12 4 28 6 7 NSERRS MSG GEN 4 15 4 29 NSINF GEN 4 13 4 28 6 7 NSINIT GEN 4 11 4 28 6 7 NSINITMSG GEN 4 11 4 28 NSTRC GEN 4 12 4 28 6 7 OPERM GEN 4 20 4 26 4 30 4 31 4 32 6 7 OUTPRO GEN 4 11 4 28 6 7 PING GEN 4 13 6 7 PRDCI GEN 4 15 6 7 7 3 PRODC GEN 4 15 4 29 6 7 7 3 PROGL GEN 4 23 4 31 6 PTOPM GEN 4 19 4 27 4 4 32 6 7 QCLM GEN 4 14 4 17 4 24 4 DD 4 31 6 7 4 31 6 7 2 4 28 6 7 31 6 7 31 6 7 7 32 6 7 29 6 7 14 4 28 7 30 4 29 4 30 4 31 6 7 QUEUE GEN 4 14 4 24 4 31 6 7 7 2 QUEX GEN 4 24 4 31 6 7 QUEZ GEN 4 24 4 31 6 7 29 6 RDATE GEN 4 17 4 30 6 7 RDBAM GEN 4 13 4 22 4 28 4 30 6 8 REMAT GEN 4 20 4 30 6 7 RFAM GEN 4 20 4 22 42 23 4 27 4 30 4 31 4 32 6 7 RMOTE GEN 4 26 4 32 6 7 RPCNV GEN 4 25 4 32 6 7 RPMMN GEN 4 16 4 29 6 7 ROCNV GEN 4 25 4 32 6 7 SIGNAL GEN 4 1
106. ERR 35 Unable to close target file An unexpected file system error occurred in closing the target NS NFTERR 36 file Incorrect source file password The given source file password was incorrect NS NFTERR 38 Incorrect target file password The given target file password was incorrect NS NFTERR 39 Removed invalid characters in The target file name contained some characters which were target file name invalid for the target computer and they were removed from the NS NFTWARN 41 target file name before it was created Target file name was truncated The target file name was too large for the target computer and NS NFTWARN 42 was truncated Source and target file The source file attributes had to be modified so that the file attributes differ could be copied to the target computer NS NFTWARN 43 Records were truncated to fit The user defined record size value RSIZE was smaller than the in target file size of the largest record in the source file and one or more NS NFTWARN 44 records in the source file were truncated Not compressing for this Either the source and or the target computer does not support transfer data compression the COMPRESS option or the file is being NS NFTWARN 45 copied locally Unable to turn on tracing Indicates that an internal error has occurred NS NFTWARN 46 Cannot strip padding from fixed The source file has fixed length records but the VARIABLE length records option was not given or the
107. H command FTP USR 3 41 HDLC GEN 1 13 USR 1 7 DS 1 6 1 7 board statistics MNT 2 11 link GEN 1 15 system generation GEN 5 7 link connect processing MNT 9 45 link down processing MNT 9 47 link failure MNT 9 19 9 20 link troubleshooting MNT 1 5 1 16 message processing MNT 9 14 20 read and write processing MNT 9 47 retry processing MNT 9 46 header MNT 9 3 header file for FORTRAN BSD B 35 for Pascal BSD B 24 header files BSD B 1 B 10 HELLO DS 7 23 8 2 programmatic example DS 7 28 subroutines MNT 9 54 HELP FTP message MSG 4 3 HELP command FTP USR 3 42 TELNET USR 2 15 help files memory based system GEN C 5 hierarchical topology GEN B 2 high speed data streaming DS 1 7 high throughput USR 5 67 hop count modifying MNT 8 14 Hops GEN 3 34 9 19 host information BSD 5 49 host name gethostnamebyaddr BSD 3 10 host names USR 1 8 Index 14 host order BSD 5 39 5 40 5 47 5 48 hostent structure BSD 3 7 HP 1000 communication file transfer USR 3 1 FTP USR 3 1 TELNET USR 2 1 virtual terminal USR 2 1 HP 1000 RFA calls DS 4 1 HP 3000 GEN 2 1 3 29 USR 5 25 communication BYE call DS 8 2 DSLIN DS 3 4 DSMOD DS 3 4 HELLO call DS 8 2 PRCNM DS 7 27 PRCNM DS 8 2 programmatic example DS 7 28 PTOP DS 6 2 reenabling X 25 DS 3 4 reenabling a link DS 3 4 RMOTE DS 3 1 transferring files DS 3 9 virtual terminal DS 3 1 X 25 connections DS 3 3 7 26 DSLIN MNT 9 47 file int
108. HP 1000 Default If this parameter is omitted and the target node is your local node the account under which the program is running is used Character array FORTRAN String PASCAL The name of the target node Must be in the form node domain organization Default You may omit the organization organization and domain or all parts of the node name If the organization or organization and domain are omitted the local organization and or domain will be used If the entire node name is omitted it will default to the local node name 32 bit integer Atwo word 32 bit parameter which identifies specific options An option is included if its corresponding bit is set If no bits are set no options are specified The options and their corresponding bits are listed below zero represents the least significant bit These options are equivalent to those that can be used with DSCOPY interactively For an explanation of the meaning of the 5 8 Network File Transfer following options refer to the Copy Descriptor discussion in this section 0 Reserved for future use 1 ASCII 2 BINARY 3 Reserved for future use 4 FIXED 5 INTERCHANGE 6 MOVE 7 OVERWRITE 8 QUIET 9 REPLACE 10 STRIP E VARIABLE 12 SILENT 13 through 31 Reserved for future use rsize 32 bit integer Appends the RSIZE option to the builtdescriptor The value in rsize is in bytes If fixed length records are being produced rsi zeis the size of ea
109. IT len indicates the actual number of words to be transferred if the master request is accepted See the bufr parameter bufr Data buffer An array greater than the value of the bufz parameter This parameter is only required when the master request is a PWRIT Data from the master is transferred to this buffer see the following table For POPEN PREAD and PCONT requests the buffer contents are unmodified On PWRIT requests the data is copied to bufr up to the limit specified in bufz len contains the actual size of the data buffer as sent by the master Among its other error checking the slave should check to see if the master sent too much data by comparing the values in len and bufz bufz 16 bit integer Defines buffer size of bufr The following tables show how buffers are affected when a GET call is issued after either a PWRIT or a PREAD call In the case of a PWRIT call either the bu r or buf parameter may be used If bu r GET call is used buf ACEPT call should not be used Fora PREAD call only bu r ACEPT call should be used Table 12 1 PWRIT Master Call len GET call bufr GET call buf ACEPT call bufz GET call Actual number of Data from slave is Data from master Size of bufrin GET words transferred transferred to this may be optionally call If len gt here buffer transferred to this bufz an error will buffer occur Table 12 2 PREAD Master Call len GET call bufr GET call buf ACEPT cal
110. L GEN 5 5 DDCO00 REL GEN 5 5 DDCO1 REL GEN 5 5 DDX00 REL GEN 5 5 DEBUG command FTP USR 3 30 debugging MNT 5 1 5 2 default gateway GEN 3 31 3 34 delays program priorities GEN 6 2 DELE FTP message MSG 4 2 DELETE command FTP USR 3 31 deleting directories FTP with DELETE command USR 3 31 with MDELETE command USR 3 47 deleting files FTP with DELETE command USR 3 31 with MDELETE command USR 3 47 dependent child RPM USR 6 12 dependent RPM programs remote process management USR 6 15 terminating USR 6 15 descriptors USR 5 3 releasing USR 5 10 resources associated with USR 5 10 destination IP network address 000 000 000 000 GEN 9 18 destination network address 000 000 000 000 GEN 3 31 3 33 destination node GEN 1 4 detecting connection requests USR 5 65 device driver See driver device type MNT 2 10 DEXEC GEN 1 10 9 10 MNT 9 45 USR 1 4 DS 1 2 1 3 5 1 calls interactive write read DS 5 5 program scheduling DS 5 11 remote I O control DS 5 8 remote I O status DS 5 15 remote partition status DS 5 16 remote program status DS 5 17 remote program termination DS 5 9 remote read DS 5 4 remote time request DS 5 13 remote timed program sched ule DS 5 14 remote write DS 5 7 programmatic examples DS 5 19 RPM USR 6 2 software modules GEN 4 19 4 27 syntax conventions DS 5 2 troubleshooting MNT 1 10 DEXEC 1 interactive write read DS 5 5 DEXEC 1 Remote Read MSG 7 33 DS 5
111. LIN GEN 4 25 4 32 6 7 12 4 DS 3 4 dialogue GEN 12 6 processing MNT 9 47 runstring GEN 12 5 DSMOD GEN 4 14 4 18 4 29 4 30 6 7 MNT 8 1 DS 3 4 A command MNT 8 5 E command MNT 8 8 I command MNT 8 9 L command MNT 8 10 N command MNT 8 11 S command MNT 8 13 T command MNT 8 14 CN command MNT 8 6 commands MNT 8 2 DI command MNT 8 7 runstring MNT 8 1 DSQ GEN 4 11 5 3 MNT 9 19 DSRTR GEN 4 13 4 28 6 7 6 8 C 2 MNT 1 8 DSTAT MSG 7 61 8 57 DS 4 27 DSTES GEN 4 27 4 32 6 7 DSTEST MNT 1 18 DSVCP GEN 1 11 4 23 4 24 4 31 6 7 9 10 A series register access GEN 13 10 commands GEN 13 5 DDL operation GEN 13 11 dump routine GEN 13 9 execution commands GEN 13 11 runstring GEN 13 4 scheduling GEN 13 4 DTACH RPM USR 6 5 DVT GEN 5 5 DWIND MSG 7 56 DS 4 30 DWRIT MSG 7 53 8 58 DS 4 31 DXAPO DS 4 5 DXCLO DS 4 8 DXPOS DS 4 22 DXREA DS 4 25 DXWRI DS 4 31 dynamic rerouting GEN 1 4 9 24 B 4 MNT 9 26 processing MNT 9 27 software module GEN 4 18 update message MSG 7 11 E effect on existing RTE A applica tions FSV 2 8 end to end communication USR 1 2 endhostent BSD 5 8 B 2 endnetent BSD 5 9 B 4 endprotoent BSD 5 10 B 6 endservent BSD 5 11 B 8 environment variable CMNDO USR 3 14 CMNDO LINK USR 3 14 EOD NFT message MSG 3 15 errno global variable BSD C 1 errno h file BSD B 10 B 11 ERRNODEC REL GEN 6 7 error code RPM MSG 5 3 5 6 5 8 5
112. LS Writes an extended directory listing of a remote directory or file to your terminal or to a local file on the HP 1000 LS remote listing local file remote listing Specifies the remote directory or file mask from which a directory listing is to be generated If this parameter is omitted LS lists the remote working directory local file Specifies a valid file path on the local HP 1000 host to store the directory listing If this parameter is omitted the directory listing is displayed on your terminal 2 6 FTP MDELETE Deletes multiple remote files MDE LETE remote file remote file remote file Specifies a valid file path on the remote host to be deleted This can be a file or an empty directory The ellipsis means that you may specify multiple remote files or directories delimited by a comma or by one or more blank spaces You may use wild card characters in the remote file names MDIR Writes an extended directory listing of multiple remote directories or files to a local file MD IR remote listing remote listing local file remote directory Specifies the remote directories or file masks from which a directory listing is to be generated The ellipsis means that you can specify multiple remote directories or files delimited by a comma or by one or more blank spaces local_file A valid file path on the local HP 1000 host to store the remote listing This parameter is required because MDIR
113. MCreate options is given later in this section under the subsection RPMCREATE Options A list of RPMCreate options is presented in Table 7 1 7 6 Remote Process Management RPMCREATE If no options are specified the child program is assumed to reside in the current working directory of the session to which it logged on or in the programs directory RPM causes the child program to be restored with the clone name returned by FmpRpProgram The child program is then scheduled with an EXEC 10 immediate schedule without wait call with no parameters The total length of the opt array must be 996 bytes or less pd Byte array Pascal word array FORTRAN by reference An array of 16 bytes containing a unique program descriptor returned by RPM This program descriptor is used to identify the scheduled child program This value randomly generated is presumed to be unique across all nodes A valid program descriptor is always a non zero value If RPMCreate is unsuccessful pd is set to all zeroes The program descriptor is used in subsequent RPM calls to identify the child program result 32 bit non negative integer by reference The result of the RPMCreate request zero if no error If result is not zero an error has occurred Errors are defined in the NS ARPA 1000 Error Message and Recover Manual Table 7 1 RPMCREATE Options Group 1 23000 Set working directory name FmpSetWorkingDir Group 2 23010 Restore program RP com
114. MNT 2 9 segmented programs DS 7 21 select code MNT 2 10 select BSD 4 27 6 1 send and receive sizes cross system USR 5 28 5 29 5 31 SEND command FTP USR 3 60 3 69 TELNET USR 2 22 send BSD 2 9 3 1 3 12 4 31 7 3 sending and receiving data USR 5 10 stream mode USR 5 16 sending data BSD 2 9 4 31 4 38 datagram sockets BSD 3 14 stream sockets BSD 3 12 sending vectored data BSD 4 34 sendmsg BSD 3 1 4 34 sendto BSD 3 2 4 38 server accepting a connection BSD 3 9 setup BSD 3 7 server process BSD 2 3 service information BSD 5 32 5 34 5 52 SERVICES GEN 6 7 session identifier MSG 5 4 5 5 remote MNT 9 17 9 40 RPM USR 6 13 timeout GEN 9 11 session layer GEN 1 7 1 11 USR 1 2 session monitor copying files with FCOPY DS 7 17 DLGNS DS 7 4 DLGON DS 7 8 DMESS DS 7 11 restrictions Remote File Access DS 4 2 session sharing parent program USR 6 16 RPM USR 6 11 6 16 set break request MSG 6 24 set break response MSG 6 25 set driver control response MSG 6 28 sethostent BSD 5 49 B 2 setnetent BSD 5 50 B 4 setprotoent BSD B 6 setservent BSD 5 52 B 8 setsockopt BSD 4 40 setting the local time FSV A 1 setup client BSD 3 10 server BSD 3 7 short data type BSD 3 17 shut down NSINIT GEN 9 28 shutdown connection BSD 4 43 shutdown BSD 2 10 3 1 3 2 3 15 4 43 shutting down a connection USR 5 10 SIGNAL GEN 4 16 SILENT DSCOPY option USR 4 9 single user
115. NET ERR 1 Unable to connect to target A connection could not be established to the target computer computer because of one of the following problems TELNET ERR 2 1 the target computer name is incorrect 2 the target computer is not connected to the network 3 there are not enough system resources or 4 TELNET has not been initialized at the target computer Input line too long The input line was greater than 80 characters TELNET ERR 3 Cannot find closing An opening quotation mark was found but not the closing quotation pee mark mark TELNET ERR 4 Illegal command A TELNET command was entered incorrectly with the wrong syntax or TELNET ERR 5 parameter s Unknown command A TELNET command was entered incorrectly TELNET ERR 6 Input command is too big You typed in a command with more than 256 characters TELNET ERR 7 Unable to initialize TELNET This error may be returned for one of the following reasons TELNET ERR 8 1 TELNET was unable to acquire sufficient system resources such as sockets or 2 an error occurred in accessing Distributed System Available Memory DSAM or tables in DSAM 3 user s terminal is not connected to a D MUX or A400 MUX or is not a remote TELNET session Illegal escape character An illegal escape character was entered TELNET ERR 9 y is the interrupt The interrupt character was specified in the ESCAPE command character instead of an escape character TELNET ERR
116. NT 9 10 address GEN 3 27 nodal registry GEN 3 25 PCB record GEN 9 20 proxy nodal registry server GEN 9 20 proxy server GEN 3 25 11 2 requests GEN 3 25 retry interval GEN 9 20 statistics MNT 2 8 PROBE protocol messages MSG 1 22 probe proxy server GEN 3 26 NPR GEN 3 26 process communication See Net work IPC process information MNT 2 19 process number list MNT 2 26 See also PNL PRODC GEN 4 15 4 29 6 7 7 3 MNT 9 70 memory based system GEN C 6 PROGL GEN 4 23 4 31 6 7 9 11 13 7 MNT 2 28 program installation GEN 6 1 program descriptor RPM USR 6 7 6 12 6 14 6 41 MSG 5 12 5 7 program information MNT 2 19 program name RPM USR 6 10 program priority GEN 6 2 USR 1 8 RPM USR 6 25 program scheduling RPM USR 6 33 Program to Program Communica tion See PTOP program to programcommunica tion MNT 9 42 USR 1 4 DS 1 2 1 3 6 1 PROGRESS NFT message MSG 3 25 PROMPT command FTP USR 3 59 PROMT memory based system GEN C 6 C 7 protocol BSD 3 8 GEN 1 4 ARM GEN 1 13 FTP USR 1 3 DS 1 2 modules MNT 9 1 probe GEN 1 13 sample master slave for PTOP DS 6 2 TELNET USR 1 3 2 1 DS 1 2 Time Server GEN 4 17 protocol EMA GEN 9 26 protocol information BSD 5 26 5 28 5 30 5 51 protocol stack MNT 9 3 protocols USR 1 1 transport layer BSD 2 2 proxy address GEN 3 27 3 28 9 20 proxy nodal registry server GEN 9 20 proxy server GEN 11 2 probe GEN 3 25 pseudo LU MNT 2 30 2 3
117. R 35 file may be corrupt or the record read was too long Transfer succeeded The file copy process was successful NS NFTERR 0 Internal NFT error An internal NFT error has occurred NS NFTERR 1 File is of inappropriate type NFT 1000 ERR 34 Unable to logon to source computer NS NFTERR 2 Unable to logon to target computer NS NFTERR 3 Unable to open or access source file or device NS NFTERR 4 Unable to connect to source computer NS NFTERR 5 Unable to connect to target computer NS NFTERR 6 Insufficient resources at Source computer NS NFTERR 7 An error occurred in logging on to the source computer or no logon string was given when one was required An error occurred in logging on to the target computer or no logon string was given when one was required A file system error occurred in opening or accessing the source ile because of protection violation or unsupported device A connection could not be established to the computer where he source file resides A connection could not be established to the computer where he target file resides There are insufficient resources at the source computer to copy he file or files Refer to the qualifying error string Network File Transfer 5 11 eme Wem Insufficient resources at There are insufficient resources at the target computer to copy target computer the file or files Refer to the qualifying error string NS NFTERR 8 Source file
118. R 6 21 program descriptor USR 6 7 6 12 6 14 6 41 MSG 5 6 5 7 5 12 program name USR 6 10 program priority USR 6 25 program scheduling USR 6 33 queue program scheduling USR 6 36 ReadOpt USR 6 5 request code USR 6 7 MSG 5 12 restore program USR 6 23 result parameter USR 6 5 return code MSG 5 13 RPMControl USR 6 3 6 7 reply message MSG 5 13 request message MSG 5 9 5 12 RPMCreate USR 6 3 6 22 reply message MSG 5 6 request message MSG 5 4 5 9 RPMCreate options USR 6 13 RPMError reply message MSG 5 3 RPMGetString USR 6 3 6 21 RPMKill USR 6 3 6 41 reply message MSG 5 8 request message MSG 5 7 RPMLength reply message MSG 5 10 Index 30 RPMLength request message MSG 5 9 RPMSonComplete reply mes sage MSG 5 11 RTE resources USR 6 4 schedule with wait USR 6 18 scheduling programs USR 6 13 sending strings USR 6 14 session USR 6 13 session flag MSG 5 5 session identifier MSG 5 4 5 5 session sharing USR 6 11 6 16 stack size USR 6 4 summary of calls USR 6 3 syntax conventions USR 6 5 terminate a program USR 6 4 6 14 6 41 terminating programs USR 6 14 time scheduling USR 6 31 version number MSG 5 5 5 6 VMA size USR 6 27 wait for child USR 6 11 MSG 5 5 RPMControl USR 6 4 RPMCreate USR 6 4 6 10 options USR 6 13 RPMCreate options USR 6 18 RPMGetString USR 6 21 6 39 RPMKill USR 6 4 6 41 nodename USR 6 41 RPMMN GEN 4 16 4 29 6 7 mem
119. RPM calls assume that the bits in the flags parameter are numbered from left to right with the most significant bit being one and the least significant bit being bit 32 In the NetIPC and RPM sections whenever the 1ags parameter is discussed bit one is the most significant bit MSB 123456 32 Pascal NetIPC and RPM MSB 31 30 29 28 0 FORTRAN Opt Parameter The opt parameter allows you to request optional services when invoking certain NetIPC and RPM calls It enables calls that include the opt parameter to accept an arbitrary number of arguments that are either protocol or operating system specific To help you distinguish between the opt parameter and a 1ag parameter remember that the opt parameter is an array and usually has data associated with it Data Parameter The data parameters reference data vectors or data buffers Result Parameter Every NetIPC call has a result parameter If an error occurs when a program uses a NetIPC call an error code is returned to this parameter The NS ARPA 1000 Error Message and Recovery Manual lists and explains the NetIPC error codes Network Interprocess Communication 6 1 Socketname Parameter A socket name the socketname parameter may be a maximum of 16 characters long and may consist of any ASCII character Upper and lower case characters are not considered distinct Nodename Parameter A node name the nodename parameter refers to a remote node and has a hierarchica
120. Refers to a call socket owned by the calling process 32 bit integer by reference VC socket descriptor Refers to a VC socket that is the endpoint of the newly established virtual circuit connection 32 bit integer by reference A 32 bit map of special request bits The following flags are defined for this e flags 22 CHECKSUMM ING input When set this flag causes TCP to enable checksumming However not setting this bit does not ensure that checksumming will not occur TCP checksum will always be performed if the peer process calls IPCConnect with the checksumming bit set TCP checksum is performed in addition to data link checksum If TCP performs checksumming increased overhead is required and real time integrity cannot be guaranteed Byte array Pascal Integer array FORTRAN by reference An array of options and associated information The options are e maximum send size opt ioncode 3 datalength 2 A two byte integer that specifies the maximum number of bytes you expect to send with a single call to IPCSend on this connection Range 1 to 8 000 bytes Default 100 bytes If this option is not specified IPCSend will return an error if a call attempts to send greater than 100 bytes maximum receive size optioncode 4 datalength 2 A two byte integer that specifies the maximum number of bytes you expect to receive with a single call to IPCRecv on this connection Range 1 to 8 000 bytes Default 1
121. Review the entries inthe etc exports file for syntax errors FSRV HP 1000 File Server BSD IPC Errors Returned by FSRV The following types of errors are reported by FSRV when any of the networking calls used by FSRV report an error See the BSD IPC Reference Manual for NS ARPA 1000 and ARPA 1000 part number 91790 90060 for information on the specific BSD IPC error message number that is returned by FSRV fsrv socket error lt gt fsrv bind error lt gt fsrv setsockopt error lt gt fsrv getsockname error lt gt fsrv listen error lt gt fsrv select error lt gt fsrv accept error lt gt fsrv recv error lt gt fsrv recvfrom error lt gt fsrv send error lt gt fsrv sendto error lt gt fsrv shutdown error lt gt fsrv getpeername error lt gt FSRV HP 1000 File Server 3 5 Berkeley Software Distribution Interprocess Communication Table of Contents listen osse santa NE EAE sian eal naeatend elena nied eae NO a eO RE TENCO Vance ug RA Goan eee RU RR UHR E NRI EPOR E RE hae Cee mami EUM SEtSOCkODl ente id gelatin n Sex XE E RE RICO E CRPERERIEK PUE F E shutdown zz dade eae Send ae REOR RR RUE ACER ARE UN EROR RARO SOCket esie eer rer eh We hx ERREUR EER EE ENE rer er BSD TRE Utilities iia oe o ex exper RCM GE SHORE ERU Ed Special Considerations su reveki cena Givens Sede eee Cre Res A endhostent itis nid onde di Reade eve mdm ER S DU EORR med endretent
122. SET is not implemented PMAPPROC SET procedure to allow users to register an RPC program with the port mapper is not implemented RTE users are unable to register their own applications with FSRV PORTMAP procedure UNSET is not implemented PMAPPROC UNSET procedure to allow users to unregister an RPC program with the port mapper is not implemented RTE users are unable to register their own applications with FSRV FSRV HP 1000 File Server 3 3 fsrv fsrv fsrv fsrv fsrv fsrv fsrv fsrv fsrv fsrv 3 4 retry request from lt 000 000 000 000 gt prog lt PROG NAME gt proc PROC NAME gt Client s request timed out FSRV detected the retry RPC authentication error Only the AUTH UNIX and AUTH NONE authentication protocols are supported RPC version mismatch Only RPC version 2 is supported Syntax error in etc hosts Review the entriesinthe etc hosts file for syntax errors Unable to get a session number GETSN failed the system is out of session numbers Unable to obtain RTE group ID for lt GROUPNAME gt A group name was found inthe etc ux groups file that is not a valid group on the RTE system Unable to obtain RTE user ID for lt USERNAME gt A user name was found inthe etc ux users file that is not a valid user on the RTE system Unknown host lt HOSTNAME gt AHOSTNAME specifiedin etc exports could not be found in the etc hosts file Unknown option in etc exports
123. See also RDBA software module GEN 4 22 remote file access USR 1 4 DS 1 2 1 3 common parameters DS 4 2 DAPOS call DS 4 5 DCLOS DS 4 8 DCONT DS 4 10 DCRET call DS 4 13 DLOCF call DS 4 15 DNAME DS 4 17 DOPEN call DS 4 18 DPOSN call DS 4 22 DPURG DS 4 24 DREAD DS 4 25 DSTAT call DS 4 27 DWIND call DS 4 30 DWRIT call DS 4 31 DXAPO call DS 4 5 DXCLO DS 4 8 DXPOS call DS 4 22 DXREA DS 4 25 DXWRI call DS 4 31 file access calls DS 4 4 control calls DS 4 5 definition calls DS 4 4 positioning calls DS 4 5 restrictions DS 4 1 HP 1000 RFA calls DS 4 1 HP 3000 RFA calls DS 8 1 monitor MNT 9 44 programmatic examples DS 4 33 session monitor restrictions DS 4 2 statistics MNT 2 28 syntax conventions DS 4 2 Remote File Access FMGR See RFA remote file access monitor MNT 9 44 REMOTE HELLO MSG 8 15 remote I O control DS 1000 IV MSG 7 35 remote I O mapping GEN 1 10 9 10 14 1 DS 1 7 LMPE values GEN 14 17 accessing the HP 3000 GEN 14 25 buffer limit GEN 14 23 change a map GEN 14 11 disable map GEN 14 14 DVT GEN 14 4 EDIT 1000 GEN 14 24 EQT GEN 14 4 error processing GEN 14 27 establish a map GEN 14 11 example GEN 14 2 14 3 example logon interactions GEN 14 22 EXEC 13 I O status GEN 14 25 first unused mapping LU GEN 14 8 general considerations GEN 14 4 header flag GEN 14 8 14 11 HP IB and disk LU restrictions GEN 14 25 initialization GEN 12 3 IOMAP parameter summ
124. T 2 2 2 5 abort display command MNT 2 2 Ccommand MNT 2 7 command summary MNT 2 3 continue display command MNT exit command MNT 2 2 exiting MNT 2 2 help command MNT 2 2 Icommand MNT 2 10 L command MNT 2 11 M command MNT 2 16 main menu MNT 2 4 N command MNT 2 18 P command MNT 2 19 Q command MNT 2 2 R command MNT 2 22 runstring MNT 2 2 S command MNT 2 23 software modules GEN 4 13 suspend command MNT 2 2 T command MNT 2 24 U command MNT 2 27 V command MNT 2 28 W command MNT 2 30 Z command MNT 2 2 NSINIT GEN 2 4 2 7 3 25 3 29 4 11 4 28 6 7 7 3 9 1 MNT 1 4 dialogue syntax GEN 9 4 editing answer files GEN 9 29 error handling GEN 9 3 example answer files GEN A 8 input comments GEN 9 5 local node GEN 3 25 11 2 11 3 11 5 local node definition GEN 9 5 local nodes GEN 3 26 3 27 memory based system GEN C 3 C 5 operation mode GEN 9 6 parsing GEN 9 5 runstring GEN 9 3 shut down GEN 9 28 start up GEN 9 27 worksheet GEN A 8 NSINIT example answer GEN A 17 answer file GEN A 13 A 26 A 30 two node LAN network GEN A 8 A 9 A 13 A 17 two node Router 1000 network GEN A 21 A 22 A 26 A 30 worksheet GEN A 9 NSINIT MSG GEN 4 11 4 28 6 7 NSLIB GEN 4 13 4 22 6 3 NSSYS GEN 4 13 4 22 5 13 NSTRC GEN 4 12 4 28 6 7 9 8 MNT 5 1 message posting MNT 9 12 9 13 runstring MNT 5 3 statistics MNT 2 27 VMA file MNT 5 3 VMA size GEN 6 6 ntoh
125. a memory based RTE A system at NODE2 LO namr namr A file descriptor that describes a FMGR type 6 file executable program file memory image that contains the program to be loaded The first five characters of the file name are used as the name of the program in building the program s ID segment PL Lists all programs that are in memory at a remote memory based RTE A node PL status status One of the program status codes ASCII described under the command PL list programs in the RTE A Quick Reference Guide Only those programs with the specified status will be listed If no option is specified all programs their status priority and point of suspension are listed PU Removes a file from the disk at NODE1 PU namr namr A file descriptor that describes a FMGR file QU Queue schedules a program to run without wait at NODE1 If NODE1 is an RTE A system the program to be scheduled must have an ID segment and be loaded as a system utility ou pnamd 1 2 p2 p3 L p4 di string pname The name of the program to be scheduled Plies DO Up to five optional parameters to be passed to the program string ASCII string to be passed to the program The command line including the prompt if commands are being read from a non interactive device or file must not exceed 80 characters REMAT 8 5 QW Queue schedules a program to run with wait at NODE1 If NODE1 is an RTE A system the program to be schedule
126. able length records The next four options can be used when a file is copied using Transparent Format They can also be used in conjunction with Interchange Format options Network File Transfer 5 3 MO VE Purges the source file after it has been successfully copied to the target system DSCOPY will issue a warning if the file cannot be purged You must have proper access rights including any security code to purge the file If a directory is copied the files within the directory and any subdirectories will be purged but the directory and subdirectories will not be purged Default The source file is not purged QU IET Suppresses the printing of warnings and file names to the list file or device Error messages cannot be suppressed Default Warnings file names and error messages are printed to the list file RE PLACE If the target file exists this option causes it to be purged and a new file created by the same name The original file is purged only after the new file is copied successfully to the target system Default The target file is not replaced and an error message is returned if it already exists SI LENT Suppresses the printing of warnings file names and error messages to the list file or device Same as the QUIET option except that error messages are also suppressed Default Warnings file names and error messages are printed to the list file Interrupting the Copy Process To interrupt DSCOPY
127. actively FMTRC LOG if you specified an answer file If FMTRC LOG already exists FMTRC overwrites it NS ARPA Event Logging There are three NS ARPA event logging utilities e EVMON the event monitor EVMON receives log records from NS ARPA protocol handlers and services and writes the records to a log file or device e BREVL which terminates EVMON allowing you to purge the log file e LOGCHG which allows you to change the event classes for EVMON to log EVMON Scheduling XQ EVMON logDevice logMask logDevice logMask The device file or device LU to which EVMON will log the events If logDevice is an existing file EVMON will append toit EVMON opens the log file with shared read access and writes logging records to a file until the LU that the file resides on is full or until you halt EVMON via BREVL or until you shut down NS ARPA 1000 Default The file SYS NS_EVENT LOG The octal representation of the bits set in the following mask The logMask must be octal as an option you may append a B to the end of it Log Mask 7 0 off fmf The bits set select the event classes as described in Table 14 2 Default the current value of logMask NSINIT initially sets this value to 161 octal to log logging statistics severe errors disasters and resource depletion 14 6 Maintenance Utilities Table 14 2 Log Mask Event Classes LOL en MERE Logging Statistics Class 0 Must be set Event loggin
128. al error message returned to the NFS client under these conditions will depend upon the error handling by the client fsrv atach error lt gt FSRV was unable to attach to the new session See the ATACH utility information in the RTE A Relocatables Reference Manual part number 92077 90037 for an explanation of error numbers returned by ATACH fsrv Cannot find the time zone information for lt TIMEZONE gt The time zone specified in the t runstring option could not be found in the etc tztab file fsrv clgon error lt gt FSRV was unable to logon Requires LOGON Rev 6200 See the CLGON utility information in the RTE A Relocatables Reference Manual part number 92077 90037 for an explanation of error numbers returned by CLGON fsrv Error decoding etc tztab The etc tztab file cannot be decoded Verify that the file entries are in the correct format fsrv Invalid file type specified with a option The a option can only be used with variable record length file types NFS is a trademark of Sun Microsystems Inc 3 2 FSRV HP 1000 File Server fsrv fsrv fsrv fsrv fsrv fsrv fsrv fsrv fsrv fsrv MOUNT procedure DUMP is not implemented MOUNTPROC DUMP procedure to return server s mount entries is not implemented Multiuser session not enabled Multiuser session must be enabled for the HP 1000 file server to operate NFS procedure LINK is not implemented
129. already been shut down for send or receive 225 226 227 232 233 234 235 236 238 239 240 241 242 245 99 4 36 Berkeley Software Distribution Interprocess Communication Network File Transfer Table of Contents File Copying Formats ies eh kh her REPE EE RET RE SIUE RE ERR Interactive Network File Transfer iux er ie Copy DeSCHDIDES riseta ehe speed euet cuti Mieten Rates ba spin side Interrupting the Copy Process seen hh nn DSGOBY Commands sesiones o Naevia ivo eacus essen haus Seven E O egue FECHO curas nud bar Eas pad edna bac ras pie d EO b Rd E m DR mci inizi de Programmatic Network File Transfer 0 0 cece cece eee DS COPY isis sione aie ris e ipsa gre ns cies a orc svete alia inne nee saan gene a DSCOPY BUILD i iseeercesssemta kx ane ie eh ed kaeT ae om HER ees Error Message E cob mense ussite chal va Soper me Sn EENE RE ESL Savas e osa S SOIADADDADAAMMAMAAWAMAHR eee n 1 5 A File Copying Formats NFT uses two file copying formats Transparent Format and Interchange Format Transparent Format is invoked by default when files are copied between NS ARPA 1000 systems Transparent Format does not alter a file s attributes but simply copies the file You must invoke Interchange Format explicitly by specifying one or more of the Interchange Format options These options are explained later in this section Interchange Format is useful when you wan
130. and USR 2 14 HELP command USR 2 15 INTERUPT command USR 2 16 labeled system common GEN 5 13 memory based system GEN C2 C 6 C 7 MODE command USR 2 18 network worksheet GEN 3 6 number of server programs MNT 2 7 2 9 2 30 2 31 number of user programs MNT 2 7 2 9 2 30 OPEN command USR 2 19 pseudo terminal GEN 5 1 pseudo terminal LU GEN 5 8 MNT 2 30 2 31 QUIT command USR 2 14 2 20 remote I O mapping GEN 12 3 14 1 14 26 RUN command USR 2 21 SAM usage GEN 4 5 4 6 SEND command USR 2 22 server GEN 4 5 server program GEN 4 16 SIGNAL GEN 4 16 STATUS command USR 2 24 terminals supported GEN 1 2 troubleshooting MNT 1 12 user program GEN 4 5 4 6 4 16 using USR 2 6 virtual terminal GEN 4 16 XSAM usage GEN 4 7 TELNET commands USR 2 9 USR 2 10 CLOSE USR 2 11 ESCAPE USR 2 12 EXIT USR 2 14 HELP USR 2 15 INTERUPT USR 2 16 MODE USR 2 18 OPEN USR 2 19 QUIT USR 2 14 2 20 RUN USR 2 21 SEND USR 2 22 STATUS USR 2 24 TELNET operation USR 2 8 TELNET protocol USR 2 1 TELNET pseudo terminal LU GEN 12 2 TELNET SEND commands AYT USR 2 22 BREAK USR 2 22 ESCAPE USR 2 22 INTERRUPT USR 2 22 IP USR 2 22 TELNETHLP GEN 6 7 terminal driver control request MSG 6 26 terminal I O reply MSG 6 20 terminal I O request MSG 6 18 terminal monitor MSG 6 1 negotiation reply MSG 6 13 negotiation request MSG 6 12 terminal settings USR 2 2 DEC VAX computers USR
131. ands by printing the following message TRC3K TRC3K commands are summarized in Table 14 4 Table 14 4 TRC3K Commands command Fin Print a description of TRC3K commands and options FORMAT Specify the items header appendage and or data to format Set the list output device or file Print the formatted message records to the output device SET Set the characteristics of the messages to be printed Note You must enter TRC3K commands in uppercase 22 Print a description of the TRC3K commands 2 EXIT Exit TRC3K E XIT FORMAT Specify which portion or portions of the message record to print when you enter the PRINT command H EADER F ORMAT A PPENDAGE D ATA HEADER Print the message header only APPENDAGE Print the header and an octal and ASCII representation of the appendage DATA Print the header and an octal and ASCII representation of the appendage and data 14 12 Maintenance Utilities LIST Set the list output device or file L IST outputDevice outputDevice PRINT The LU or file to which TRC3K will print the formatted output If outputDevice is a file it must be an existing FMGR file Default the second parameter in the runstring outputDevice if you did not specify outputDevice in the runstring the default is the scheduling terminal Print the formatted records to the output device A LL P RINT F IRST N EXT ALL FIRST NEXT l Print all
132. aracter will then invoke the RTE system prompt CM Enter GO at the RTE system prompt to continue the display Allothercharacters will have no affect on continuing the display Commands Table 14 1 is a summary of the NSINF commands Maintenance Utilities 14 1 Table 14 1 NSINF Commands Prints the NSINIF main menu Prints the local node s name addresses and Gateway Table GT as configured via NSINIT Used to check the gateway or routing configuration Prints Buffer and Memory Manager statistics Prints the configured resources for the NS and ARPA Services Used to check if there are enough resources available A C I L S T Prints transmit LUs of NS ARPA 1000 link interface cards generated in the System Used to verify the card configuration Reads the NS ARPA link interface card statistics and IFT extent word information NSINF will prompt you for a link interface card LU Used to verify the card configuration Prints Message Accounting MA information for each node in the NRV with MA enabled Prints the Nodal Routing Vector NRV Prints socket record and protocol path record information for the sockets owned by a program NSINF will prompt you for a program name Used to troubleshoot a user program Prints information about the local node s Router 1000 links Fs Prints information about the open VC and CALL sockets Prints the number entries in the Master Transaction Control Block TCB lis
133. arameter is reserved for future use This parameter must contain all zeroes cleared 32 bit non negative integer by reference The result of the RPMContro1 request zero if no error If result is not zero an error has occurred Errors are defined in the NS ARPA 1000 Error Message and Recover Manual 7 4 Remote Process Management RPMCREATE Schedules a program and if necessary creates a session for that program to run in RPMCREATE progname namelen nodename nodelen login loginlen progname namelen nodename nodelen login loginlen password passwdlen flags opt pd result Packed array of characters Pascal word array FORTRAN by reference Avariable length array of ASCII characters containing the name of the child program to be scheduled If the child program does not reside in the working directory the full path name of the child program must be specified The child program must be an executable file Although RPMCreate may accept program names up to 256 characters the child program name on an HP 1000 RTE A system may not exceed 64 characters The progname parameter is not case sensitive 32 bit positive integer by value in Pascal by reference in FORTRAN The length in bytes of the program name This must always be a positive integer Packed array of characters Pascal word array FORTRAN by reference Avariable length array of ASCII characters identifying the node on which the child program r
134. arge enough Remote File Access 10 13 DSTAT The formats that can be used with the DSTAT call are shown below Table 10 2 stat Format l em cae Logical Unit Number First Cartridge Last FMP Track Cartridge Reference Number Lock Word Logical Unit Number Second Cartridge Last FMP Track Cartridge Reference Number Lock Word Logical Unit Number Third Cartridge Lock word is the ID segment address of the locking program If 0 the cartridge is not locked Table 10 3 stat Format Il oem eme Lock Word Logical Unit First Cartridge Last FMP Track Cartridge Reference Number ID Lock Word Logical Unit Second Cartridge Last FMP Track Cartridge Reference Number ID Lock Word Logical Unit Third Cartridge Lock word is the offset of the ID segment in the Keyword Table or 0 not locked If 0 the cartridge is not locked D identifies who mounted the cartridge user or group ID 10 14 Remote File Access DWIND DWIND may be used to rewind position to the beginning of first record a Type 0 file or set disk files so that the next record in the file is the first record position to beginning of first record DWIND is equivalent to the FMGR call RWNDF DWIND deb err eric dcb Four word array Data Control Block See RFA input output Common Parameters for more information err 16 bit integer Error return variable See RFA Common Parameters for more i
135. ary GEN 14 6 mappable LU GEN 5 9 mapped LU status GEN 14 15 mapping an LU GEN 14 4 mapping information GEN 14 16 Index 27 prompt flag GEN 14 10 14 13 14 24 remote interactive session GEN 14 1 remote interactive session access GEN 14 18 reserved DVT GEN 14 25 reserved LU GEN 14 25 resource sharing GEN 14 1 restrictions on mapping to a ter minal GEN 14 24 return error values GEN 14 17 sharing devices GEN 14 25 software modules GEN 4 22 system generation GEN 5 9 TELNET GEN 12 3 14 1 14 26 timeout GEN 14 23 14 24 timeouts and EDIT 1000 GEN 14 24 uses GEN 14 1 using IOMAP GEN 14 5 remote I O status DS 1000 IV MSG 7 36 remote interactive session GEN 14 1 14 18 breakmode prompt GEN 14 22 CM prompt GEN 14 22 establishing the map GEN 14 18 example logon interactions GEN 14 21 logging on GEN 14 20 obtain logon prompt GEN 14 20 sample configuration diagram GEN 14 19 scheduling SYSAT GEN 14 20 SYSAT GEN 14 20 remote network GEN 1 5 remote node GEN 1 3 REMOTE OPERATOR RE QUEST MSG 7 64 remote partition status DS 1000 IV MSG 7 41 Remote Process Management GEN 4 29 remote process management GEN 1 10 4 16 USR 1 3 1 4 5 17 6 1 DS 1 2 1 3 child program GEN 4 16 dependent programs USR 6 15 example USR 6 42 flags parameter USR 6 5 independent programs USR 6 15 NS ARPA 1000 MSG 5 1 parent program MSG 5 1 RPM monitor MSG 5 1 Index 28 remote program download s
136. atalength 2 A two byte integer that indicates a byte offset from the beginning of the data buffer where the data to be sent actually begins Only valid if the data parameter is a data buffer result 32 bit integer by reference The error code returned zero if no error 6 18 Network Interprocess Communication IPCSHUTDOWN Releases a descriptor and any resources associated with it IPCSHUTDOWN descriptor flags opt result descriptor flags opt result 32 bit integer by value in Pascal by reference in FORTRAN The descriptor to be released May be a call socket descriptor VC socket descriptor or path report descriptor 32 bit integer by reference A 32 bit map of special request bits This parameter is reserved for future use All bits must be clear set to zero Byte array Pascal Integer array FORTRAN by reference An array of options and associated information This parameter is reserved for future use You must initialize the opt parameter to contain zero arguments 32 bit integer by reference The error code returned zero if no error Network Interprocess Communication 6 19 ADDOPT Adds an argument and its associated data to the opt parameter ADDOPT opt argnum optioncode datalength data error opt argnum opt ioncode datalength data error Byte array Pascal Integer array FORTRAN by reference The opt parameter to which you want to add an argument
137. ates abnormally or is aborted any remote session chained from your session is automatically terminated Block mode applications over chained TELNET sessions are not supported Block Mode Considerations The TELNET standard specifies a character mode protocol Character mode is the normal operation of a terminal With block mode data is not transmitted one character at a time Instead an entire block of data is typed in locally on the terminal When the enter key is pressed the data is transmitted from the terminal to the computer 1 2 TELNET Block mode for the HP 1000 is technically defined in the RTE A Driver Reference Manual part number 92077 90011 The following products support block mode applications to the HP 1000 e ARPA Vectra revision 2 0 or later with the Advlink B 02 00 Emulator On ARPA Vectra the RS record separator is the default escape character for TELNET The RS character is also a special character in block mode The TELNET escape sequence on the PC must be changed to another character e ARPA 9000 revision 7 0 or later with direct connect terminals only HPTERM is not supported e TS 8 with LSM 2 1 or later software e Datacommunications and Terminal Controller DTC Block mode applications over TELNET are not supported on the PC OfficeShare products Any TELNET user can communicate with a block mode application on the HP 1000 as long as the local terminal or terminal emulator can handle block mode
138. ause MLS always outputs the remote listing to a local file and not to a terminal FTP always uses the last parameter in the MLS runstring as the local file MODE Specifies the file transfer mode MO DE mode name mode name A valid FTP file transfer mode The only currently supported mode is stream Stream mode specifies that the data is transmitted as a stream of bytes There is no restriction on the representation type used If the structure is a file structure which is the default the End Of File is indicated by the sending host closing the data connection and all bytes are data bytes MPUT Transfers multiple local files to the remote host MP UT local file local file local file Specifies a valid file path on the local host to be transferred to the remote host The ellipsis means that you can specify multiple local files delimited by a comma or by one or more blank spaces You may use wild card characters in the file names The files are transferred to the remote host under the same directory and file names as the source files fa remote file with the same file name already exists before the file transfer it is overwritten without warning 2 8 FTP NLIST Writes an abbreviated directory listing of a remote directory or file to your terminal or to a local file on the HP 1000 N LIST remote listing local_file remote listing Specifies the remote directory or file mask from which a directory listing
139. backlog int result socket backlog Parameters result 0 if listen is successful 1ifa failure occurs socket Socket descriptor of a local socket backlog Defines the maximum allowable length of the queue for pending connections The current valid range for backlogis 1 to 5 If any other value is specified the system automatically assigns the closest value within range If the queue is greater than the backlog additional incoming requests will be rejected 4 8 Berkeley Software Distribution Interprocess Communication recv Receives data from a socket The recv call may be used by both the server and client processes Syntax count recv socket buffer len flags int count socket len char buffer long flags Parameters count Returns the number of bytes actually received Returns 0 if the remote process has gracefully shut down and there is no more data in the receive buffer Returns 1 if the call encounters an error socket Socket descriptor of the local socket receiving data buffer Byte pointer to the data buffer len Maximum number of bytes that will be returned into the buffer referenced by buffer No more than len bytes of data are received If there are more than len bytes of data on the socket the remaining bytes are received on the next recv flags Optional flag options The currently supported values for flags are 0 No option MSG PEEK Option to preview incoming data If this option
140. bor node the negative communication link LU number An error is reported if the local node number is entered here acct Integer array FORTRAN Packed character array PASCAL The name and optional password of the remote account in the form user group password The user group and password can each be up to ten characters in length len 16 bit integer The length of the account name in positive words or negative bytes oride 16 bit integer Aninteger specifying the degree to which you want to override session sharing For most applications the default value 0 is sufficient The oride values are 2 Absolute session sharing override Do not try to share any existing session Maintenance Utilities 14 17 DMESG a Override session sharing with non ancestors Share with ancestors Request a new session even if a non ancestor program within the calling program s process group already owns a session at the requested node 0 Default No override Share with ancestors or other programs within the calling program s process group 1 Slave ability No override The logon request is refused as above However slave back if possible Sends a message from a program at your local node to system LU 1 at a remote HP 1000 node DMESG dest msgad msg dest msgad msgl DMESS 16 bit integer The Router 1000 node address of the node where the message is to be sent Integer array FORTRAN Packed character
141. cal unit of input device WHZAT Schedules the DS version of the RTE system status utility WHZAT RW WHZAT lu option nodeaddress RW Used to schedule WHZAT lu The system LU to which the output will be printed Must be less than 64 If this parameter is omitted the output LU will default to system LU 1 at the node specified by nodeaddress option The WHZAT program option Refer to the appropriate programmer s reference manual for an explanation of the WHZAT program options nodeaddress The Router 1000 node address of the node where the output is to be returned This must be your local node to display the WHZAT output at your local system Note You cannot schedule WHZAT at NODE1 if that node is an NS ARPA 1000 system or a DS 1000 IV system with an RTE A operating system 8 10 REMAT Error Messages The following error messages are returned to the current list device when an error is encountered by the program REMAT Table 8 2 REMAT Error Messages oe O LOGOFF DSERR SSEE QQ This message can appear if the node being accessed by REPORTING NODE NNNNN REMAT is a Session Monitor node LOGON DSERR SSEE QQ This message can appear if the node being accessed by REPORTING NODE NNNNN REMAT is a Session Monitor node REMAT DSERR SSEE QO See error code EE in specific subsystem Ss REPORTING NODE NNNNN REMAT xxx Numerical error message equivalent to FMGR error REMAT 8 11 RMOTE Table of Contents
142. can be sent is limited to 32767 bytes However the HP 1000 cannot receive UDP datagrams larger than 9216 bytes flags Currently there are no supported options addr Pointer to a structure containing the address of the remote socket to which the data will be sent The socket address should be of sockaddr_intype addrlen Length in bytes of the address structure specified by addr for example length of structure sockaddr_in which is 16 bytes Addrlen should be at least 16 bytes 4 16 Berkeley Software Distribution Interprocess Communication setsockopt Sets socket options Syntax result int setsockopt socket level optname optval optlen result socket level optname optlen char optval Parameters result 0 if setsockopt is successful 1 ifa failure occurs socket Socket descriptor of a local socket level The protocol level at which the socket option resides To specify socket level level should be SOL SOCKET To specify TCP level 1eve1 should be IPPROTO_TCP optname Socket option name The following options are supported for socket level SOL_SOCKET options SO_KEEPALIVE Toggle option Sets a timer for 90 minutes for connected sockets After 90 minutes expire and if the connection has been idle during this period SO KEEPALIVE forces a transmission every 60 seconds for up to 7 minutes after which the idle connection is shut down In summary SO KEEPALIVE allows an idle
143. ch record If variable length records are being produced rsize limits the size of the largest record and records may be padded or truncated If rsize is zero the RSIZE option is not appended to the builtdescriptor and the target file will have the same record size as the source file You cannot copy files with records longer than 4400 bytes to or from an HP 1000 fsize 32 bit integer Appends the FSIZE option to the builtdescriptor The value in fsize specifies how much space to allocate for the target file If the target file has fixed length records fsize is in records If the target file has variable length records fsi ze is the number of maximum size records You can use this option instead of the HP 1000 file descriptor size parameter to specify the size of an HP 1000 target file If size is zero the FSIZE option is not appended to the builtdescriptor and the target file will be the same size as the source file If your program is written in Pascal 1000 Version 2 you must set the FIXED STRING option before declaring DscopyBuild In addition the Pascal routines SetStrLen and StrMax must be used to initialize the bui 1 tdescriptor string prior to calling DscopyBuild FIXED STRING SetStrLen and St rMax are described in the Pascal 1000 Reference Manual If your program is written in Pascal 1000 Version 1 you must use the routine StrDsc to convert the bui ltdescriptor string to a format that can be processed by both the calling progra
144. child program Null strings are valid 01234567 89 10 255 bytes RPMCreate Option 23000 Set Working Directory RTE A FMP Equivalent FmpSetWorkingDir call documented in the RTE A Programmer s Reference Manual AddOpt Parameters optioncode l6 bit integer by value in Pascal by reference in FORTRAN 23000 to indicate Set Working Directory option datalength l6 bit integer by value in Pascal by reference in FORTRAN The length in bytes of data which is to be included in the opt array The dataisa working directory name The datalength can be up to 63 bytes for an RTE working directory name data Packed array of characters Pascal word array FORTRAN by reference A packed array of characters specifying the working directory The directory name must be fully qualified An exception would be if it is a subdirectory of the current working directory for the session created with the login parameter of RPMCreate In this latter case the current directory path can be omitted 012345678910 62 bytes Remote Process Management 7 9 RPMCREATE RPMCreate Option 23010 Restore Program RTE A FMP Equivalent FmpRpProgram call documented in the RTE A Programmer s Reference Manual AddOpt Parameters optioncode datalength data 16 bit integer by value in Pascal by reference in FORTRAN 23010 to indicate the Restore Program option 16 bit integer by value in Pascal by reference in FORTRAN The
145. chniques and the internal operation of NS ARPA 1000 The Network Manager should use this manual in conjunction with the NS ARPA 1000 Generation and Initialization Manual This manual may also be used by advanced users to troubleshoot their applications 91790 90040 NS ARPA 1000 Quick Reference Guide Lists and briefly describes the interactive and programmatic services described in the NS ARPA 1000 User Programmer Reference Manual and the NS ARPA 1000 DS 1000 IV Compatible Services Reference Manual The purpose of this guide is to provide a quick reference for users who are already familiar with the concepts and syntax presented in those two manuals The NS ARPA 1000 Quick Reference Guide also contains abbreviated syntax for certain programs and utilities described in the NS ARPA 1000 Generation and Initialization Manual and the NS ARPA 1000 Maintenance and Principles of Operation Manual For your convenience the NS ARPA 1000 Quick Reference Guide also contains a master index of NS ARPA 1000 manuals This is a combined index from the NS ARPA 1000 manuals to help you find information that may be in more than one manual 91790 90045 NS ARPA 1000 Error Message and Recovery Manual Lists and explains in tabular form all of the error codes and messages that can be generated by NS ARPA 1000 This manual should be consulted by programmers and users who will be writing or maintaining programs for NS ARPA 1000 systems Because it contains error message
146. cified it must be positive and less than 256 If not specified the transaction timeout value which is used for all other requests for that node is used Negative values or values greater than 256 are truncated to the value of the lower eight bits of the stated value ttois specified in five second units For example tto 2 is the same as 10 seconds Slave PTOP Calls GET Called from a slave program to obtain the next outstanding master request GET clas err func tag len bufr bufr clas Slave PTOP class number A value for clas is assigned to the slave program as the first parameter in the runstring when the slave program is scheduled Every slave program should first issue a call to RMPAR to obtain the value of clas Only one value for c1as is created by the initial POPEN call All further POPEN calls to the same slave are assigned the same c1as value The value for c1as must be saved and referenced in each GET call Be careful that you do not alter the content of clas err 16 bit integer Error return func 16 bit integer A value is returned to this parameter upon completion of a call to GET This value indicates the type of master program request obtained via GET Request types are 1 POPEN 2 PREAD 3 PWRIT 4 PCONT Program to Program Communication PTOP 12 5 tag Tag field received from master program len 16 bit integer Avalue is returned here at the completion of the GET call when func 2 or 3 PREAD or PWR
147. circuit allocation routine which indicates that X 25 will use the first network in SAM the last network entered from XINIT Terminates logical communication between an HP 1000 program and an HP 3000 program Also terminates the HP 3000 session in which the program is running BYE err ldev lstdv nmsmp err ldev lstdv nmsmp 16 bit integer Anerror code is returned here if an error condition is encountered when issuing the BYE command Upon successful completion of the call to BYE the value of err is zero 16 bit integer The logical unit number integer lt 256 gt of an HP 3000 If the HP 3000 has an X 25 address up to 15 ASCII coded digits FORTRAN type is integer array and Pascaltypeis packed character array 16 bit integer The logical unit number of the desired local list device The logoff message generated by the HP 3000 as a result of a successful BYE operation is transmitted tothis device Zero equals the scheduling terminal 16 bit integer The session SMP number obtained via this session s corresponding HELLO command Maintenance Utilities 14 23 LU3K for X 25 Links Obtains the LU number of a virtual circuit allocated for an HP 1000 to HP 3000 X 25 connection a3klu LU3K dumy a3klu 16 bit integer The LU number of the X 25 virtual circuit is returned here dumy Dummy parameter required for FTN4x and earlier FORTRAN compilers Omit this parameter for Pascal and programs writt
148. command USR 3 44 log file USR 3 44 LS command USR 3 45 FTP message ABOR MSG 4 1 APPE MSG 4 2 CDUP MSG 4 2 CWD MSG 4 2 DELE MSG 4 2 HELP MSG 4 3 LIST MSG 4 3 MKD MSG 4 3 MODE MSG 4 3 NLST MSG 4 4 NOOP MSG 4 4 PASS MSG 4 4 PORT MSG 4 4 PWD MSG 4 5 QUIT MSG 4 5 RETR MSG 4 5 RMD MSG 4 6 RNFR MSG 4 6 RNTO MSG 4 6 SITE MSG 4 7 STOR MSG 4 7 STRU MSG 4 7 SYST MSG 4 7 TYPE MSG 4 8 USER MSG 4 8 MDELETE command USR 3 47 MDIR command USR 3 48 memory based system GEN C 2 C 6 C 8 MGET command USR 3 49 MKDIR command USR 3 51 MLS command USR 3 52 MODE command USR 3 53 MPUT command USR 3 54 NLIST command USR 3 56 OPEN command USR 3 58 opening connection to remote host USR 3 58 operation USR 3 5 PROMPT command USR 3 59 PUT command USR 3 60 3 69 PWD command USR 3 61 QUIT command USR 3 27 3 36 3 62 QUOTE command USR 3 63 RECV command USR 3 38 3 64 REMOTEHELPcommand USR 3 65 RENAME command USR 3 66 reply codes MSG 4 9 RMDIR command USR 3 67 RTEBIN command USR 3 68 sample session USR 3 5 scratch directory GEN C 5 SEND command USR 3 60 3 69 server program GEN 4 17 SITE command USR 3 70 STATUS command USR 3 71 status information USR 3 71 STRUCT command USR 3 72 SYSTEM command USR 3 73 terminating USR 3 7 3 27 3 36 TR command USR 3 74 transferring files USR 3 11 troubleshooting MNT 1 12 TYPE command USR 3 76 USER command
149. cords will be dumped lu The logical unit to which the records will be dumped Must be less than 64 format Format of the data being transferred Default is derived from namr if namr is a file otherwise default is ASCII The format may be AS ASCII BR Binary Relocatable BN Binary no checksum is performed or BA Binary absolute checksum is performed EX Terminates REMAT EX REMAT 8 3 FL Closes a disk file at NODE1 to users at a specified node FL namr node namr A file descriptor that describes a FMGR file The crn subparameter of namr must be supplied and be non zero node The node number at which the user to whom the file is being closed resides If node is 1 the file is closed to all users 10 Lists the system I O configuration on RTE A systems only IO LC Displays the local node Router 1000 node address LC LI Prints the contents of a file at NODE1 to a logical unit at NODE2 LI namr lu namr A file descriptor that describes a FMGR file If the file has a negative security code you must specify it lu The optional logical unit where the file is to be listed Must be less than 64 LL Changes or displays the LU of the list and or log device LL list log list The logical unit number of the new list device Must be less than 64 log The logical unit number of the new log device Must be less than 64 8 4 REMAT LO Loads an absolute program file from NODE1 into
150. cters in multiple file and directory operations In other words FTP uses the wild card characters as wild cards and not as the characters they normally represent The wild card characters used depend on the file system processing the FTP command GL OB HASH Specifies the printing of a hash sign for each data block transferred The size of the data block is 1024 bytes This command toggles the printing of hash signs HA SH FTP 25 HELP Displays FTP commands and help information Same as or HE LP command command Any FTP command When a command is specified FTP displays a brief description of the command If no command is specified FTP lists the currently supported FTP commands LCD Sets the local working directory to the specified directory LC D local_directory local_directory Specifies a valid directory on the HP 1000 host to be the local working directory If local_directory is not specified FTP returns you to your home directory LL Specifies a local log file to which FTP sends commands and messages in addition to displaying them on the user s terminal LL local_file local_file Specifies a valid file name on the HP 1000 host as a log file All terminal output generated by FTP is logged into this file in addition to your terminal If local_fileis not specified FTP prompts you for the log file name If the file already exists output is appended to it To close the log file use LL 1
151. current command file is not included in the count The maximum number of command files is seven RMOTE 9 5 Error Messages The following error messages are returned to the current list device when an error is encountered by the program RMOTE Error Messages Y AUTO BYE FAILED BYE generated automatically when EX command is entered with a HELLO outstanding has failed May occur if the link has been disconnected since the HELLO was entered A negative LU number was specified in a MO command The reported numeric NS ARPA 1000 error occurred during a file move operation The reported numeric DS 3000 error occurred during a file move operation HELLO FAILED OR LINE HELLO command was not correct or could not be transmitted due to a line DOWN error RTE returned an sc03 scheduling error for an RU ON or RW command Wrong or missing parameter or wrong prompt on transfer file input INVALID REMOTE LU Either LU is not in the 3000 LU table when NSINIT was executed or it is not the LU of the currently active session on the 3000 The link to the HP 3000 is not functioning FS 3000 error occurred during a file move operation Attempt to send a command to the HP 3000 before issuing HELLO NEED TO RUN DINIT Attempt to switch to remote node before local node has been initialized for communications to HP 3000 NO BUFFER SPACE Less than 256 words of memory are available for the PTOP file move buffer used with the Mo command Sla
152. d Default is 125 words 16 bit integer Error return variable See RFA Common Parameters for more information 16 bit integer Router 1000 node address of the destination node A variable that contains a decimal value specifying the nodal address for which the status information is to be obtained The value of this parameter may either be positive to denote the node number or negative to denote the communications line logical unit number 16 bit integer Error condition location See RFA Common Parameters for more information 16 bit integer Length in words of buffer stat Default is 125 words 16 bit integer If formis zero the disk directory will be written in FORMAT I default If it is non zero the disk directory will be written into the buffer in FORMAT II This is exactly as it appears on disk Refer to the following tables for information on the two formats 16 bit integer Aone word variable specifying the type of cartridges about which information is to be returned If equal to 1 all disks mounted to the system are returned in stat If equal to 0 system disks and non session disks are returned in that order If op is equal to 0 and the remote node is an RTE 6 VM system with Session Monitor private and group disks mounted to the session and system disks are returned in that order 16 bit integer Returned non zero by the system if not all of the cartridge list could be returned in stat buffer not l
153. d wrtdata wlen readdata rlen flags result descriptor 32 bit integer by value in Pascal by reference in FORTRAN The descriptor that refers to the socket to be manipulated May be a call socket descriptor or VC socket descriptor depending on the request code specified in the request parameter requests 32 bit integer by value in Pascal by reference in FORTRAN Request code Defines which operation is to be performed May be one of the following e 1 Place the socket referenced in the descriptor parameter in asynchronous mode For IPCSend and IPCRecv calls this is the VC socket described by the VC socket descriptor in the vcdesc parameter For IPCRecvCn it is the call socket described by the call socket descriptor in the ca11desc parameter e 2 Place the socket referenced in the descriptor parameter in synchronous mode For IPCSend and IPCRecv calls this is the VC socket described by the VC socket descriptor in the vcdesc parameter For IPCRecvCn it is the call socket described by the call socket descriptor in the calldesc parameter e 3 Change the referenced socket s synchronous timeout The default timeout value is 60 seconds For IPCSend and IPCRecv calls this is the VC socket described by the VC socket descriptor in the vedesc parameter For IPCRecvCn it is the call socket described by the call socket descriptor in the calldesc parameter The timeout value is given in tenths of seconds For example a value of 1
154. d must have an ID segment and be loaded as a system utility on pnand LP p2 p3 p4 BERE string pname The name of the program to be scheduled Di cejp5 Up to five optional parameters to be passed to the program string ASCII string to be passed to the program The command line including the prompt if commands are being read from a non interactive device or file must not exceed 80 characters RN Changes a file name to a new name None of the file characteristics are changed except the name RN namr nuname namr A file descriptor that describes a FMGR file nuname New file name unique to the disk cartridge Security code and cartridge identifier cannot be altered RW Schedules a program to run with wait at NODE1 If NODE1 an RTE A system the program to be scheduled must have an ID segment and be loaded as a system utility Ru pnand 1 2 p2 p3 p4 RT string pname The name of the program to be scheduled Diis PO Up to five optional parameters to be passed to the program string ASCII string to be passed to the program The command line including the prompt if commands are being read from a non interactive device or file must not exceed 80 characters SD Shuts down a session created by NS ARPA at NODE1 Sessions are created at Session Monitor nodes only The SD command releases tables at NODE1 only not at the node which created the session Its purpose is to clean up when catast
155. data 16 bit integer by value in Pascal by reference in FORTRAN 23110 to indicate the Program Scheduling option 16 bit integer by value in Pascal by reference in FORTRAN The length in bytes of data which is to be included in the opt array A variable length character string that contains the runstring Note that the XO command must be specified at the beginning of the runstring or RPM will insert it If the RU command is specified at the beginning of the runstring RPM replaces it with an XQ Also the program name should be the same as the progname parameter of the RPMCreate call An error is returned if this is not the case This program name will be replaced by RPM by the name of the ID segment under which it is restored The IH option of the RTE RU Run Program command is not permitted to follow the program name Cloning can be inhibited by specifying option 23010 Restore Program Option beforehand in the opt array of the RPMCreate call The last two bytes of data is a 16 bit integer indicating how FmpRunProgramis to handle the string parameter The possible values are as follows 1 The string is converted to uppercase and each group of one or more consecutive blanks is converted to a comma 0 The string is not altered 0 k 2 ciao GEO Deol bytes 7 18 Remote Process Management RPMGETSTRING Allows the child program to retrieve strings passed to it by the parent program RPMGETSTRING rpmstring rpmstringlen
156. digit sequence number at the end of each line The UN option would remove those eight digits on each line before moving the file SP Indicates output is to be spooled to the RTE LU at priority DS 1000 IV and 99 If this is specified RMOTE creates a spooling file RTE 6 VM only RMLUnn on the spool disk where LUis the logical number of the log device and nn is a number between 00 and 99 e g RM0900 The file is purged when outspooling is completed ON RU Schedules a local HP 1000 program RU on Program NOW parameters program Name of the program to be scheduled The program must have an ID segment and be loaded as a system utility NOW If specified schedules the program immediately Commands with the NOW option are passed directly to RTE and are not upshifted parameters Up to five parameters or a string can be passed to the program If the first parameter is not provided it is set to the value returned by LOGLU If the fifth parameter is not provided it is set to the negative session number obtained if RMOTE successfully establishes an HP 3000 session RMOTE 9 3 RW Queues with wait a local HP 1000 program RW program parameters program Name of the program to be scheduled The program must have an ID segment and be loaded as a system utility parameters Up to five parameters or a string to be passed to the program If the first parameter is not provided it is set to the value returned by LOGLU If
157. displays a brief description of the command If no command is specified HELP lists the TELNET commands their syntax and a one line description for each command See covered earlier in this section INTERRUPT Changes the TELNET remote interrupt character IN TERRUPT intr char intr char Any seven bit ASCII character except those listed in the table below The default is Y The interrupt character is used to send a BREAK indication to the remote system without hitting the key on the terminal Illegal TELNET Escape Characters NUL null CONTROL EOT end of transmission CONTROL BS backspace CONTROL LF linefeed CONTROL CR carriage return CONTROL DC1 XON CONTROL DC2 CONTROL DC3 XOFF CONTROL CAN cancel CONTROL ES cape CONTROL RS record separator CONTROL US unit separator CONTROL DEL rubout DEL TELNET 1 5 The characters in the table cannot be defined as remote interrupt characters because they have special terminal functions Using one of these characters may cause communication problems with the remote node Do not define intr_char to be the same as the TELNET escape character The TELNET escape character default is and can be redefined by the ESCAPE command MODE Changes the data transmission to either by line or by character d MO DE C HARACTER L INE Sends data a line at a time from the local terminal to the remote node In RTE A each line of data ends wit
158. e Packed array of characters Pascal Integer array FORTRAN by reference Anarray containing the ASCII coded name of the call socket to be looked up Upper and lower case characters are not considered distinct nlen 32 bit integer by value in Pascal by reference in FORTRAN The length of the socket name in characters Maximum length is 16 characters nodename Packed array of characters Pascal Integer array FORTRAN by reference Avariable length array of ASCII characters identifying the node where the socket specified in the socketname parameter resides The syntax of the node name is node domain organization which is further described in the NS ARPA 1000 User Programmer Reference Manual Default You may omit the organization organization and domain or all parts of the node name When organization or organization and domain are omitted they will default to the local organization and or domain If the node1en parameter is set to zero nodename is ignored and the node name defaults to the local node nodelen 32 bit integer by value in Pascal by reference in FORTRAN The length in bytes of the nodename parameter If this parameter is zero 0 the nodename parameter is ignored and the node name defaults to the local node A fully qualified node name length may be 50 bytes long flags 32 bit integer by reference A 32 bit map of special request bits This parameter is reserved for future use All bits must be clea
159. e actual execution of any of the above requests may be delayed Byte array Pascal Word array FORTRAN by reference A variable length array with data to be sent to the child program for the request When a reqcode of 23030 is specified the program priority is placed in wrt data The program priority is declared as a 16 bit integer and the wrt len parameter is two bytes 32 bit non negative integer by value in Pascal by reference in FORTRAN Length in bytes of wrtdata Only reqcode 23030 PR command sends information from the calling parent program in wrtdata The parameter wrtlen must be two All other request codes must specify a zero for wrtlen Byte array Pascal Word array FORTRAN by reference A variable length array with the data returned to the calling parent program If reqcode of 23130 is used then the program status is returned in readdata 32 bit non negative integer by reference On input read1len is the maximum number of bytes expected in the readdata parameter On output readlen is the actual number of bytes received in the readdata parameter If result is non zero an error has occurred readlen is set to Zero and no data is in readdata Only reqcode 23130 IDINFO call receives information from a child program program status in readdata The parameter readlen must be two All other request codes must specify a zero in readlen 32 bits by reference A 32 bit map of special request bits This p
160. e an ID segment DEXEC dest code name stat dest code name stat 16 bit integer The Router 1000 node address of the node where the call is executed A value of 1 indicates the local node Local execution will also be performed whenever dest equals the local node address 16 bit integer Remote program status code 99 Integer array FORTRAN Packed character array PASCAL A3 word array containing the program name for which status is requested in the first five bytes the sixth byte is not significant This parameter must reference an ASCII coded program name If a value of zero is referenced for a remote program status call an error will result Return parameter for program status Status is returned in both this parameter and the A register The status word returned has the following format bit 15 is zero if the program named is not a segment 1 if it is a segment bit 14 is zero if the program named is not in the time list 1 if it is dormant but in the time list bits 3 through 0 contain the actual program status code The status word will contain 1 if the program named does not exist The status codes returned in bits 3 through 0 are listed in the following table The RTE A expanded status code are mapped to the RTE 6 VM equivalent in Table 11 1 11 12 Table 11 1 Status Codes Original Mapped RTE 6 VM RTE A Status Returned Equivalent wo afal alol alaja NL QO Oo BR oO pm Program
161. e for programmers and operators who will be using NFT on NS ARPA 1000 NS3000 V NS3000 XL NS 9000 NS for the DEC VAX computer and PC PC NFT on HP OfficeShare Network Information provided in this manual includes file name and login syntax at all of the systems on which NS NFT is implemented a brief description of the file systems used by each of these computers and end to end mapping information for each supported source target configuration DEC and VAX are U S registered trademarks of Digital Equipment Corporation Conventions Used in this Manual NOTATION nonitalics italics DESCRIPTION Words in syntax statements that are not in italics must be entered exactly as shown Punctuation characters other than brackets braces and ellipses must also be entered exactly as shown For example EXIT Words in syntax statements that are in italics denote a parameter that must be replaced by a user supplied variable For example CLOSE filename An element inside brackets in a syntax statement is optional Several elements stacked inside brackets means the user may select any one or none of these elements For example i User may select A or B or neither When several elements are stacked within braces in a syntax statement the user must select one of those elements For example A B User must select A or B or C C A horizontal ellipsis in a syntax statement indicates that a previous element may be repeated Fo
162. e identifier Must be a positive or negative integer value or zero If positive the file search is restricted to the cartridge declared by the specified integer value If negative the file search is restricted to the logical unit number declared by the specified integer value If zero the file search is not restricted to any particular cartridge Word two indicates the Router 1000 node address of the node where the origin file resides fil2 Integer array FORTRAN Packed character array PASCAL Destination file name A 3 word array containing the ASCII coded name of the file copy Must be a FMGR file cr2 Array of 16 bit integers A two word array Word 1 contains the destination file cartridge identifier Word 2 contains the Router 1000 node address See cri for more information err 16 bit integer Error return variable 14 20 Maintenance Utilities secl typ2 siz2 rec2 mode isec2 FLOAD 16 bit integer Origin file security code Specify one if a security code exists for the origin file 16 bit integer Destination file type Specify only if you want the destination file type to differ from that of the origin file 16 bit integer Destination file size in blocks Specify only if you want the destination file size to differ from that of the origin file If specified this value must be greater than the block size of the origin file A negative value should not be specified it would cause all available remote
163. e use All bits must be clear set to zero opt No options are defined for this call pathdesc 32 bit integer by reference Path report descriptor Describes the location of named call socket May be used in a subsequent IPCConnect call to establish a connection to another process result 32 bit integer by reference The error code returned zero if no error 6 8 Network Interprocess Communication IPCGET Receives a descriptor that has been given away via IPCGive IPCGET givenname nlen flags descriptor result givenname nlen flags descriptor result Packed array of characters Pascal Integer array FORTRAN by reference Anarray containing the ASCII coded socket name that was assigned to the descriptor when it was given away via a call to IPCGive Upper and lower case characters are not considered distinct 32 bit integer by value in Pascal by reference in FORTRAN The length in characters of givenname Maximum length is 16 bytes 32 bit integer by reference A 32 bit map of special request bits This parameter is reserved for future use All bits must be clear set to zero If IPCGet is called repeatedly this field must be cleared before each successive call 32 bit integer by reference The descriptor that was given away via a call to IPCGive May be a call socket descriptor path report descriptor or VC socket descriptor 32 bit integer by reference The error code returned zero if no
164. edule a program e RTE WELCOME file The WELCOME file can have RTE run commands to schedule programs after system boot up You cannot use any of the above NS ARPA and DS 1000 IV compatible services to schedule a remote HP 1000 process from a non HP 1000 node These services are not provided with cross system support Remote HP 1000 processes that are to work with non HP 1000 processes can be manually started or can be programs that are started at system start up 6 2 Network Interprocess Communication e To manually start up a NetIPC program simply logon to the HP 1000 system and run the NetIPC program with the RTE XQ run program without wait command e To have the NetIPC program execute at system start up put the RTE XQ command in the WELCOME file The XQ command is explained in the RTE A User s Manual Remote HP 9000 NetIPC processes can be manually started or can be scheduled by daemons that are started at system start up To manually start up a NetIPC program simply logon to the HP 9000 system and run the NetIPC program HP recommends that you write a NetIPC daemon to schedule your NetIPC programs You can start the daemon at system start up by placing it in your etc netlinkrc file Refer to the HP 9000 LAN software installation documentation for more information about this file and system start up To manually startup an HP 3000 NetIPC program log on to the HP 3000 and run the NetIPC program with the RUN command You can sc
165. em generation GEN 5 13 block mode TELNET USR 2 5 BOOT command file GEN 7 1 boundary network GEN 1 5 3 8 BREAK parameter TELNET SEND command USR 2 23 BREVL GEN 4 12 4 28 6 7 MNT 4 1 runstring MNT 4 4 broadcast IEEE 802 3 address GEN 3 24 broadcast networks GEN 1 5 BRTRC GEN 4 12 4 28 6 7 MNT 5 1 5 5 runstring MNT 5 5 BSD IPC GEN 1 8 MNT 9 2 9 5 USR 1 3 1 4 DS 1 2 1 3 library GEN 6 3 troubleshooting MNT 1 10 1 11 BSD IPC calls accept BSD 4 3 Index 4 bind BSD 4 6 connect BSD 4 8 fentl BSD 4 11 flowchart BSD 4 2 getsockopt BSD 4 13 listen BSD 4 16 recv BSD 4 18 recvfrom BSD 4 21 recvmsg BSD 4 23 select BSD 4 27 4 32 send BSD 4 31 sendmsg BSD 4 34 sendto BSD 4 38 setsockopt BSD 4 40 shutdown BSD 4 43 socket BSD 4 45 summary BSD 4 1 BSD IPC concepts BSD 2 1 BSD IPC errors returned by FSRV FSV 5 9 BSD IPC utilities BSD 5 1 releasing dynamically allocated memory BSD 5 1 special considerations BSD 5 1 BSD_CDS GEN 6 3 BSD_CDS LIB GEN 6 7 buffer area MNT 9 62 buffer size NFT MNT 2 9 BUILD GEN C 4 memory based system GEN C 6 bus networks GEN 1 5 BYE DS 7 25 8 2 programmatic example DS 7 28 subroutines MNT 9 54 BYE command FTP USR 3 27 3 36 3 62 byte address pointers BSD 3 16 byte addresses USR 5 75 ByteAdrOf BSD 3 16 C C header files BSD B 10 caching FSV 3 3 call socket descriptor USR 5 3 CANCEL NFT
166. en in later versions of FORTRAN FTN77 7x PRCNM Establishes communication between a son program and a session SMP created by a father program at an HP 3000 PRCNM parm parm 16 bit integer May be any non zero value to establish communication with the HP 3000 session If your node is memory based parmcan be set to zero to clear the communication values set by a previous run of the program 14 24 Maintenance Utilities Index This section is a master index for the NS ARPA 1000 manual set The following codes identify the NS ARPA 1000 manuals Code USR GEN MNT DS FSV BSD MSG Manual Title NS ARPA 1000 User Programmer Reference Manual part number 91790 90020 NS ARPA 1000 Generation and Initialization Reference Manual part number 91790 90030 NS ARPA 1000 Maintenance and Principles of Operation Manual part number 91790 90031 NS ARPA 1000 DS 1000 IV Compatible Services Reference Manual part number 91790 90050 File Server Reference Guide for NS ARPA 1000 and ARPA 1000 part number 91790 90054 BSD IPC Reference Manual for NS ARPA 1000 and ARPA 1000 part number 91790 90060 NS Message Formats Reference Manual part number 5958 8523 For example GEN 4 35 means that the entry is on page 4 35 of the NS ARPA 1000 Generation and Initialization Reference Manual Index 1 Symbols command FTP USR 3 19 command FTP USR 3 17 command FTP USR 3 18 3 42 TELNET USR 2 10
167. erence label A 2 word array which defines cartridge search and node destination conditions See RFA Common Parameters for more information erlc 16 bit integer Optional error condition location See RFA Common Parameters for more information 10 8 Remote File Access DOPEN Opens defined files to access by your programs DOPEN is equivalent to the FMGR call OPEN DOPEN dcb err name optn secu cr erlc dcb err name optn secu cr erlc Four word array Data Control Block See RFA Common Parameters for more information 16 bit integer Error return variable See RFA Common Parameters for more information Integer array FORTRAN Packed character array PASCAL Filename A 3 word array containing the ASCII coded name of the file to be opened Must be a FMGR file 16 bit integer File access specifications A variable containing a numeric value that specifies non standard conditions upon opening a file For a detailed description of the options available refer to the NS ARPA 1000 DS 1000 IV Compatible Services Reference Manual 16 bit integer Ifthe file was created see DCRET DXCRE call description with a non zero security code this parameter must be specified and it must match the original security code assigned to the file Array of 16 bit integers Cartridge reference label A 2 word array which defines cartridge search and node destination conditions See
168. error Network Interprocess Communication 6 9 IPCGIVE Gives up a descriptor so that another process may obtain it IPCGIVE descriptor givenname nlen flags result descriptor 32 bit integer by value in Pascal by reference in FORTRAN The descriptor to be given up May be a call socket descriptor VC socket descriptor or path report descriptor givenname Packed array of characters Pascal Integer input output array FORTRAN by reference An array containing the ASCII coded socket name to be temporarily assigned to the specified descriptor Upper and lower case characters are not considered distinct NetIPC can also return a randomly generated eight character name to this parameter see n1en nlen 32 bit integer by value in Pascal by reference in FORTRAN The length in characters of givenname Maximum length is 16 bytes Default If zero is specified NetIPC will generate a random eight byte name and return it in the givenname parameter The length eight is not returned through n1en flags 32 bit integer by reference A 32 bit map of special request bits This parameter is reserved for future use All bits must be clear set to zero result 32 bit integer by reference The error code returned zero if no error 6 10 Network Interprocess Communication IPCLOOKUP Obtains a path report descriptor IPCLOOKUP socketname nlen nodename nodelen flags pathdesc protocol socketkind result socketnam
169. es communication between your NS ARPA 1000 system and an NS 3000 or DS 3000 node Creates a session at the remote HP 3000 HELLO err ldev lstdv nmsmp logr logrl lux 25 err 16 bit integer Anerror code is returned here if an error condition is encountered Upon successful completion of the call to HELLO the value of err is zero ldev 16 bit integer The logical unit number of an HP 3000 an integer less than 256 or an X 25 address up to 15 ASCII coded digits 14 22 Maintenance Utilities lstdv nmsmp logr logrl lux 25 BYE 16 bit integer The logical unit number of the desired list device The logon response generated at the HP 3000 as a result of a successful HELLO operation is transmitted to this device Zero equals the scheduling terminal 16 bit integer The session SMP number is returned here from the HP 3000 Integer array FORTRAN Packed character array PASCAL An array that contains the HELLO command logon parameters in the form of a message The first six characters of this logon message must be the characters HELLO followed with a blank The entire message string must also be followed terminated with a blank 16 bit integer The length in characters of the logon message contained in the logr array 16 bit integer The LU associated with an X 25 network If this parameter is omitted and an X 25 address is passed in ldev HELLO passes zero in 1ux 25 This zero is used by the X25 virtual
170. es the original name of a remote file or remote directory to be renamed remote new Specifies the new name for the remote file or remote directory If remote new already exists FTP issues a warning and ignores the command RMDIR Removes an empty directory from the remote host RM DIR remote directory remote directory Specifies a valid directory path on the remote host to be removed The directory must be empty or FTP issues a warning and ignores the command RTEBIN Sets the transfer type to BINARY such that for subsequent PUT or MPUT commands if only the filename is specified then the file type size and record length are included in the destination file descriptor RT EBIN SEND Transfers a local file to the remote host Same as PUT SE ND local file remote file local file Specifies a valid file path on the local host to be transferred remote file Specifies a valid file path on the remote host to be transferred into If this parameter is omitted FTP uses the local file path as the remote file name If a remote file name is specified without a directory the current working directory of the remote host is used f a remote file with the same file name already exists it is overwritten without warning SITE Sends arguments verbatim to the server host as a SITE command SI TE arguments arguments Specifies a valid FTP server SITE command to be sent to the remote host The arguments are sent as is includ
171. esides The syntax of the node name is node domain organization which is described in the NS ARPA 1000 User Programmer Reference Manual Default You may omit the organization organization and domain or all parts of the node name When organization or organization and domain are omitted they will default to the local organization and or domain If the node1en parameter is set to zero nodename is ignored and the node name defaults to the local node 32 bit non negative integer by value in Pascal by reference in FORTRAN Length in bytes of the nodename parameter If nodelen is zero 0 the nodename parameter is ignored and the child program is scheduled on the same node as the parent A fully qualified node name length may be 50 bytes long Packed array of characters Pascal word array FORTRAN by reference Alogon sequence for the local or remote node on which the child program is to be scheduled login is an RTE A logon without the password defined in the password parameter described below RPM needs the logon name to logon to the local or remote node 32 bit non negative integer by value in Pascal by reference in FORTRAN The length in bytes of the logon sequence The maximum length for a logon on RTE A is 16 bytes If 1oginleniszero 0 passwdlen must be zero When the 1oginlenand passwdlen are both zero and nodename is the local node the child program is scheduled and attached to the parent program s session E
172. ested in d1en User programs written prior to software Revision 5 0 that wait on the IPCRecv call until d1en amount of data has been received must change to set the DATA WAIT flag to continue operating as they did before e flags 31 PREVIEW input When set this flag allows you to preview the data queued on the connection Data is placed in the data parameter but not dequeued from the connection Because the data is not dequeued another IPCRecv call is needed to delete the same data 6 14 Network Interprocess Communication IPCRECV e flags 32 VECTORED input When set this flag indicates that the data parameter is a data vector and not a data buffer opt Byte array Pascal Integer array FORTRAN by reference An array of options and associated information The following option is defined for this call e data offset optioncode 8 datalength 2 A two byte integer that defines a byte offset from the beginning of a data buffer where NetIPC is to begin placing the data This option is valid only if the data parameter is a data buffer and not data vector result 32 bit integer by reference The error code returned zero if no error Network Interprocess Communication 6 15 IPCRECVCN Receives a connection request on a call socket IPCRECVCN calldesc vcdesc flags opt result calldesc vcdesc flags opt result 32 bit integer by value in Pascal by reference in FORTRAN Socket descriptor
173. eyword number DEXEC 3 Remote I O Control DEXEC request code 3 performs remote I O control operations such as backspace write end of file and rewind DEXEC dest code cnwd p1 p2 p3 p4 0 0 keywd dest code cnwd pl p4 input output 0 0 keywd Note 16 bit integer The Router 1000 node address of the node where the call is executed A value of 1 indicates the local node Local execution will also be performed whenever dest equals the local node address 16 bit integer I O control request code 3 Control word See the RTE A Programmer s Reference Manual for an explanation of this parameter Required for list output line spacing and various other functions See the RTE A Programmer s Reference Manual for details of the contents of these parameters Formal place holders that must be included whenever keywd is specified The locked LU s keyword number DEXEC 3 calls to HP IB devices that do double buffering are not supported Use PTOP to implement I O control operations to HP IB devices DEXEC 11 5 DEXEC 6 Remote Program Termination Using this DEXEC call your program can inform an RTE operating system that it wants to terminate execution of itself or another program DEXEC 6 works only on programs that were originally started by a DEXEC 9 10 23 or 24 call DEXEC dest code name numb If the program is to terminate itself local operation only optio
174. fer to the NS Message Formats Manual Integer value from x to y or e to clear the value For STREAM this value is an octal number Clear all the values set 14 14 Maintenance Utilities DSMOD DSMOD allows you to alter DS 1000 IV Compatible Services parameters set during initialization or change timing parameters not set through NSINIT questions DSMOD Scheduling DSMOD lu errordevice file lu The logical unit number of the device from which responses to the DSMOD prompts will be entered Default is the scheduling terminal file The name of a command file that contains responses to the DSMOD prompts If the full file path is not specified the default directory is the current working directory errordevice The logical unit number of the device where errors will be logged Default is the scheduling terminal DSMOD Operation When DSMOD is run with an interactive input device you are prompted with the following question DSMOD OPERATION You can respond to this prompt with any of the commands listed in Table 14 5 When DSMOD is scheduled with a command file it obtains the responses to its prompts from the file Running DSMOD with a command file can be useful if there are changes that need to made on boot up If NS ARPA is shutdown while DSMOD is running DSMOD may abort with a request error RN02 Commands The DSMOD commands are summarized in Table 14 5 Maintenance Utilities 14 15 Table 14
175. file type is returned If a value less than zero is returned DSERR may be called to obtain an ASCII message describing the problem Length parameter A value that declares the length of data for a read or write request DREAD or DWRIT Must be defined as a 16 bit integer This value is limited to a maximum of 128 words In extended file calls 1en can be up to 512 words long Cartridge identifier parameter Must be defined as an array of two 16 bit integers Word 1 declares the type of cartridge reference It is an integer value that can be positive negative or zero If positive the file search is restricted to the cartridge reference declared by the specified integer value The Session Monitor nodes any private group or system cartridge available to this specific user s account will be searched If negative the file search is restricted to the logical unit number declared by the specified integer value If zero the file search is not restricted to any particular cartridge For DCRET if cris zero the file will be allocated on the first cartridge encountered that has enough room for the file calls other than DCRET search the cartridges in the order in which they were mounted until the file is found Word 1 is the cartridge identifier If positive it specifies the crn if negative it specifies the LU Word 2 declares the address of the node at which the call is to be executed If this value matches the address of the local node or is
176. g field This parameter is passed from a master program via a POPEN PREAD PWRIT or PCONT call A slave program obtains the tag via a call to GET A slave program may then pass tag data back to the GET A slave program may then pass tag data back to the master program via an ACEPT or REJCT call Master PTOP Calls POPEN A POPEN call directed to a remote node causes the named slave PTOP program at that node to be scheduled HP 1000 to HP 1000 Calling Sequence For PTOP communications between HP 1000 nodes you must call POPEN within a master program to initiate the communication link with a slave program POPEN pcb err name node tag clon pcb PTOP control block err 16 bit integer Error return name Slave program name An array of up to 14 words containing the ASCII coded slave program name and terminated by a blank or non ASCII character node 16 bit integer The Router 1000 node address of the node where the slave program resides and where it is to be scheduled for execution A value of 1 indicates the local node tag Tag field A 20 word array input output clon Slave cloning parameter Ignored when the slave is running in an RTE A system Can be used to clone a slave program if the slave resides on an RTE 6 VM node with Session Monitor Refer to the DS 1000 IV User s Manual for more information on the use of this parameter Program to Program Communication PTOP 12 1 HP 1000 to HP 3000 Calling Sequence
177. g start and stop times Protocol specific information Class 1 HP recommends that you do not select this class unless your HP representative specifically asks that you do so This logging event class generates a multitude of log file entries Event messages Class 2 HP recommends that you do not select this class unless your HP representative specifically asks that you do so This logging event class generates a multitude of log file entries Warnings Class 3 which indicate abnormal events but do not necessarily indicate subsystem problems HP recommends that you do not select this logging class Severe errors Class 4 which indicate that NS ARPA 1000 is not performing as it should but the subsystem was able to recover HP recommends that you select this logging class NSINIT selects this logging class automatically Disasters Class 5 which indicate that the NS ARPA 1000 software detected a severe and irrecoverable problem HP recommends that you select this logging class NSINIT selects this class automatically Resource limit Class 6 which indicates that a user configurable resource has been depleted HP recommends that you select this logging class The network manager can use this information to adjust the node s configuration NSINIT selects this logging class automatically Des o cl Reserved Must be zero EVMON Output EVMON writes log records to a file or device EVMON output consists of an EVMON header and
178. gative length may be used to indicate the length is in bytes When an odd number of bytes are to be transferred an extra byte is appended to the end of the data tag Tag field input output PCONT Provides for the exchange of a tag field between a master and a slave program PCONT pcb err tag pcb PTOP control block input output err 16 bit integer Error return tag Tag field input output PCLOS Called from a master program to terminate a slave program If the slave resides on an HP 1000 node logical communication is also terminated PCLOS pcb err pcb PTOP control block input output err 16 bit integer Error return 12 4 Program to Program Communication PTOP PNRPY Called from a master program to eliminate the need for the master to wait for a reply from the slave an ACEPT or REJCT before continuing processing This call is honored only for PWRIT PCONT and PCLOS POPEN and PREAD calls will be forced to wait for the reply PTOP communication with no reply is available only between HP 1000s No Message Accounting is provided on PTOP calls with no reply PNRPY mode tto mode 16 bit integer Defines the scope of the call The options are 0 No reply only applies to the next PTOP call default lt 0 No reply applies to all PTOP calls that follow until explicitly turned off 0 Turns off the no reply option tto 16 bit integer Transaction Timeout override value If spe
179. generate NS ARPA activity for example use NFT or FTP to copy a file If you are debugging a user NetIPC program use the NSINF P command to get the program s Global Socket Descriptor GSDs When the program or activity terminates halt tracing by running BRTRC Format and examine the trace file using FMTRC If you are debugging a user NetIPC program examine the socket level trace records for the program s GSDs If you are debugging a program that used DS 1000 IV Compatible Services format RTR messages If you suspect a link problem run tracing at two nodes and examine the network trace records at both ends of the link for symmetry NSTRC Scheduling N ETWORK XQ NSTRC traceFile errorLog recordLength S OCKET B OTH traceFile File to which you want NSTRC to write the trace records While NSTRC is executing it writes the trace records to its VMA partition NSTRC writes to the partition in a circular manner if NSTRC has filled the partition it overwrites the earliest records NSTRC uses approximately one fourth of the trace file for accounting For each remaining page in the partition NSTRC can write 10 trace records Therefore if NSTRC s VMA partition is n pages long NSTRC can write approximately n 3 4 10 trace records before it must overwrite previous records If you enter the name of an existing file NSTRC overwrites the existing file If you use the default traceFile and it already exists NSTRC
180. gon tnode options rsize fsize builtdescriptor sfile slogon snode tfile tlogon tnode options Character array FORTRAN String PASCAL The returned copy descriptor to be used in the Dscopy call Will be blank padded if less than the length declared Character array FORTRAN String PASCAL The source file the name of the file to be copied Character array FORTRAN String PASCAL The logon and password if any at the node where the source file resides Do not enclose in brackets This parameter is required if the source node is a remote multiuser HP 1000 Default If this parameter omitted and the source node is the local node the account under which the program is running is used Character array FORTRAN String PASCAL The name of the source node Must be in the form node domain organization Default You may omit the organization organization and domain or all parts of the node name If the organization or organization and domain are omitted the local organization and or domain will be used If the entire node name is omitted it will default to the local node name Character array FORTRAN String PASCAL The target file the name the source file will acquire at the target node Character array FORTRAN String PASCAL The logon and password if any at the target node Do not enclose in brackets This parameter is required if the source node is a remote multiuser
181. h a carriage return C HARACTER Sends data a character at a time from the local terminal to the remote node Each character is sent without waiting for an end of line character OPEN Establishes a connection to a remote host OP EN host host The name of the remote node to which you want to log on The syntax of the host name is node domain organization which is further described in the NS ARPA 1000 User Programmer Reference Manual If host is not specified TELNET connects you to your local node QUIT Closes the remote connection logs off the remote session and terminates TELNET Same as EXIT QUIT RUN Runs a program at the local node RU N program program The name of a program on the local system 1 6 TELNET SEND Sends special characters or commands to the remote node SE ND E SCAPE IN TERRUPT A YT B REAK IP STATUS E SCAPE IN TERRUPT B REAK The SEND ESCAPE command sends the TELNET escape character as a data character to the remote node Normally the TELNET escape character is removed from any data sent to the remote node The SEND ESCAPE command is needed and helpful when you do need to send the escape character as a data character If the application program running on the remote system requires you to input the current escape character you can do one of two things e Change the escape character for the duration of the program with the ESCAPE command
182. h the checksumming bit set TCP checksum is performed in addition to data link checksum If TCP performs checksumming increased overhead is required and real time integrity cannot be guaranteed Byte array Pascal Integer array FORTRAN by reference An array of options and associated information The following options are defined for this call maximum send size optioncode 3 datalength 2 A two byte integer that specifies the maximum number of bytes you expect to send with a single IPCSend call on this connection Range 1 to 8 000 bytes Default 100 bytes If this option is not specified IPCSend will return errors if a call attempts to send greater than 100 bytes maximum receive size optioncode 4 datalength 2 A two byte integer that specifies the maximum number of bytes you expect to receive with a single IPCRecv call on this connection Range 1 to 8 000 bytes Default 100 bytes If this option is not specified IPCRecv will return errors if a call attempts to receive greater than 100 bytes 32 bit integer by reference VC socket descriptor Refers to a VC socket that is the endpoint of the virtual circuit connection at this node May be used in subsequent NetIPC calls to reference the connection 32 bit integer by reference The error code returned zero if no error 6 4 Network Interprocess Communication IPCCONTROL Performs special operations on sockets IPCCONTROL IPCCONTROL descriptor requestf
183. he FMGR routine PURGE DPURG dcb err name secu cr erlc dcb input output err name secu cr erlc Four word array Data Control Block See RFA Common Parameters for more information 16 bit integer Error return variable See RFA Common Parameters for more information Integer array FORTRAN Packed character array PASCAL File name A 3 word array containing the ASCII coded name of the file to be purged Must be a FMGR file 16 bit integer If the file was created refer to DCRET earlier with a non zero security code this parameter must be specified and it must match the original security code assigned to the file Array of 16 bit integers Cartridge reference label A 2 word array which defines cartridge and node destination conditions See RFA Common Parameters for more information 16 bit integer Error condition location See RFA Common Parameters for more information Remote File Access 10 11 DREAD DXREA These routines read data from your file currently open to the Data Control Block into your program s data buffer DREAD is equivalent to the FMGR call READF DXREA is equivalent to EREAD DREAD dcb err buf 1len rlen num erlc DXREA dcb err buf len rlen num erlc dcb input output err buf len rlen num erlc Four word array Data Control Block See RFA Common Parameters for more
184. he local system To get the remote node s CM obtain the local node s CM prompt and run SYSAT specifying the LU mapped to this node as the attention LU or if running a program you can also specify the program name SYSAT will cause the remote node s CM or breakmode prompt to appear Error Messages The following are serious Remote I O Mapping error codes When these errors occur they are returned to IOMAP in the first return parameter the second and third parameters will be meaningless These error codes are obtained when IOMAP is run with a 2 parameter Table 13 2 Remote I O Mapping Error Codes meme A s eem Ce EN E memes e prerese nren Te emmeemam 700000 Ti ECETIA Remote I O Mapping 13 9 Maintenance Utilities 14 Table of Contents NSINE inerte NSINFScheduling NSINF Operation Commands IN STING ten dalt cia aati Scheduling NSINIT NS ARPA Message Tracing Using Message Tracing NSTRC Scheduling BRTRCScheduling FMTRCScheduling NS ARPA Event Logging EVMON Scheduling EVMON Output EVMON Header Log Records sews essi ecusi BREVLScheduling LOGCHG Scheduling Nodal Registry List Utility NRLIST NRLISTSchedulin DS 1000 IV RTE MPE Message Tracing Utilities oo oo o LOG3K Scheduling LOG3K Operation
185. he second buffer See the EXEC call descriptions in the RTE A Programmer s Reference Manual for an explanation of this parameter If the Z bit in the control word is equal to 1 indicating double buffering this parameter specifies the length of the second buffer for words for characters The combined buffer length bu 1 prm2 must be less than or equal to 512 words Formal place holders that must be included whenever keywd is specified The locked LU s keyword number See the RTE A Programmer s Reference Manual for more information Interactive Write Read The interactive WRITE READ uses the same request code as a Remote Read call and is useful for programs that must communicate with an operator using a question answer format for the exchange of information Read or write requests that reference disk LUs are not supported DEXEC dest code cnwd bufr buf1 prmi prm2 0 0 keywd dest 16 bit integer The Router 1000 node address of the node where the call is executed A value of 1 indicates local node Local execution will also be performed whenever dest equals the local node address code 16 bit integer Read request code 1 cnwd Control word Set bit 11 equal to 1 to indicate interactive write read Define the read buffer in bufr buf1 and write buffer in prm1 prm2 Bit 12 must equal zero See the RTE A Programmer s Reference Manual for more information on this parameter Because DEXEC 1 use
186. hedule the program to start at a particular time by writing a job file to execute the program and then including time and date parameters in the STREAM command that executes the job file To manually start up a PC NetIPC program enter the NetIPC name at the MS DOS prompt To execute from within MS Windows copy the NetIPC program files to your Window directory and double click with the mouse on the executable file Network Interprocess Communication 6 3 IPCCONNECT Requests a connection to another process IPCCONNECT calldesc pathdesc flags opt vcdesc result calldesc pathdesc flags opt vcdesc result 32 bit integer by value in Pascal by reference in FORTRAN Callsocket descriptor Refers to a call socket owned by the calling process 32 bit integer by value in Pascal by reference in FORTRAN Path report descriptor Refers to the path report which indicates the location of the destination call socket this is the call socket to which the connection request will be sent A path report descriptor can be obtained by calling IPCLookUp or IPCGet 32 bit integer by reference A 32 bit map of special request bits The following option is defined for this call flags 22 CHECKSUMMING input When set this flag causes TCP to enable checksumming However not setting this bit does not ensure that checksumming will not occur TCP checksum will always be performed if the peer process calls IPCRecvCn wit
187. i acre a e OR eet OR genset Ia ep REMAT Commands pilbreceriek e rd 8 A Cc Cc cCcoO06 1 1 100 0 QO Ui Un add E E 0 UU ULbJ2Lb P2 02 02 2 EF Qo 00 00 Co PRR REMAT Operation CI gt RU REMAT Local RTE command processing now in effect SW 570 572 DS Set up origin 570 and destination 572 nodes Network user s security code DS must be specified SEX Terminate REMAT Note Physical node locations are designated by the notation NODE1 xxandNODE2 xxwhere xx is the Router 1000 node address assigned by the Network Manager Logical node location those locations obtained using the REMAT Sw command are designated by the notation NODE1 the origin node and NODE2 the destination node REMAT Scheduling REMAT can be scheduled with or without the following runstring parameters REMAT Ree Je log list severity code input filedesc The name of a command file that provides REMAT commands All commands in the file must be preceded by a input The LU of the system input device Must be less than 64 Default is your terminal log The LU of the interactive message logging device Must be less than 64 Default is input LU if interactive or the value returned by LOGLU list The LU of the list device Must be less than 64 Default is the log LU severity code The error reporting code If 0 is specified all commands will be echoed and all errors will be reported this is the default If 1 is specif
188. ication recvmsg Receives vectored data on a socket The recvmsg call may be used by both the server and client processes Syntax count recvmsg socket msg flags int count socket struct msghdr msg long Parameters count socket msg flags flags Returns the number of bytes received Returns 0 if the remote process has gracefully shut down and there is no more data in the receive buffer Returns 1 if the call encounters an error Socket descriptor of a local socket that is receiving the data A pointer to the data structure msghdr which has two fields calledmsg_iovandmsg_iovlen Msg_iovisa pointer to an array of data elements and msg iovlen contains the number of data elements in the array See Discussion below for more information Optional flag options The currently supported values for flags are 0 No option MSG PEEK Option to preview incoming data If this option is set on the recvmsg call any data returned remains in the socket buffer as though it had not been read yet The next recvmsg call returns the same data Berkeley Software Distribution Interprocess Communication 4 11 select Provides synchronous socket I O multiplexing Syntax result select count reads writes exceptions timeout int result count fd_set reads writes exceptions struct timeval timeout Parameters result Returns the number of socket descriptors conta
189. ied the command echo is inhibited REMAT 8 1 REMAT Commands AT Attaches to an account at a remote Session Monitor node Do not use this command if you want the default account if the remote node does not have Session Monitor or if the remote node is an RTE A system AT user group password user group password user group password The account and optional password in the corresponding node for which a non interactive session is to be created and to which subsequent REMAT commands will non interactively attach Previous session at this node will be released For non session access this parameter is password only The first parameter indicates the logon at NODE1 the second parameter is the logon at NODE2 The AT command must be specified with one or the other it is meaningless without parameters User group and password may each be up to 10 characters in length BC Broadcasts a message to each node in your Nodal Routing Vector BC message message An ASCII string of up to 72 characters in length CL Lists the mounted cartridges at the currently switched node NODE1 on a local list LU CL LU LU The logical unit number for the local list device Must be less than 64 If LUis not specified the current list device set up by the LL command or the list LU assigned by REMAT CR Creates a disk file on the currently switched node NODE1 No data is transferred to the file CR namr namr A file descripto
190. ilure or request timeout error occurs 48 Abortive error indicates something seriously wrong A PCLOS terminated a shared slave program while one or more requests were pending from other master programs Local node not initialized or for requests made to itself local node is quiescent same as DS00 Communications line parity or other line error Communications line timeout error Illegal record size Illegal nodal address Request timeout Illegal request System table error Remote busy Illegal or missing parameters Illegal PCB PTOP Program to Program Communication PTOP 12 7 Remote I O Mapping 13 Using IOMAP Table of Contents Initialize T O Mapping io ree adan EEEE ON POR EIC PEOR I KR ne Establish a Map Using First Unused Mappable LU 00005 Establish or Changea Map ise e e e ee Rep RUE Rn Disable Map Return LU Mapping Information vw er eek OR RR e are Return Mapping Information for a Specific LU 0 eee eee eee Return Error Values exiioncaonins gees nse e eine hile elas REP RUE PODER YU Remote Interactivo Sessions iu euer vepres als d anes ele eu a e CORE Establishing the Map serra sie cae Rh REESE ERR CER eee Get the Remote System s Attention sisse Logon Obtaining a CM or Breakmode Prompt 000 e cece eee eee Error Messages 13 A 13 1 13 2 13 2 13 4 13 5 13 6 13 7 13 8 13 8 13 8 13 8 13 9 13 9 13
191. inationLUis invalid or if attempts to obtain information about the destination LU failed e 7 177771B if LUMAP is not present and active e 8 177770B if LUQUE is not present and active Second Parameter destinationLU Third Parameter destinationNode Fourth Parameter If IOMAP did not establish the map it returns the specified securityCode If IOMAP successfully established the map it returns one of the following values e 0 000000B normal completion e 1 177777B if destinationLU has either an associated infinite device timeout or a timeout larger than the user requested master timeout e 2 177T16B if destinat ionLUis associated with the bit bucket e 3 177775B if destinationLUis not a unit record device Disable Map RU IOMAP sourceLU 0 securityCode Parameters sourceLU System LU of map to be disabled securityCode Network Management security code Return Parameters First Parameter sourceLUif map was successfully disabled otherwise one of the following negative error codes e 1 1777TTB if securityCode was incorrect e 2 177776B if sourceLUis not a mappable LU e 3 177775B if Remote I O Mapping is not set up correctly e 7 177771B if LUMAP is not present and active e 8 177770B if LUQUE is not present and active Second Parameter 0 the destination LU is the bit bucket Third Parameter 0 Fourth Parameter specified securityCode Remote I O Mapping 13 5 Return LU Mapping Infor
192. ined in the select call bitmasks 1 means an error has occurred 0 means the time limit has expired and all the bitmasks are cleared count Specifies the number of sockets for select to examine Select examines socket descriptors from 0 to count 1 Currently users are allowed a maximum of 31 socket descriptors so the valid range for count is 1 to 31 Since socket descriptors are numbered starting with 0 callers should specify count as their highest socket descriptor 1 Note count specifies the number of socket descriptors for selection Hence a count of 5 means that the select call will examine socket descriptors from 0 through 4 reads Pointer to a bitmask to specify which socket descriptors from 0 to count 1 to select for reading Set the bitmask to 0 with FD ZERO ifno descriptors need to be selected for reads On return it contains a pointer to the bitmask specifying which socket descriptors from 0 to count 1 are ready for reading Use the FD SET macro and d set variable type to set the socket descriptors for reads before you issue the select call After issuing select use FD ISSET to test for the bits in the bitmask Refer to Socket Descriptor Utilities for more information on clearing setting and testing the bits in the bitmasks writes Pointer to a bitmask to specify which socket descriptors from 0 to count 1 to select for writing Set the bitmask to 0 with FD ZERO if no desc
193. information 16 bit integer Error return variable See RFA Common Parameters for more information Integer array FORTRAN Packed character array PASCAL Data buffer An array with a size equal to or greater than the value of the 1en parameter into which the requested data is placed by the system 16 bit integer Data length A variable specifying the number of words to be read See RFA Common Parameters for more information 16 bit integer Actual length in words of data read A variable to which the actual count of words transferred is returned Set to 1 if end of file is read 16 bit integer 32 bit integer Record number A variable that if positive contains the record number from which data is to be read If negative numis the number of records to backspace If omitted the record at the current position is read Meaningful for type 1 and type 2 files only For DXREA numis a double word variable gt 32767 16 bit integer Error condition location See RFA Common Parameters for more information 10 12 Remote File Access DSTAT This routine is called to obtain status information for all mounted cartridges in the cartridge directory DSTAT is equivalent to the FMGR routine FSTAT DSTAT stat err dest erlc len form op add stat err dest erlc len form op add Integer array Status buffer An array to which the cartridge directory status is returne
194. ing commas if they were included FTP 2 11 STATUS Writes the current status of FTP to the terminal STA TUS STRUCT Sets the FTP file transfer structure to the specified structure STR UCT struct_name struct_name Specifies the FTP file transfer structure Currently the only supported file transfer structure is file File structure means that there is no internal structure and the file is considered to be a continuous sequence of data bytes SYSTEM Returns the type of the operating system running on the server SY STEM TR Specifies a local command input file also called a transfer file containing FTP commands TR local file local file Specifies a local transfer file containing FTP commands FTP executes the commands in this file The TR command lets you execute FTP from a command file rather than entering each FTP command via your terminal keyboard You may include any valid FTP commands in the transfer file FTP terminates when the EXIT BYE or QUI T command is executed If the end of file is found before any of these commands control is passed back to FTP TYPE Sets the FTP file transfer type to the specified type TY PE type name type name Specifies the FTP file transfer type Currently type name may be one of the following ASCII A set the file transfer type to ASCII BINARY B I set the file transfer type to binary If this parameter is omitted TYPE displays the current FTP file
195. ion CL OSE ESCAPE Defines the TELNET escape character ES CAPE escape_char escape_char Any seven bit ASCII character except those listed in the table below The default is contro J The escape character when typed at the remote session allows you to temporarily return to the local node To go back to the remote node enter a single carriage return at the TELNET prompt Illegal TELNET Escape Characters Decimal Value ASCII Character Terminal Keys NUL null CONTROL e EOT end of transmission CONTROL g BS backspace CONTROL LF linefeed CONTROL CR carriage return CONTROL DC1 XON CONTROL DC2 CONTROL DC3 XOFF CONTROL CAN cancel CONTROL EM end of medium CONTROL RS record separator CONTROL US unit separator CONTROL DEL rubout DEL The characters in the table cannot be defined as the remote escape character because they have special terminal functions Using one of these characters may cause communication problems with the remote node Do not define escape_charto be the same as the TELNET interrupt character The TELNET interrupt character default is Y and can be redefined by the INTERRUPT command 1 4 TELNET EXIT Closes the remote connection logs off the remote session and terminates TELNET Same as QUIT EX IT HELP Displays TELNET commands and help information Same as HE LP command command Any TELNET command When a command is specified HELP
196. ion getpeername Returns the socket address of the peer socket connected to the specified local socket result getpeername socket addr addrlen int result socket addrlen struct sockaddr_in addr result 0 if the call is successful 1 if a failure occurs socket Socket descriptor of a local socket addr Pointer to an address structure that contains the socket address of the peer socket that is connected to socket The address structure should be of sockaddr_in type Refer to Preparing Socket Address Variables in the BSD IPC Reference Manual for NS ARPA 1000 and ARPA 1000 for details addrlen Pointer to an integer variable that contains the length in bytes of the address structure specified by addr for example length of structure sockaddr in which is 16 bytes On return pointer to an integer variable that contains the actual length of the peer socket address If addr does not point to enough space to contain the whole socket address of the peer socket only the first addrlen bytes of the address are filled in the structure pointed to by addr getprotobyname Returns protocol information on the specified protocol name protocol getprotobyname name struct protoent protocol char name protocol Pointer to a protoent structure that contains the protocol information returned by getprotobyname The protoent structure is defined in the include files netdb h SOCKET PASI and SOCKET FTNI for
197. ion GEN 3 26 duplicate GEN 11 5 multiple address GEN 11 4 probe proxy server GEN 3 26 raw GEN 11 2 single address GEN 11 3 NRINIT GEN 3 25 4 12 4 14 4 28 6 7 7 3 11 5 MNT 6 2 comparison mode GEN 11 9 error handling GEN 11 7 example GEN 11 12 A 34 input files GEN 11 7 memory based system GEN C 5 menu GEN 11 7 non duplicate mode GEN 11 9 permission mode GEN 11 10 replace mode GEN 11 11 runstring GEN 11 5 verify mode GEN 11 11 NRLIST GEN 4 12 4 28 6 7 11 1 MNT 6 1 dump mode MNT 6 3 raw mode MNT 6 3 runstring MNT 6 1 NRV GEN 3 30 3 35 9 22 MNT 2 18 8 6 8 11 9 27 NS Common Services GEN 1 10 4 4 remote process management USR 6 1 NS services CDS GEN 6 3 compiling programs GEN 6 3 NS ARPA planning a memory based system GEN C 1 NS ARPA common services USR 1 3 DS 1 2 BSD IPC USR 1 3 DS 1 2 FTP USR 1 3 DS 1 2 network file transfer USR 1 3 DS 1 2 network interprocess communica tion USR 1 3 DS 1 2 remote process management USR 1 3 DS 1 2 TELNET USR 1 3 DS 1 2 NS ARPA files GEN 3 6 NS ARPA program statistics MNT NS ARPA programs GEN 9 12 NS ARPA 1000 architecture GEN 1 8 NS ARPA 1000 remote process management MSG 5 1 NS ARPA 1000 user services USR 1 3 DS 1 2 NS 1000 CMD OF_NS CMD GEN 6 1 NSABP REL GEN 5 3 NSERR MSG MNT 1 6 NSERRS MSG GEN 4 15 4 29 6 7 NSINF GEN 4 13 4 28 6 7 MNT 2 1 USR 1 9 command MNT 2 2 command MNT 2 2 Acommand MN
198. is command to set your terminal to XON XOFF protocol CI cn session 34b 1b 3 Use TELNET to log on to the remote DEC VAX host 4 Once you are logged on to the DEC VAX host execute this command set terminal vt100 Youcan put this command in your LOGIN COM file for automatic execution whenever you log on to the DEC VAX system 5 Set your terminal to ANSI term type See your terminal documentation for instructions 6 When you have completed your TELNET session on the DEC VAX host and returned to the local HP 1000 host reset your terminal to HP term type See your terminal documentation for instructions 7 Restore the local host to ENQ ACK protocol by executing CI cn session 34b 2b Chained TELNET Sessions Chaining makes it possible to hop across the network to different hosts If you chain several TELNET sessions you may want to select a unique escape character for each host in the chain using the ESCAPE command Then you can escape to the node of your choice by issuing the appropriate escape character If all nodes use the same escape character you can only escape to your ocal node you cannot escape to an intermediate node If you chain TELNET sessions the QUIT or EXIT command will terminate all sessions close all connections and return you to the local host If however you log off the remote host only the most recent TELNET session is closed Any other chained sessions are still active If TELNET termin
199. is set on the recv call any data returned remains in the socket buffer as though it had not been read yet The next recv call returns the same data Berkeley Software Distribution Interprocess Communication 4 9 recvfrom Receives datagrams from a socket The recv rom call may be used by both the server and client processes Syntax count recvfrom socket buffer len flags addr addrlen int count socket len addrlen char buffer long flags struct sockaddr in addr Parameters count Returns the number of bytes actually received Returns 1 if the call encounters an error socket Socket descriptor of the local socket receiving data buffer Byte pointer to the data buffer len Maximum number of bytes that will be returned into the buffer referenced by buffer No more than 1en bytes of data are received If the next datagram is larger than 1en bytes the remaining bytes are discarded flags Optional flag options The currently supported values for flags are 0 No option MSG PEEK Option to preview incoming data If this option is set on the recv rom call any data returned remains in the socket buffer as though it had not been read yet The next recvfrom call returns the same data addr Pointer to a structure containing the socket address of the remote socket which sent the data addrlen Length in bytes of the returned address structure 4 10 Berkeley Software Distribution Interprocess Commun
200. is to be generated If this parameter is omitted NLIST lists the remote working directory local file Specifies a valid file path on the local HP 1000 host to store the directory listing If this parameter is omitted the directory listing is displayed on your terminal OPEN Establishes a connection with a specified remote host O PEN host host Specifies the host to which you want to log on You may use the host s node name or IP address The syntax for the host node name is node domain organization and the syntax for the IP address is nnn nnn nnn nnn Both are further described in the NS ARPA 1000 User Programmer Reference Manual PROMPT Toggles interactive prompting for multiple file operations Interactive prompting occurs during multiple file operations to allow you to selectively proceed with each file By default interactive mode is enabled PR OMPT PUT Transfers a local file to the remote host Same as SEND PU T local file remote file local file Specifies a valid file path on the local host to be transferred remote file Specifies a valid file path on the remote host to be transferred into If this parameter is omitted FTP uses the local file path as the file name on the remote host If a remote file name is specified without a directory the current working directory on the remote host is used Ifa remote file with the same file name already exists it is overwritten without warning FTP 2 9 PWD
201. ist of the error messages for HP 1000 BSD IPC Table 4 3 Error Messages Value of errno Error Mnemonic ENFILE Currently there are no resources available EINVAL One ofthe following occurred The value of a specified parameter is invalid The socket is not a BSD IPC socket The socket has already been shut down The socket is not ready to accept connections yet A listen call must be done before an accept call The socket is already bound to an address EAGAIN Nonblocking I O is enabled and 1 foraccept no connection is present to be accepted 2 for send the socket does not have space to accept any data at all EEFAULT For getsockopt and setsockopt the optval or opt len parameter is not valid EMFILE The maximum number of socket descriptors for this process are already currently open This could happen since sockets need to be created for internal use EPIPE An attempt was made to send on a socket whose connection has been shut down by the remote peer process EMSGSIZE In nonblocking mode the socket requires that messages be sent atomically and the message size exceeded the outbound buffer size ENOTSOCK The socket descriptor socket is not a valid Socket descriptor The requested socket option is currently not set The specified protocol is not supported ESOCKTNOSUPPORT The specified socket type is not supported in this address family 2 EOPNOTSUPP The socket descriptor socket
202. it is notified that the child program is successfully scheduled or an error occurs Check the result parameter for an error e flags 31 session sharing input When set this flag causes the child program to share a session with other child programs The parent must set this bit for each child that is to share the same session The default is zero 0 for no session sharing the child program is scheduled in a new session Regardless of how 1ags 31 is set session sharing will occur on the local node in the parent program s session if nodename and 1oginlen are specified as follows e nodename specifies the local node or nodelen is zero e loginlenis zero e flags 32 dependent input When set this flag causes the scheduled child program to be dependent on the parent program When the parent program terminates the child program terminates automatically The default is zero 0 making the child program independent The scheduled child program continues executing on its own even after the parent program terminates Byte array Pascal Word array FORTRAN by reference An array of options and associated information The format of an opt array is the same as the NetIPC opt The options are equivalent to some RTE A commands and calls dealing with program scheduling Refer to the RTE A User s Manual and RTE A Programmer s Reference Manual for more information on the RTE A commands and calls A detailed description of RP
203. itmask FD_CLR socket bitmask int socket fd set bitmask socket Socket descriptor of a local socket bitmask Pointer to a variable of a set type which contains the bitmask of the socket descriptors Berkeley Software Distribution Interprocess Communication 4 33 FD_ISSET Tests whether the specified socket descriptor s bit is set in the specified bitmask result FD ISSET socket bitmask int result socket fd set bitmask result Result of FD ISSET call result 1 means the bit is set for the specified socket descriptor socket Otherwise result 0 socket Socket descriptor of a local socket bitmask Pointer to a d set variable type which contains the bitmask of the socket descriptors FD SET Sets the specified socket descriptor s bit in the bitmask FD SET socket bitmask int socket fd set bitmask socket Socket descriptor of a local socket bitmask Pointer to a variable of type d set which contains the bitmask of the socket descriptors FD ZERO Clears the entire bitmask FD ZERO bitmask fd set bitmask bitmask Pointer to a variable of type d set which contains the bitmask of the socket descriptors 4 34 Berkeley Software Distribution Interprocess Communication Error Messages Errnois a standard error variable used in UNIX programming For portability the C library HPC LIB also returns error values in a global variable called errno The following is a l
204. key and the character Y simultaneously 10 TELNET Table of Contents Applicationand Connectivity Considerations 0c cece eee ee Connection Considerations erica Opie aid aged ad KC o Re ro Terminal Settings to DEC VAX Computers sccsrisescccriiesiceriierie Chained TELNET SESSIONS mein nente Ron e Block Mode Considerations oiiuniii esee xem en E Oo DD 0 OQ Un Un Un d e UY UN NN A Application and Connectivity Considerations There are several considerations to keep in mind when using TELNET In certain cases it may take longer to send terminal data from the physical terminal over the network to the remote node than the time allowed by an application program If the program fails to receive the needed data it will result in error User written applications that are expected to run over TELNET should be written with this in mind TELNET does not support HP 12040D MUX firmware with revision earlier than 5 02 Make sure your application runs locally without errors before executing it over a TELNET connection Different terminals and computers may have different configuration requirements Block mode applications have a limited number of supported configurations when using TELNET Refer to Block Mode Considerations Connection Considerations There are several connectivity considerations Only one connection for each TELNET user can be open at a time HP does not support multiple connections per each
205. l BSD 5 47 ntohs BSD 5 48 O O NONBLOCK option BSD 4 11 OFFERI NFT message MSG 3 32 OFFERR NFT message MSG 3 38 OFFERT NFT message MSG 3 29 OPEN command FTP USR 3 58 TELNET USR 2 19 Open Systems Interconnection mod el USR 1 1 operator commands software mod ules GEN 4 26 OPERM GEN 4 20 4 26 4 30 4 31 4 32 6 7 9 11 opt array RPM options USR 6 13 opt parameter USR 5 17 5 19 adding an argument USR 5 73 initialization USR 5 77 Index 23 obtaining option code and data USR 5 79 OPTARGUMENTS structure USR 5 21 RPM USR 6 5 6 12 structure USR 5 20 option groups RPM USR 6 18 6 19 options RPM USR 6 13 6 18 RPMCreate USR 6 18 organization in node names USR 1 8 organization field GEN 3 5 OSI model USR 1 1 Application layer USR 1 2 Data Link layer USR 1 2 Network layer USR 1 2 Physical layer USR 1 2 Presentation layer USR 1 2 Session layer USR 1 2 Transport layer USR 1 2 OUTPRO GEN 4 11 4 28 6 7 MNT 9 1 9 15 class number MNT 2 9 OVER DSCOPY option USR 4 9 overview BSD 1 1 P packet exchange MSG 1 18 packet exchange protocol See PXP parameter modification MNT 8 1 parameters RPM USR 6 5 parent directory accessing in FTP USR 3 19 parent node RPM GEN C 8 parent program MSG 5 1 RPM USR 6 4 6 14 session sharing USR 6 16 partition DSAM GEN 6 4 reserved USR 6 24 RPM USR 6 24 Pascal NetIPC USR 5 83 Pascal header file BSD B 24 PASCAL LIB GEN 5 1
206. l bufz GET call Size of master Not used lenwords from Not used buffer specified in this buffer are master transmitted to master ACEPT Called from a slave program to accept and complete a master request obtained via a GET call ACEPT tag err buf tag Tag field to be returned to master program In a PREAD request the actual length of the buffer being transferred should be passed in this parameter err 16 bit integer Error return buf Data buffer containing the data to be transferred in a PREAD input output request and optionally in a PWRIT request 12 6 Program to Program Communication PTOP REJCT Called from a slave program to reject a master request obtained via a GET call REJCT tag err tag Tag field err 16 bit integer Error return FINIS Called from a slave program to terminate communication with a master program Cannot be used if the master program resides on an HP 3000 FINIS Error Codes The following error codes are returned to the err parameter of PTOP master or PTOP slave calls Table 12 3 PTOP Error Codes Message Meaning O Not enough parameters Remote program not defined No remote system room to initiate communication Remote program not open correctly PCB was destroyed A PWRIT PREAD Or PCONT call has been issued to a slave program which is dormant May occur in PTOP slave subroutine calls when a communications line error system table validity check fa
207. l structure as follows node domain organization Each node domain and organization name may be a maximum of 16 characters long The maximum total length of a fully qualified node name is 50 characters All alphanumeric characters are allowed including the underscore _ and dash characters but the first character of each parameter must be alphabetic Loading NetlPC Programs HP 1000 NetIPC programs should be compiled and linked as CDS programs Refer to the RTE A Programmer s Reference Manual and RTE A Link Manual for more information on CDS programs After the program is linked an RTE executable file type 6 is ready to be scheduled Process Scheduling There are at least six different ways listed below to schedule a remote HP 1000 NetIPC process from another HP 1000 node A remote HP 1000 NetIPC process must be ready to execute by being an RTE type 6 file e Remote Process Management RPM The RPMCreate call programmatically schedules a program Program to Program communication PTOP The POPEN call programmatically schedules a program e Distributed EXEC DEXEC One of the DEXEC scheduling calls such as DEXEC 9 10 12 23 24 programmatically schedules a program e REMAT The REMAT QU queue schedule a program without wait command interactively schedules a program TELNET virtual terminal Logon remotely with TELNET and use the RTE XQ schedule a program without wait command to interactively sch
208. l structure contains two fields tv_sec and tv_usec The timeout parameter works as follows If both tv_sec and tv_usec are 0 select returns immediately after checking the descriptors If either tv_sec or tv_usec is non zero then select returns when one of the specified descriptors is ready for I O but select does not wait beyond the specified amount of time in number of seconds and microseconds If the timeval pointer itself is 0 then select waits indefinitely and returns only when one of the selected descriptors is ready for I O Berkeley Software Distribution Interprocess Communication 4 13 send Sends data on a socket The send call may be used by both the server and client processes Syntax count send socket buffer len flags int count socket len char buffer long flags Parameters count Returns the number of bytes actually sent Returns 1 if the call encounters an error socket Socket descriptor of a local socket that is sending the data buffer Byte pointer to a buffer which contains the data to be sent len Number of bytes that need to be sent from the data buffer In blocking mode there is no restriction on the size of data to be sent except for that imposed by the system which currently is 32767 bytes In nonblocking mode if the data is too long to pass atomically through the underlying protocol the message is not transmitted 1 is returned and errno is set to EMSGSIZE
209. lay with command USR 3 20 command summary BSD 3 1 3 2 common blank GEN 5 13 labeled GEN 5 13 system GEN 5 13 communication block size Bisync GEN 12 7 communication links GEN 1 3 1 14 USR 1 1 DS 1 1 BISYNC USR 1 7 DS 1 6 1 7 data link DS 1 6 Ethernet USR 1 7 DS 1 6 HDLC USR 1 7 DS 1 6 1 7 IEEE 802 3 USR 1 7 DS 1 6 LAN USR 1 7 DS 1 6 1 7 X25 USR 1 7 DS 1 6 1 7 COMPDATA NFT message MSG 3 16 COMPEOD NFT message MSG 3 16 compiling programs GEN 6 3 COMPMARKER NFT message MSG 3 17 computer network USR 1 1 DS 1 1 configuration GEN 3 1 configuration files FSV 4 2 configured resources statistics MNT 2 7 connect site path report MNT 9 7 See also CSR connect BSD 2 5 3 1 3 5 3 7 3 11 4 8 7 2 connection acceptance server BSD 3 9 connection establishment BSD 2 5 connection requesting client BSD 3 11 connection requesting from client BSD 4 8 connection requests acceptance BSD 3 9 connection shutdown BSD 4 43 connection termination BSD 2 10 3 15 connections USR 5 2 CONSM GEN 4 15 4 29 6 7 7 3 MNT 9 72 memory based system GEN C 6 control buffer messages MSG 1 31 tracing MNT 5 23 5 26 control request RPM MSG 5 13 controlling programs RPM USR 6 9 copy descriptor USR 4 6 COPY3K GEN 12 10 cost matrix GEN 9 24 MNT 9 26 create a session DLGON DS 7 8 creating a call socket USR 5 4 cross system checksumming USR 5 28 5 29
210. ld be at least 16 bytes Berkeley Software Distribution Interprocess Communication 4 3 connect Initiates a connection request on a socket This call is issued by the client process to connect to a specified server process Syntax result connect socket addr addrlen int result socket addrlen struct sockaddr in addr Parameters result 0 if connect is successful 1 if a failure occurs socket Socket descriptor of a local socket requesting a connection addr Pointer to a structure containing the socket address of the remote server socket to which the connection is to be established The socket address should be of sockaddr in type Refer to Preparing Socket Addresses in the BSD IPC Reference Manual for NS ARPA 1000 and ARPA 1000 for details addrlen Length in bytes of the address structure specified by addr for example length of structure sockaddr in which is 16 bytes Addrlen should be at least 16 bytes 4 4 Berkeley Software Distribution Interprocess Communication fentl Provides socket I O control Can be used to set nonblocking I O mode for the specified socket Syntax result fentl socket cmd status int socket cmd long result status Parameters result 0 if cnt1 is successful 1 ifa failure occurs socket Socket descriptor of a local socket cmd Command to get or set socket status The possible values for cmd are F GETFL Get the socket status The status value i
211. le MNT 9 41 master timeout modifying MNT 8 14 MATIC GEN 4 18 4 30 6 7 Mbuf MNT 9 62 MDELETE command FTP USR 3 47 MDIR command FTP USR 3 48 memory APLDR GEN C 4 RAM disk GEN C 1 memory allocation system genera tion GEN 5 12 memory areas GEN 4 2 memory buffer MNT 9 62 memory manager GEN 4 3 MNT 9 61 memory based system GEN C 1 APLDR GEN C 4 CI GEN C 6 C 7 CM GEN C 7 download GEN 13 1 13 2 13 7 C 1 DS file transparency GEN C 2 DSAM GEN C 3 EVMON GEN C 5 file protection GEN C 6 file usage GEN C 5 FTP GEN C 2 C 6 HDLC GEN C 1 HPMDM GEN C 7 LAN GEN C 1 loading programs GEN C 4 LOGON GEN C 6 LU GEN C 5 MMINIT GEN C 3 multiuser GEN C 6 multiuser system GEN C 2 NFT GEN C 2 C 6 NRINIT GEN C 5 NS ARPA GEN C 1 C 2 NSINIT GEN C 3 C 5 PROMT GEN C 6 C 7 pseudo terminal LU GEN C 7 RAM disk GEN C 1 C 4 RPM GEN C 8 single user GEN C 6 single user system GEN C 2 TELNET GEN C 2 C 6 VC GEN C 6 memory based system GEN C 6 MEMRY module GEN C 4 message MNT 9 3 9 12 DS 3000 MNT 9 49 message accounting MNT 9 17 9 30 DS 1 7 messages MSG 7 12 See also MA statistics MNT 2 16 message files BREVL GEN 6 7 BRTRC GEN 6 7 DSCOPY GEN 6 7 DSCOPY HLP GEN 6 7 EVMON GEN 6 7 EXPORTS GEN 6 7 FMTRC GEN 6 7 FSRV GEN 6 7 FTP GEN 6 7 FTP HLP GEN 6 7 INETD GEN 6 7 LOGCHG GEN 6 7 NRLIST GEN 6 7 NSERRS MSG GEN 6 7 NSINITMSG GEN 6 7 NSTRC GEN 6
212. le You must explicitly declare FOPEN as an integer function in your FORTRAN 77 and Pascal 1000 programs Sets the logical record pointer to any record within a disk file The file must have only fixed length records FRDIR FREADDIR Performs a read operation on a specified logical record from a disk file to the user s buffer The file must have only fixed length or undefined length records FRDSK FREADSEEK Seeks out and performs a transfer of a specific logical record from a disk file to a buffer prior to a call to the FRDIR intrinsic The file referenced must allow 1 O buffering and have fixed length or undefined length records FREAD FREAD Performs a read operation of a logical record from a file on any device to the user s buffer The record read is determined by the current position of the logical record pointer This intrinsic returns an integer value representing the number of words or bytes read You must explicitly declare FREAD as an integer function in your FORTRAN 77 and Pascal 1000 programs FREADLABEL Performs a read operation on your disk file label FRLAT FRELATE Obtains information about the interactive duplicative attributes of a specified file pair A value is returned that represents the current attributes of the files You must explicitly declare FRLAT as an integer function in your FORTRAN 77 and Pascal 1000 programs FRENAME Renames a disk file FSPAC FSPACE Performs forward or backward spacing over a specified number
213. le or device by default Causes commands to be echoed to the list file or device This is the default if ECHO is issued without a parameter O EX Exits DSCOPY EX LL Changes the list file or device LL 1filedev lfiledev The name of a list file or the LU of a device Network File Transfer 5 5 RU Runs a program from within DSCOPY RU progname progname The name of the program to be run SHOW Shows all currently active copy descriptor defaults set with the DEFAULT command SH OW TRANSFER Transfers control to a command file or device TR ANSFER cmdfiledev cmdfiledev The name of the command file or the LU of the device that will have control WD Displays or changes the current working directory WD directoryname directoryname The name of the new working directory May be a subdirectory HELP Requests help information for any command or copy descriptor option commandoption commandoption Any DSCOPY command or copy descriptor option 5 6 Network File Tansfer Programmatic Network File Transfer Two calls are provided to copy files programmatically DscopyBuild and Dscopy The DscopyBuild call creates a copy descriptor that can be used by the Dscopy call to copy the file or files specified DSCOPY Copies a file or files DSCOPY builtdescriptor result builtdescriptor result Character array FORTRAN String PASCAL A buffer of variable le
214. length in bytes of data which is to be included in the opt array Must be only one of the following values 0 6 or 7 No other values are allowed e Ifthe length is 0 there isno data The child program is restored under a system assigned name The child is always restored as a permanent ID segment e Ifthe length is 6 it is assumed that the program name is specified in data and no cloning is to occur e Ifthe length is 7 both the program name and letter C are specified The letter C signifies to create a clone name Packed array of characters Pascal word array FORTRAN by reference A six or seven byte array The first six bytes are the name under which the child program should be restored Ifthe name is not specified the program will be restored under a system assigned name The returned name is the first five characters of the child program name minus the directory path and file type extension If the seventh byte contains the character C a clone name is to be created If the specified or assigned name from the first six bytes is already assigned a clone name is created For more information about cloning refer to the RTE A User s Manual 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 bytes child program name 7 10 Remote Process Management RPMCREATE RPMCreate Option 23020 Assign Partition RTE A System Equivalent AS command documented in the RTE A User s Manual AddOpt Parameters optioncode datalength data 16 bit intege
215. log records EVMON Header Each time a user schedules EVMON EVMON writes the following header to the log file or device currentTime Event Log at nodeName where current Time is the system time at which EVMON was scheduled and nodeName is the name of the node at which EVMON is running and currentTime is the system time at which EVMON was scheduled For example Tue Apr 8 1986 10 13 50 pm Event Log at ANNE LAB HP1000 Maintenance Utilities 14 7 Log Records The log file contains log records Log records consist of two parts e the first part is the log record header e the second part is the log message The log record header and log message are illustrated below currentTime EventClass Entity Location XX yy LogMask ProcessName Session LogMessage The log record header may include the current Time which is the current system time The currentTime is not printed if there is less than one second difference between it and the last current Time printed BREVL Scheduling RU BREVL LOGCHG Scheduling logmask B RESOURCELIM DISASTER RU LOGCHG ERROR WARNING EVENT PROLOG LOGSTATS LOGCHG evaluates the runstring parameters as an expression and sets the log mask 10gMask to the new value The parameters are delimited by a plus minus comma or a blank A space LOGCHG uses two operators when evaluating the expression and The represents logical addition bit inclusion the repre
216. lose files or terminate programs DMESS is the remote proces sing version of the RTE subroutine MESSS Refer to the RTE A Programmer s Reference Manual part number 92077 90007 for more information on MESSS DSERR Returns expanded error information about a reported error in your program s most recent PTOP RFA or DEXEC request Do not use DSERR if your PTOP master calls are made to an HP 3000 slave program if you are using HP 3000 RFA calls or if you are calling the utility subroutines HELLO BYE Or PRCNM DSERR erbf noder 1q1 r1 erbf Integer array FORTRAN Packed character array PASCAL ASCII error message return buffer Must be an array of at least 24 words The message is of the form DS ERROR xxxx qq REPORTING NODE nnnnnwhere XXXX May contain either the ASCII or numeric converted to ASCII error code qq Is the error code qualifier nnnnn Is the node number reporting the error noder 16 bit integer A positive integer to which the reporting node number is returned lglfr 16 bit integer A positive integer to which the qualifier code is returned DS GETNAME Obtains a node name from system nodenames given the node number Error DS GetName Node Nodename Error 16 bit integer Anerror code is returned here indicating whether a match was made with the node number in the system nodenames file or a negative FMP error code FMP 302 indicates the node number was not found in the system nodenames
217. m and DSCOPY This routine is described in the RTE A Programmer s Reference Manual Network File Transfer 5 9 Error Messages The following error messages are returned to the current list device when DSCOPY is run interactively DSCOPY User Error Messages eme Mw APPEND overrides REPLACE or OVERWRITE NFT 1000 WARN 1 option overrides previous data type setting NFT 1000 WARN 2 OVERWRITE overrides APPEND or REPLACE NFT 1000 WARN 4 option overrides previous setting NFT 1000 WARN 5 option overrides previous record type setting NFT 1000 WARN 6 REPLACE overrides APPEND or OVERWRITE NFT 1000 WARN 7 Source logon or node name overrides previous setting NFT 1000 WARN 8 Target logon or node name overrides previous setting NFT 1000 WARN 9 Input line too long NFT 1000 ERR 10 Cannot find closing quotation mark NFT 1000 ERR 13 No source file was given NFT 1000 ERR 14 Cannot find last square bracket for logon string NFT 1000 ERR 15 Logon string is too long NFT 1000 ERR 16 Node name is too long NFT 1000 ERR 17 File name is too long NFT 1000 ERR 18 Illegal command NFT 1000 ERR 19 Unknown command NFT 1000 ERR 20 option is an unknown copy descriptor option NFT 1000 ERR 21 5 10 Network File Transfer Only APPEND OVERWRITE Or REPLACE can be in effect at one time Only ASCII or BINARY may be in effect at one time One of these op
218. mand Pass string none Assign partition AS command Set program priority PR command Change working set size WS command Change VMA space size VS command Change CDS code size CD command Change CDS data size DT command not exactly like RTE If used only one can be specified Time list scheduling EXEC 12 call Immediate schedule w o wait EXEC 10 call Queue schedule w o wait EXEC 24 call Run program FmpRunProgram Remote Process Management 7 7 RPMCREATE RPMCREATE Options At the same time that a child program is scheduled some equivalent RTE A commands can be sent to the child program using the RPMCreate options The options are listed in Table 7 1 and are explained in the following subsections The options and related data are placed into the opt array by using the AddOpt call This call is documented in Special NetIPC Calls in the Network Interprocess Communication section of the NS ARPA 1000 User Programmer Reference Manual The AddOpt call uses all the parameters listed below However the following subsections present only the optioncode datalength and data parameters because these are the parameters that have specific values for each RPMCreate option ADDOPT opt argnum optioncode datalength data error AddOpt Parameters opt Byte array PASCAL Word array FORTRAN by reference The opt parameter to which you want to add an argument Refer to Opt Parameter in the Network Interpr
219. mation RU IOMAP sourceLU 1 Parameters sourceLU The mappable LU for which you want IOMAP to display information If you specify a non mappable LU IOMAP will display map information for the first mappable LU greater than sourceLU Return Parameters First Parameter The sourceLU If sourceLUis not mappable this will be the first mappable LU greater than sourceLU Otherwise it is one of the following negative error codes e 2 177T16B if the sourceLUis not a mappable LU and there are no mappable LUs greater than sourceLU e 3 177775B if Remote I O Mapping is not set up correctly Second Parameter destination LU of map for the LU returned in the first parameter Third Parameter destination node number of map for the LU returned in the first parameter Fourth Parameter The type of remote operating system SOPSYS value as documented in the RTE A manual set 13 6 Remote I O Mapping Return Mapping Information for a Specific LU RU LOMAP sourceLU 2 Parameters sourceLU The mappable LU for which you want IOMAP to display information Return Parameters First Parameter sourceLU or the following negative error code e 3ifI O mapping is not initialized correctly Second Parameter destination node or the following negative error code e 1 177777B if sourceLUis not mappable Third Parameter destination LU If the first return parameter is not a mappable LU IOMAP returns one of the following
220. message MSG 3 28 cancellation MA statistic MNT 2 17 case reporting FSV 2 2 casefolding FSV 3 3 catalog files INETD C000 GEN 6 7 CD command FTP USR 3 28 CDS DS 1000 IV services GEN 6 3 libraries GEN 6 3 memory based system GEN C 6 NS services GEN 6 3 RPM USR 6 24 6 39 RPM programs USR 6 3 6 4 6 14 CDS programs BSD 1 1 USR 1 8 APLDR GEN C 4 Bisync DS 1 7 memory based system GEN C 4 X25 DS 1 7 CDUP FTP message MSG 4 2 chained TELNET sessions USR 2 3 2 20 changing file ownership FSV 3 3 char data type BSD 3 17 checking the status of a connection USR 5 8 checksum MNT 2 9 checksumming cross system USR 5 28 5 29 5 31 child node RPM GEN C 8 child program GEN 4 16 RPM USR 6 4 6 21 CI memory based system GEN C 6 C 7 CI programs from FTP USR 3 17 class I O rethreads MNT 9 19 class number GEN 4 33 MNT 2 24 2 29 IFP MNT 2 9 INPRO MNT 2 9 OUTPRO MNT 2 9 requirement GEN 9 26 system generation GEN 5 12 client setup BSD 3 10 client process BSD 2 3 client request types FSV 5 2 file system request FSV 5 2 mount request FSV 5 2 portmapper request FSV 5 2 client server model BSD 2 3 clients maximum number USR 5 80 CLOSE command FTP USR 3 29 TELNET USR 2 11 CM memory based system GEN C 7 CMNDO monitor USR 3 14 CNSLM GEN 4 25 4 26 4 32 6 7 9 11 MNT 9 60 code and data separated programs DS 1 7 command input file FTP USR 3 74 command stack FTP disp
221. messages MSG 2 1 tracing MNT 5 19 socket sharing cross system USR 5 28 SOCKETFTNI file BSD B 35 socket h file BSD B 10 B 18 SOCKETPASI file BSD B 24 socket BSD 2 5 3 1 3 2 3 8 4 45 socketname parameter USR 5 17 sockets BSD 2 1 GEN 9 8 9 12 binding address BSD 3 8 3 11 call USR 5 5 creating BSD 3 8 description USR 5 2 detecting connection requests USR 5 65 exception selecting USR 5 65 exceptional USR 5 64 maximum number USR 5 26 naming USR 5 5 performing a read select USR 5 65 performing a write select USR 5 65 readable USR 5 64 root GEN 9 12 shutting down a call socket USR 5 70 shutting down a path report des criptor USR 5 71 shutting down a VC socket USR 5 71 synchronous and asynchronous USR 5 14 virtual circuit USR 5 6 writeable USR 5 64 software DEXEC modules GEN 4 27 troubleshooting MNT 1 5 software level GEN 3 36 9 23 software manuals PRDC1 GEN 4 29 software modules GEN 4 10 SEND GEN 4 18 4 30 6 7 ALARM GEN 4 16 APLDR GEN 4 20 4 23 4 30 4 31 6 7 BREVL GEN 4 12 4 28 6 7 BRTRC GEN 4 12 4 28 6 7 CNSLM GEN 4 25 4 26 4 32 6 7 CONSM GEN 4 15 4 29 6 7 7 3 DEXEC GEN 4 19 DLIST GEN 4 20 4 30 6 7 DSCOPY GEN 4 15 4 29 6 7 DSCOPY HLP GEN 4 29 DSLIN GEN 4 25 4 32 6 7 DSMOD GEN 4 14 4 18 4 29 4 30 6 7 DSO GEN 4 11 DSRTR GEN 4 13 4 28 6 7 6 8 DSTES GEN 4 27 4 32 6 7 DSVCP GEN 4 23 4 24 4 31 6 7 EVMON GEN 4 12 EX
222. mily used Must be set to AF INET 4 22 Berkeley Software Distribution Interprocess Communication gethostbyname Returns host information on the host with the specified host name host gethostbyname name host struct host char name host Pointer to the hostent structure that contains host information The hostent structure is defined in the include files netdb h SOCKET PASI and SOCKET FTNI for C Pascal and FORTRAN programs respectively name Pointer to string that contains the name of the host about whom you need to obtain information Terminate the string with the Vo character gethostent Reads the next line of the etc hosts file and returns the host information host gethostent struct hostent host host Pointer to a hostent structure containing host information The hostent structure is defined in the include files netdb h SOCKET PASI and SOCKET FTNI for C Pascal and FORTRAN programs respectively getlocalname Returns the name of the host local system error getlocalname hostname character hostname integer 2 error error Is an integer that returns 0 for success or non zero if the network is down hostname Returns a FORTRAN character string for the local node name The hostname string is limited to 50 characters Berkeley Software Distribution Interprocess Communication 4 23 getnetbyaddr Returns network information on the specified network number
223. ming a call socket USR 5 5 namr USR 1 10 DS 1 9 Index 19 syntax USR 1 11 DS 1 9 neighbor node GEN 3 37 9 23 netdb h file BSD B 10 B 17 NetIPC GEN 1 10 MNT 2 19 9 2 9 5 USR 1 4 MSG 5 9 DS 1 2 See also Network IPC cross system USR 5 25 5 27 5 28 5 29 5 31 cross system calls USR 5 26 IPCControl USR 5 38 RPM USR 6 2 6 5 6 12 sockets GEN 9 12 troubleshooting MNT 1 10 1 11 user record GEN 9 12 VC connection establishment MNT 9 8 NetIPC calls AddOpt USR 5 73 AdrOf USR 5 75 example of use USR 5 80 5 83 5 122 InitOpt USR 5 77 IPCCreate USR 5 40 IPCDest USR 5 42 IPCGet USR 5 45 IPCGive USR 5 46 IPCLookUp USR 5 48 IPCName USR 5 50 IPCNamErase USR 5 52 IPCRecv USR 5 53 IPCRecvCn USR 5 60 IPCSelect USR 5 63 IPCSend USR 5 67 IPCShutDown USR 5 70 ReadOpt USR 5 79 RPM USR 6 5 special USR 5 72 NetIPC common parameters USR 5 17 NetIPC syntax conventions USR 5 34 network GEN 1 3 broadcast GEN 1 5 bus GEN 1 5 directly connected GEN 1 5 planning GEN 2 2 point to point GEN 1 4 remote GEN 1 5 topology point to point GEN B 1 network account table MNT 9 41 network address BSD D 6 GEN 3 18 USR 1 9 network architecture GEN 1 7 USR 1 1 network boundary GEN 1 5 3 8 Ethernet GEN 3 8 IEEE 802 3 GEN 3 8 LAN GEN 3 8 Index 20 Router 1000 GEN 3 8 Network File Transfer See NFT network file transfer USR 1 3 1 4 4
224. mr1 is not a file default is type 3 size If given must be positive default is 10 blocks if namr1 is an LU or is equal to the size of namr1 when namr1 is a file format The format of the data being transferred Default is derived from namr1 if namr1 is a file otherwise default is ASCII The choices are AS ASCII BR Binary relocatable checksum is performed BN Binary no checksum is performed BA Binary absolute checksum is performed mode Transfer mode May be entered when both namr1 and namr2 are files A non zero value causes both files to be opened as type 1 to increase the rate of data transfer Extents are copied if both source and destination nodes support extendable type 1 or 2 files You cannot use non zero transfer mode for storing hierarchical file system files with odd byte length records to nodes with non hierarchical file systems REMAT 8 7 SW Changes or displays the origination and or destination nodes of subsequent REMAT commands The SW command can be used in four different ways To display the current values of NODE1 and NODE2 SW To set NODE1 and NODE2 SW NODE1 NODE2 security code To set NODE1 and NODE2 to the local node address SW LO CAL To attach to a specific account SW NODE1 user group password NODE2 user group password security code NODE1 Ifa REMAT command requires one node it uses NODE1 If the command requires two nodes then NODE1 is the node from which action
225. n organization which is further described in the NS ARPA 1000 User Programmer Reference Manual Default You may omit the organization organization and domain or all parts of the node name When organization or organization and domain are omitted they will default to the local organization and or domain If the nodelen parameter is set to zero nodename is ignored and the node name defaults to the local node 32 bit non negative integer by value in Pascal by reference in FORTRAN Length in bytes of the nodename parameter If nodelen is zero 0 the nodename parameter is ignored In this case it is assumed that the parent is either terminating a dependent child program that it previously scheduled or the child program is on the local node 32 bit non negative integer by reference The result of the RPMKi11 request zero if no error If result is not zero an error has occurred Errors are defined in the NS ARPA 1000 Error Message and Recover Manual 7 20 Remote Process Management RPM Error Codes These error codes are returned in the result parameter of Remote Process Management RPM calls Refer to the NS ARPA 1000 Error Messages and Recovery Manual for more complete explanations of these error codes RPM Error Codes me emm O A memweeme 0 Remote Process Management 7 21 REMAT Table of Contents REMAT Operation 0 ieee mid eens eb RR ede Mead qa P RE RIARCE WR EY ene REMAT Scheduling it vera OR PS aca
226. n Internet network address and a local node address IPaddr inet_makeaddr net node struct in_addr IPaddr u_long net node IPaddr Internet IP address constructed from the specified network address and node address IP addresses for the Internet family are stored in an address variable of type in_addr Refer to Preparing Socket Addresses in BSD IPC Reference Manual for NS ARPA 1000 and ARPA 1000 for more information on in_addr net Internet network number that defines the network on which a node resides The network number makes up a portion of an IP address node Internet node address that defines the address of a node within a network The node address makes up a portion of an IP address inet netof Breaks apart an IP address and returns the network address portion of the IP address network inet netof IPaddr u long network struct in addr IPaddr network Network address portion of the IP address returned by inet netof IPaddr IP address of the local host IP addresses for the Internet family are stored in an address variable of type in_addr inet network Interprets character strings representing numbers in the Internet standard dot notation and returns numbers suitable for use as Internet network numbers network inet network string struct in addr network char string network Internet network number returned by inet network string Pointer to character string representing
227. n be invoked with or without the following parameters FTP i 1 filenamell n tfilename v g ql u username password host i Disables interactive prompting during multiple file operations Interactive prompting lets you selectively proceed with each file l filename Logs FTP output to 1ename in addition to the user s terminal If filename is omitted then FTP LOG is used There must be no space between 1 and the file name If filename already exists output is appended to the file n Disables auto login If auto login is disabled you must use the USER command to login to a remote host If auto login is enabled FTP prompts for a user name once a connection is established to a remote host tfilename Accepts input from the transfer file specified by filename There must be no space between t and the file name v Enables verbose output Verbose output displays all responses from any remote host that you are connected to These responses indicate whether FTP commands completed successfully and the file transfer statistics g Disables file name globbing during multiple file operations Globbing expands the wild card characters before proceeding with the multiple command q Enables quiet mode for transfer files The normal informative messags are not output to the terminal u username password Specifies the user and password to use FTP will use the username and password to automatically logon to
228. nal parameters can be used as follows DEXEC dest code name numb op1 op2 op3 op4 op51 dest code name numb OPI OPD input output 11 6 DEXEC 16 bit integer The Router 1000 node address of the node where the call is executed A value of 1 indicates the local node Local execution will also be performed whenever dest equals the local node address 16 bit integer Remote program termination code 6 Integer array FORTRAN Packed character array PASCAL A 3 word array containing the program name to be terminated in the first five bytes the sixth byte is not significant name can be the value zero which causes a program to terminate itself local operations only Contrary to usage in an EXEC call this parameter is not optional 16 bit integer Completion type code Contrary to usage in an EXEC call this parameter is not optional The completion type codes follow Note that only 0 and 1 can be executed remotely s Serial reusability completion When rescheduled the program is not reloaded if it remained resident in memory If this call is a father program s request it is the same as numb 0 0 Normalcompletion 1 Place program in dormant state save current suspension point and resources 2 Terminate and remove named program from the time list If program is in I O suspend state system waits until I O completes before terminating program However this call does
229. nce This parameter is reserved for future use 32 bit integer by reference A 32 bit map of special request bits This parameter is reserved for future use All bits must be clear set to zero 32 bit integer by reference The error code returned zero if no error 6 6 Network Interprocess Communication Creates a call socket IPCCREATE IPCCREATE socketkind protocol flags opt calldesc result socketkind protocol flags opt calldesc result 32 bit integer by value in Pascal by reference in FORTRAN Indicates the type of socket to be created Must be 3 to indicate a call socket Other values are reserved for future use Default If zero is specified a call socket will be created 32 bit integer by value in Pascal by reference in FORTRAN Indicates the protocol module that the calling process wishes to access Must be 4 to indicate Transmission Control Protocol TCP Other values are reserved for future use Default If zero is specified TCP will always be chosen for call sockets 32 bit integer by reference A 32 bit map of special request bits This parameter is reserved for future use All bits must be clear set to zero Byte array Pascal Integer array FORTRAN by reference An array of options and associated information The following options are defined for this call e maximum connection requests backlog opt ioncode 6 datalength 2 A two byte integer that specifie
230. nd DS 2 8 cartridge list command DS 2 9 change list log device command DS 2 21 commands AT DS 2 7 BC DS 2 8 CL DS 2 9 CR DS 2 10 DE DS 2 11 DL DS 2 12 DU DS 2 14 EX DS 2 15 examples DS 2 42 FL DS 2 16 10 DS 2 18 LC DS 2 19 LI DS 2 20 LL DS 2 21 LO DS 2 22 PL DS 2 24 PU DS 2 25 QU DS 2 26 OW DS 2 27 RN DS 2 28 RW DS 2 29 SD DS 2 31 SL DS 2 32 SO DS 2 33 ST DS 2 34 summary DS 2 4 SW DS 2 36 TE DS 2 40 TR DS 2 41 create command DS 2 10 detach command DS 2 11 directory list command DS 2 12 dump command DS 2 14 exit command DS 2 15 file restrictions DS 2 1 flush command DS 2 16 FMGR files DS 2 1 I O configuration command DS 2 18 list command DS 2 20 LO command GEN 4 20 load command DS 2 22 loading a file to RTE A DS 2 22 local node number command DS 2 19 memory based system GEN C 5 program list command DS 2 24 purge command DS 2 25 queue command DS 2 26 queue with wait command DS 2 27 rename command DS 2 28 run with wait command DS 2 29 scheduling DS 2 3 session restrictions DS 2 1 shut down command DS 2 31 slave list command DS 2 32 slave off command DS 2 33 software modules GEN 4 20 store command DS 2 34 switch command DS 2 36 tell command DS 2 40 transfer command DS 2 41 use with FCOPY DS 7 17 remote session MNT 9 17 9 40 remote busy retry MNT 2 28 modifying MNT 8 14 REMOTE BYE MSG 8 16 REMOTE command MSG 8 6 Remote Database Access
231. nd initializing nodes and configuring networks should consult the NS ARPA 1000 Generation and Initialization Manual and the NS ARPA 1000 Maintenance and Principles of Operation Manual Organization Section 1 TELNET describes the commands format parameters and usage of TELNET TELNET provides a virtual terminal connection to remote nodes in your network Section 2 File Transfer Protocol describes the commands format parameters and usage of the File Transfer Protocol FTP FTP allows you to transfer files to and from remote nodes in your network FTP also provides file management operations such as changing listing creating and deleting remote directories Section 3 Section 4 Section 5 Section 6 Section 7 Section 8 Section 9 Section 10 Section 11 Section 12 Section 13 Section 14 HP 1000 File Server describes the runstring parameters of the FSRV server program and the program s error messages Berkeley Software Distribution Interprocess Communication describes a set of programming development tools for interprocess communication originally developed by the University of California at Berkeley BSD IPC allows programs on the HP 1000 to communicate with programs on HP and non HP machines that have BSD IPC 4 3 Network File Transfer describes the commands format parameters and usage of the file copying program DSCOPY DSCOPY allows you to copy files from one node to another in y
232. nderlying protocol to be used 0 causes the system to choose a protocol type to use The default is tcp 4 20 Berkeley Software Distribution Interprocess Communication BSD IPC Utilities BSD IPC utilities are used for the following purposes e Manipulate and return information on the following database files etc hosts etc networks etc protocols and etc services Obtain the socket address of the local and peer sockets e Manipulate Internet IP addresses and ASCII strings that represent IP addresses in Internet dot notation Convert bytes from network order to host order and vice versa HP 1000 HP 9000 and TCP IP protocols all use network order These functions are provided for portability The utilities are summarized here in alphabetical order for easy referencing Special Considerations In order to successfully use the BSD IPC utilities you must be aware of the following The ETC directory must be created before you run the BSD IPC utilities e Most of the utilities return pointers to structures that are dynamically allocated If any of these functions that allocate dynamic memory are called repeatedly without freeing the allocated memory they will eventually fail and return a null pointer The BSD IPC utility functions that allocate dynamic memory include gethostbyaddr getnetbyaddr getprotobyname getservbyname gethostbyname getnetbyname getprotobynumber getservbyport gethostent getnetent getpro
233. nection is established between the two processes and the distinction between client and server can cease to exist Both peer processes can send and receive data as well as terminate the connection With datagram sockets there is no concept of a connection between the client and server processes A client initiates a transaction by sending a datagram to the server Both processes can send and receive datagrams to complete the transaction Table 4 2 Using Datagram Sockets 1 socket creates a socket 1 socket creates a socket 2 bind binds an address See note below 2 bind binds an address See note below E O O 5 sendto sends datagram 5 sendto sends datagram recvfrom receives datagram recvfrom receives datagram 6 shutdown releases a socket 6 shutdown releases a socket The BSD IPC calls are summarized on the following pages in alphabetical order Berkeley Software Distribution Interprocess Communication 4 1 accept Accepts a connection on a socket and creates a new socket The call returns the new socket descriptor The accept call is used by the server process to wait for and accept a connection request from the client process Syntax newsocket accept socket addr addrlen int newsocket socket addrlen struct sockaddr in addr Parameters newsocket New socket descriptor created by accept If the call is successful the value returned is an integer equal to or greater than
234. networking software that allows HP computer systems to communicate with each other Audience The NS ARPA 1000 Quick Reference Guide is a condensed version of the following two manuals NS ARPA 1000 User Programmer Reference Manual and NS ARPA 1000 DS 1000 IV Compatible Services Reference Manual which are the primary reference sources for programmers and operators who will be writing or maintaining programs for NS ARPA 1000 systems The purpose of this guide is to provide a quick reference for users who are already familiar with the concepts and syntax presented in the above two manuals For your convenience the NS ARPA 1000 Quick Reference Guide also contains a master index of NS ARPA 1000 manuals This is a combined index from the NS ARPA 1000 manuals to help you find information that may be in more than one manual Assumptions Since the services described in this manual are both interactive and programmatic this manual is intended for interactive users as well as programmers As one of these interactive users or programmers you should be familiar with the operating systems on the HP 1000 especially the RTE A operating system For those operations that deal with HP 3000 systems a working knowledge of the Multiprogramming Executive MPE is also recommended For those operations that deal with HP 9000 systems a working knowledge of the HP UX operating system is also recommended Network Managers who have responsibility for generating a
235. nformation erlc 16 bit integer Error condition location See RFA Common Parameters for more information Remote File Access 10 15 DWRIT DXWRI These routines write data from a data buffer to your file currently open to the Data Control Block DWRIT is equivalent to the FMGR call WRITF DXWRI is equivalent to EWRIT DWRIT dcb err buf len num erlc DXWRI dcb err buf len num erlc dcb input output err buf len num erlc Four word array Data Control Block See RFA Common Parameters for more information 16 bit integer Error return variable See RFA Common Parameters for more information Data buffer an array of a size equal to or greater than the value of the len parameter 16 bit integer Data length variable See RFA Common Parameters for more information 16 bit integer 32 bit integer Record number A variable containing the record number to which data is to be transferred if positive or the number of records to backspace if negative Used only for type 1 and 2 files If omitted record at current file position is written to For DXWRI numis a double word variable up to 2 31 1 16 bit integer Error condition location See RFA Common Parameters for more information 10 16 Remote File Access HP 3000 RFA Calls You can issue calls from your NS ARPA 1000 application programs to a set of compatible HP 3000 RFA intrinsics These intri
236. ngth that contains a copy descriptor or a DSCOPY command The builtdescriptor parameter may be created programmatically by calling DscopyBuild DscopyBuild is described later in this section Array of 16 bit integers A five word array returned by Dscopy The first word contains the number of errors that occurred while the file or files were being copied The second word returns the error code if any zero is returned if the file or files are copied successfully If multiple files are copied the error code is the result of the last attempted file copy The last three words of this parameter are reserved for future use The DSCOPY error codes are described in the NS 1000 Error Message and Recovery Manual Note If your program is written in Pascal 1000 Version 2 you must set the FIXED STRING option before declaring Dscopy In addition the routines SetStrLen and StrMax must be used to initialize the builtdescriptor string FIXED STRING SetStrLen and StrMax are described in the Pascal 1000 Reference Manual If your program is written in Pascal 1000 Version 1 you must use the routine StrDsc to convert the builtdescriptor string to a format that can be processed by both the calling program and DSCOPY This routine is described in the RTE A Programmer s Reference Manual Network File Transfer 5 7 DSCOPYBUILD Builds a copy descriptor to be used in the Dscopy call DSCOPYBUILD builtdescriptor sfile slogon snode tfile tlo
237. not found The source file does not exist or the name was misspelled NS NFTERR 9 Target file not found The target file does not exist or the name was misspelled NS NFTERR 10 Transfer terminated by user Acknowledges the user s abort or cancel request NS NFTERR 11 Requested data type refused The user defined data type ASCII or BINARY was refused NS NFTERR 14 Requested record type refused The user defined record type FIXED or VARIABLE was NS NFTERR 15 refused Requested record size refused The user defined record size value RSIZE was refused NS NFTERR 17 Requested file size refused The user defined file size value FSIZE was refused NS NFTERR 18 Conflicting attributes or An attempt was made to send a sparse file with variable length oo records to a target computer that does not support this file type NS NFTERR 19 or that contains conflicting attributes Target record size is invalid The user defined record size RSIZE value is out of the NS NFTERR 20 acceptable range Target file size is invalid The user defined file size FSIZE value is out of the acceptable NS NFTERR 21 range Target file already exists The target file exists and neither APPEND REPLACE Or NS NFTERR 22 OVERWRITE was specified Need password to access source The source file could not be accessed without the proper file password NS NFTERR 23 Need password to access target The target file could not be accessed without the proper
238. not wait The program s disk tracks are not released 3 Terminate named program immediately remove it from the time list and release program s disk tracks If program is in I O suspend state a system generated clear request is issued to the driver An abort message is printed at the system console Up to five parameters that can be passed to the caller the next time the program executes Works when name 0 only DEXEC 9 10 23 24 A call to DEXEC 9 10 23 or 24 schedules a dormant program for execution DEXEC dest code name prm1 prm2 prm3 prm4 prm5 bufr bufl1 dest code name prmi prms input output bufr bufl Note 16 bit integer The Router 1000 node address of the node where the call is executed A value of 1 indicates the local node Local execution will also be performed whenever dest equals the local node address 16 bit integer Schedule request code 9 Immediate schedule wait 10 Immediate schedule no wait 23 Queue schedule wait 24 Queue schedule no wait Integer array FORTRAN Packed character array PASCAL A3 word array containing the program name to be scheduled in the first five bytes the sixth byte is not significant This parameter must reference an ASCII coded program name If a value of zero is referenced for a remote schedule call or if the program named does not exist an error results Up to five optional one word parameters may be pas
239. nsics provide file access at NS 3000 and DS 3000 nodes Only a brief description of the HP 3000 intrinsics is shown in the following pages Refer to the appropriate MPE intrinsics manual for a complete description of these calls In addition HP 3000 to HP 1000 RFA is discussed in the DS 3000 HP 3000 to HP 1000 Reference Manual Table 10 4 HP 3000 Intrinsics HP 1000 Equivalent Description Intrinsic MPE Intrinsic FCHEK FCHECK Obtains file I O error information It can be used when a call to a file intrinsic returns a condition code value that indicates an I O error FCLOS FCLOSE Terminates access to a file by your program When FCLOS is executed buffers and control blocks through which you accessed the file are deleted and the device on which the file resides is deallocated If you do not issue a call to the FCLOS intrinsic for each file opened during your session MPE will issue FCLOS calls automatically when your session is terminated FCNTL FCONTROL Performs special control operations on a file or device FINFO FGETINFO Obtains file access and status information Once a file is opened a call to FINFO can be issued to obtain this information FLOCK FLOCK Dynamically locks a file for exclusive access by your program FOPEN FOPEN Opens an HP 3000 file for access by your program When FOPEN is executed a file number is returned This file number must be used by your program in all subsequent file references in order to access the proper fi
240. nt setprotoent setservent A NUN Socket Descriptor Utilities e aa yee ens RE ORE ql FD CLR FD ISSET FD_SET FD_ZERO Error Messages 4 B B BPB B BRBRBRBRBRBRBRBRBRBBBB CR WW UY U WH U UY WD 3 GJ WW WW MBB KWWWNNYNRRr OS Using BSD IPC Berkeley Software Distribution Interprocess Communication BSD IPC provides a programming interface for client server processes on the same or different machines to exchange data in a peer to peer manner BSD IPC processes communicate with each other via sockets Sockets are local data structures with associated resources used for interprocess communication Table 4 1 lists the BSD IPC calls involved in creating using and terminating a BSD IPC connection with stream sockets and Table 4 2 lists the calls used for datagram sockets Table 4 1 Building a BSD IPC Connection E A DE 6 send sends data 6 send sends data recv receives data recv receives data sendmsg sends vectored data sendmsg sends vectored data recvmsg receives vectored data recvmsg receives vectored data shutdown shuts down a connection 7 shutdown shuts down a connection Usually the server process is scheduled first It creates a socket binds an address to the socket sets up a listen queue and waits for requests from client processes The client process creates a socket and requests connection to the server Once the server accepts the request full duplex con
241. nteger buf1n indicates the number of words If a negative integer buf 1n indicates the number of bytes in bufr Ifa positive integer buf1n indicates the number of words in bufr If the bufr parameter is specified the last two bytes of data are bufin 7 16 Remote Process Management RPMCREATE RPMCreate Option 23100 Queue Program Scheduling RTE A System Equivalent EXEC 24 call documented in the RTE A Programmer s Reference Manual AddOpt Parameters optioncode datalength data 16 bit integer by value in Pascal by reference in FORTRAN 23100 to indicate the Queue Program Scheduling option 16 bit integer by value in Pascal by reference in FORTRAN The length in bytes of data which is to be included in the opt array Must be one of the following values 0 2 4 6 8 10 13 or greater than 13 bytes Any parameter that is not specified defaults to zero The exact length depends on the parameters specified e Ifthe length is 0 all parameters are omitted and take their default value to be zero e Ifthe length is 2 only pri is specified e Ifthe length is 4 pr1 and pr2 are specified e Ifthe length is 6 pri pr2 and pr3 are specified e Ifthe length is 8 pr1 pr2 pr3 and pr4 are specified e Ifthe length is 10 pri pr2 pr3 pr4 and pr5 are specified e Ifthe length is 13 or more all seven parameters are specified Array by reference A variable length array with the following conten
242. ocess Communication section for information on the structure and use of this parameter The total length of the opt array must be 996 bytes or less argnum 16 bit integer by value in Pascal by reference in FORTRAN The number of the argument to be added The first argument number is zero optioncode 16 bit integer by value in Pascal by reference in FORTRAN An RPMCreate option code These codes are explained in the subsequent subsections datalength 16 bit integer by value in Pascal by reference in FORTRAN The length in bytes of the data to be included This information is provided in each RPMCreate option description on the following pages data Array by reference A variable length array of data to be passed to the child program Null strings are valid error 16 bit integer by reference The error code returned zero if no error Error codes are documented in the NS ARPA 1000 Error Message and Recover Manual 7 8 Remote Process Management RPMCREATE RPMCreate Option 20000 Pass String RTE A System Equivalent none AddOpt Parameters optioncode 16 bit integer by value in Pascal by reference in FORTRAN 20000 to indicate the Pass String option datalength 16 bit integer by value in Pascal by reference in FORTRAN The length in bytes of data which is to be included in the opt array A maximum of 256 bytes can be passed data Array by reference A variable length array of data to be passed to the
243. ode and has a hierarchical structure as follows node domain organization The NS ARPA node name syntax is described in Node Names in the Introduction section of the NS ARPA 1000 User Programmer Reference Manual Loading RPM Programs RPM parent programs must be compiled and linked as CDS programs RPM child programs can be either CDS or non CDS programs If an RPM child program makes an RPM call then it must be a CDS program Refer to the RTE A Programmer s Reference Manual and RTE A Link Manual for more information on CDS programs 7 2 Remote Process Management RPMCONTROL Controls the execution of a child program RPMCONTROL pd nodename nodelen reqcode pd nodename nodelen reqcode wrtdata wrtlen readdata readilen flags result Byte array Pascal Word array FORTRAN by reference An array of 16 bytes containing the program descriptor of the child program to which control requests are sent The program descriptor is a unique value returned from the RPMCreate call Refer to the RPMCreate description in this section for more information about pd Packed array of characters Pascal word array FORTRAN by reference Avariable length array identifying the node on which the child program resides The syntax of the node name is node domain organization which is further described in the NS ARPA 1000 User Programmer Reference Manual Default You may omit the organization organi
244. of logical records on a disk file or physical records on a magnetic tape file The file must have fixed length or undefined length records FSTMD FSSETMODE Sets or resets file access modes such as automatic error recovery critical output verification and user terminal control Any file access mode set by a call to FSTMD remains in effect until either reset by another call to FSTMD or until the file is closed Dynamically unlocks a file that was previously locked via a call to FLOCK Performs a write update of a logical record to a disk file FWDIR FWRITEDIR Performs a write operation of a specified logical record to a disk file from a user s buffer The file must have only fixed length or undefined length records FWLAB FWRITELABEL Performs a write operation of your label to a disk file FWLAB overwrites any existing label FWRIT FWRITE Performs a write operation of a logical record from a user s buffer to a file on any device Following FWRIT execution the logical record pointer is set to the record immediately following the record written Remote File Access 10 17 DEXEC Table of Contents DEXEC Call Syntax serrin rer Qe bees eds eer e P ERU Ru ee eave n DEXEGC 1 Remote Ready cerent nh merae e Interactive Write Reads os ease or OC utei heated bae DEXEC2 Remote Write 2 pu p ee RR RE ERE EE REESE DEXEC 3 Remote I O Control metere E ee ma eerte O e DEXEC 6 Remote Program Termination oooooooooooror
245. oftware modules GEN 4 23 remote program status DS 1000 IV MSG 7 42 remote program termination DS 1000 IV MSG 7 43 remote quiet wait MNT 2 28 modifying MNT 8 14 remote read DS 1000 IV MSG 7 33 Remote Session Monitor RSM GEN 4 21 remote system download GEN 1 11 DS 1 7 software module GEN 4 23 remote time request DS 1000 IV MSG 7 39 remote timed program schedule DS 1000 IV MSG 7 40 remote VCP DSVCP GEN 13 1 DS 1 7 Remote Virtual Control Panel See DSVCP remote write DS 1000 IV MSG 7 34 REMOTEHELP command FTP USR 3 65 RENAME command FTP USR 3 66 REPLACE DSCOPY option USR request code RPM USR 6 7 MSG 5 12 requesting a connection USR 5 6 requirements hardware GEN 1 2 software GEN 1 2 rerouting GEN 1 4 9 24 B 4 MNT 9 19 9 26 processing MNT 9 27 update message MSG 7 11 reserved partition REAM GEN 4 22 6 6 resolver protocols ARM GEN 1 13 resource clean up MNT 9 39 9 60 resource numbers GEN 4 34 MNT 2 28 requirement GEN 9 26 system generation GEN 5 12 resource sharing GEN 14 1 USR 1 1 DS 1 1 restarting FSRV FSV 4 10 restore program USR 6 23 result parameter USR 5 17 5 23 RPM USR 6 5 RETR FTP message MSG 4 5 retry limit MNT 9 46 timeout MNT 2 28 return code RPM MSG 5 13 RFA GEN 1 10 1 11 9 10 USR 1 4 DS 1 3 4 1 8 1 calls DAPOS DS 4 5 DCLOS DS 4 8 DCONT DS 4 10 DCRET DS 4 13 DLOCF DS 4 15 DNAME DS 4 17 DOPEN
246. om host order to network order netlong htonl hostlong u long netlong hostlong netlong 32 bit integer in network order returned by hton1 hostlong 32 bit integer in host order 4 28 Berkeley Software Distribution Interprocess Communication htons Converts a 16 bit quantity from host order to network order netshort htons hostshort u_short netshort hostshort netshort 16 bit integer in network order returned by htons hostshort 16 bit integer in host order inet_addr Interprets character strings representing numbers in the Internet standard dot notation and returns numbers suitable for use as Internet IP addresses IPaddr inet_addr string struct in_addr IPaddr char string IPaddr Internet IP address returned by inet addr string Pointer to a character string representing numbers expressed in the Internet standard dot notation such as 192 41 233 2 Terminate the string with the character VO inet Inaof Breaks apart an IP address and returns the node address portion of the IP address node inet lnaof IPaddr u long node struct in addr IPaddr node Node address portion of the IP address returned by inet lnaof IPaddr IP address of a host IP addresses for the Internet family are stored in an address variable of type in addr Berkeley Software Distribution Interprocess Communication 4 29 inet_makeaddr Constructs an Internet IP address from a
247. opy format and causes the file or files to be copied using Interchange Format Default DSCOPY will use Transparent Format Interchange Format is also used if the ASCII BINARY FIXED FSIZE RSIZE STRIP or VARIABLE options are specified Specifies the record size recordsize in bytes If fixed length records are being produced recordsize is the size of each record If variable length records are being produced recordsize limits the size of the largest record DSCOPY will issue a warning if it must truncate records in order to execute this option Default The target file will have the same record size as the source file Strips any record padding from the ends of records You can use this option to create variable length records from fixed length records Also see the VARIABLE option The type of padding to strip is based on the type of the source file For HP 1000 type 4 files spaces are stripped In other HP 1000 file types null characters are stripped You can use this option in conjunction with RSIZE to truncate records Records will be truncated before padding is stripped Default Padding is not stripped Specifies that source file records should be formed into variable length records The maximum size of a variable length record may be given using the RSIZE option Default For HP 1000 type 1 or 2 files the target file will have fixed length records For all other HP 1000 file types the target file will have vari
248. or DXCLO trun is a double word variable containing a 32 bit number of blocks to be deleted from the main file at closing 16 bit integer Error condition location See RFA Common Parameters for further information Remote File Access 10 3 DCONT The RTE input output control requests to Type 0 files are transmitted using this routine DCONT is equivalent to the FMGR call FCONT DCONT deb err coni con2 erlc dcb Four word array Data Control Block See RFA input output Common Parameters for more information err 16 bit integer Error return variable See RFA Common Parameters for more information coni 16 bit integer Function code A variable containing a numeric value defining an input output function see the following table con2 16 bit integer Function sub code A variable containing a numeric value This sub code is required for some functions See the following discussion erlc 16 bit integer Error condition location See RFA Common Parameters for more information Function Code Bits 6 through 10 of parameter con1 are used for the function code BITS 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 The function codes are defined in Table 10 1 These function codes are driver dependent Consult the appropriate RTE driver reference manual for more information Function Sub Code Function sub codes are required for line spacing function 11 and finding files function 27 If
249. oroncnnno DEXEC 9 10723 DA an tus Pt ERR gh Rebs eii DEXEC 11 Remote Time Request esee hmm m hn DEXEC 12 Remote Timed Program Schedule 0 000 cece ee eee DEXEC 13 Remote I O Status iscsi eese ev ebrietas ted e scan eae DEXEC 25 Remote Partition Status 00 DEXEC 99 Remote Programi Status scan qe pepe o QUE OE Status Codes 11 A 11 11 1 11 2 11 3 11 4 11 5 11 6 11 7 11 8 11 9 11 10 11 11 11 12 11 12 DEXEC Call Syntax Parametric compatibility is maintained between DEXEC calls and EXEC calls with one additional parameter DEXEC calls include a destination node parameter dest that declares the network node at which the call to DEXEC is to be processed The dest parameter may be either a positive value declaring the Router 1000 node address of the destination node or a negative value declaring the communication line logical unit number A value of negative one 1 indicates the local address The DEXEC call syntax in this section applies to destination nodes with RTE A operating systems only The syntax used when addressing DS 1000 IV nodes with RTE 6 VM operating systems may be different It is therefore recommended that you refer to the appropriate RTE reference manual for the equivalent EXEC call syntax DEXEC 11 1 DEXEC 1 Remote Read Transfers one record from an I O device to a buffer Read or write requests that reference disk LUs are not supported DEXEC dest
250. ory based system GEN C 8 RPROGRESS NFT message MSG 3 25 ROCNV GEN 4 25 4 32 6 7 9 11 MNT 9 49 9 58 9 59 RSIZE DSCOPY option USR 4 8 RSM remote session monitor GEN 4 21 RTE to MPE master side communica tion MNT 9 54 to MPE slave side communica tion MNT 9 58 RTE BR causes error with FCOPY DS 7 17 RTE directory specification FSV 3 3 RTE file access FSV 3 4 RTE in the file server environment FSV5 5 accessibility of permission bits FSV5 6 file ownership FSV 5 6 MPACK FSV 4 9 symbolic links FSV 5 6 time stamps and root directories FSV 5 5 type 12 files BOOTEX and FSV 5 5 DS transparency and FSV 5 5 FTP ASCII transfers and FSV 5 5 TF and FSV 5 6 update of directory time stamps FSV 5 5 RTE resources RPM USR 6 4 RTE A relocatables GEN 6 2 RTE A type 6 files USR 4 3 4 7 4 8 RTEBIN command FTP USR 3 68 RTR link GEN 9 24 RTR LI GEN 3 6 3 9 3 32 9 16 statistics MNT 2 21 RUNcommand TELNET USR 2 21 S SAM GEN 4 6 allocation GEN 4 6 performance degradation GEN SBUF MNT 9 61 scattered read BSD 4 23 4 34 USR 5 21 schedule with wait RPM USR 6 18 scheduling BSD IPC programs BSD 3 20 scheduling programs RPM USR 6 2 6 13 scratch directory GEN 5 3 FTP GEN C 5 memory based system GEN C 5 SEC1000CDS GEN 5 14 secondary program memory based system GEN C 7 security codes GEN 3 41 9 26 SEGLD DS 7 21 segment size MNT 9 13 network GEN 3 32 9 17 TCP GEN 9 15
251. ot be initialized at the remote host Illegal option found Valid An FTP runstring was entered incorrectly with an invalid option ones are G I L N Q T U V FTP ERR 3 Two nodenames in runstring An FTP runstring containing more than one host parameter was ignoring second one entered FTP will use the first host parameter FTP ERR 4 Ambiguous command An FTP command was entered incorrectly without enough FTP ERR 5 characters to make it a legal FTP command Invalid command An invalid FTP command was entered FTP ERR 6 FTP login failed FTP server did not recognize the user name or password that FTP ERR 7 was specified Illegal reply code An illegal reply code was received from the FTP server Legal FTP ERR 8 reply codes begin with 1 2 3 4 or 5 Unexpected reply code from An incorrect reply code was received from the FTP server The Server Expected reply code command sequence between FTP and FTP server can be out of code sequence FTP ERR 9 Unable to retrieve information FTP unable to obtain IP and port address information on local on local host node for sending the port command to FTP server FTP ERR 10 Not connected Please use the You are currently not connected to a remote host OPEN command first FTP ERR 11 Already connected to host You are already connected to a remote host Please use USER or CLOSE first FTP ERR 12 Not a valid type Only ASCII An invalid transfer type was s
252. ot enter the proper session Incoming connection has gone An incoming connection to an NFT server program has gone down down for an unknown reason NS NFTERR 57 MOVE option is not supported The source computer does not support the MOVE option NS NFTWARN 58 Network File Transfer 5 13 6 Network Interprocess Communication Table of Contents NetIPC Common Parameters 0 00 cece cece tee eee teens Flags Parameter iia aver eed ber Opt Paramotor asada dao ria Data Parameter utum mes vecta neun io dart p tpa tei eit UR Result Parameter cuoc cess O a Socketname Parametet iii oer ree es ces o es Ce eR eae iNodemname Parameter soii Pte bend aute wi dde d d s Loading NetIPC Programs eereeem e de Process Schedule ds dia e nuce ae Y ORE E IPECONNECT lore a E ek n Ce s TRECONTROL 5 raros RE D boit du i a did IBCCBREATE ie eme eo re rdv ee ecd eden rede aS ds IT E Eze IPCDEST 4 zer xo RR CR eR I CER ei IPCGET cppIODDORPNOKOCURPT RD DURT MO MD DEPT NOD D eM TE OS IPCGIVE tala toda do dt Me save tard eee IPCEOONKUDB tet sette os eee iow Ao IPCNAME seca yy Cae a Gee VAR OCA on GU nC E IPCNAMERASE esseseslee e ehh hs IPCREGHWM ug sce hs ce n eg ert sue ULNIS ar le dr s CRI e SUR er ERIN IPCRECVQCN 6560606006548 680065 ERE CR RR C RS ERR WARE ERR ee IPCSBEEGCL opp ete hah cer a celta Seance te bral he sea ed IPCSEINID zaair ot da bado e ein eA neon ead ad t da TPCSHUT DOWN sidra eter
253. our network Network Interprocess Communication describes a set of programmatic calls that provide a data exchange interface between peer processes located at the same or different nodes in your network Their format parameters and usage are explained Remote Process Management describes a set of programmatic calls that provide remote scheduling controlling and terminating of programs located at the same or different HP 1000 nodes in your network REMAT describes the REMAT commands to send RTE commands or special DS 1000 IV commands to any HP 1000 node in your network RMOTE cescribes the RMOTE commands to direct commands to an HP 3000 node Remote File Access describes the RFA calls to manage remote disk and non disk files from your programs DEXEC describes the DEXEC calls to control I O devices located at remote HP 1000 computers in your network Program to Program Communication describes the programmatic PTOP calls that provide remote scheduling controlling and terminating of programs located at HP 1000 nodes in your network Remote I O Mapping describes IPMAP to redirect I O requests destined for an LU on an HP 1000 node to an LU at a remote HP 1000 node on your network Maintenance Utilities summarizes the maintenance utilities available on NS ARPA 1000 These include NSINE NSINIT NS Message Tracing NS Event Logging NSLIST DS 1000 IV RTE MPE Message Tracing TRC3K and DSMOD This section al
254. ource LU if the map was successfully established otherwise one of the following negative error codes 1 177777B if securityCode was incorrect 2 177776B if sourceLUis not a mappable LU 3 177775B if Remote I O Mapping is not set up correctly or if Remote I O Mapping has not been initialized 4 177774B if dest inationLUis mappable 5 177773B if dest inat ionNode is not known to the local node 6 177772B if dest inat ionLUis invalid or if attempts to obtain information about the destination LU failed 7 177771B if LUMAP is not present and active 8 177770B if LUQUE is not present and active destinationLU destinationNode If IOMAP did not establish the map it returns the specified securityCode If IOMAP successfully established the map it returns one of the following values 0 00000B normal completion 1 177777B if dest inationLUhas either an associated infinite device timeout or a timeout larger than the user requested master timeout 2 177776B if dest inat ionLUis associated with the bit bucket 3 177775B if dest inationLUis not a unit record device Remote I O Mapping 13 3 Establish or Change a Map RU IOMAP sourceLU destinationLU destinationNode securityCode Parameters sourceLU destinationLU destinationNode securityCode Return Parameters First Parameter Mappable LU on source system Destination system LU of map The destinationLU must
255. ously created by running NSINIT If inputDevice is an interactive device NSINIT will also print prompts and error messages to the device Default local LU 1 scheduling terminal Device file name or device LU to which NSINIT will write the dialogue If this is a file it can later be used as an answer file If outputDevice and inputDevice are files they cannot be the same file If you enter the name of an existing file NSINIT will ask you if you want to overwrite the file If you specify a device HP recommends that the device be spooled If you enter LU 0 NSINIT does not create any output Default If inputDevice is interactive NSINIT will prompt you for a file name If inputDevice is not interactive the default is LU 0 no output During an interactive NSINIT dialogue NSINIT prompts you again for an output file name Device file name or device LU to which NSINIT will log any errors Default local LU 1 scheduling terminal NS ARPA Message Tracing There are three NS ARPA message tracing utilities NSTRC which enables message tracing e BRTRC which terminates message tracing and allows you to format the trace file e FMTRC which formats the trace file and allows you to select trace records according to nodes Link Interfaces and sockets Maintenance Utilities 14 3 Using Message Tracing The procedure for using message tracing is as follows 1 2 Enable message tracing Run the user program or
256. pecified and BINARY are supported FTP ERR 13 Unimplemented command A command not implemented on ARPA 1000 was specified FTP ERR 14 Unimplemented option An option not implemented on ARPA 1000 was specified FTP ERR 15 No transfer file specified No file name was specified with the T option in the FTP Ignoring option T runstring FTP ERR 16 2 14 FTP eme Wem Two log files in runstring Ignoring second one FTP ERR 17 Two transfer files in runstring Ignoring second one FTP ERR 18 Same name given for log and transfer files Ignoring both FTP ERR 19 Unknown nodename No such node exists FTP ERR 20 No username or password specified FTP ERR 21 Error encountered sending command to the server FTP ERR 22 Error encountered receiving reply code from server FTP ERR 23 Network is not up FTP ERR 24 Require network resource is not available FTP ERR 25 Connection aborted Remote host unreachable FTP ERR 26 Illegal nodename Possible syntax error FTP ERR 27 A timeout has occurred Try request later FTP ERR 28 Break acknowledged Terminating transfer FTP ERR 29 FTP Connection lost to peer node Connection reset FTP ERR 30 Unexpected network error encountered FTP ERR 31 Input line too long FTP ERR 32 APPEND is not allowed in BINARY mode FTP ERR 33 FTP internal error encountered FTP ERR 34 Unable to use CMNDO
257. pended the program is not suspended until it is in the right state No error is returned in result in this case similarly as in RTE A e 20002 Resume execution of the child program at the point it was suspended No data is required and none is returned Therefore wrt len and readlen must be zero This request is equivalent to the RTE A GO resume program command Remote Process Management 7 3 RPMCONTROL wrtdata wrtlen readdata readlen input output flags result e 23120 Set the IFBRK break flag in the child program s ID segment The child program must check this flag with the RTE A IFBRK system call to respond to it No data is required and none is returned Therefore wrt len and readlen must be zero e 23030 Change the child program s priority The priority number is a 16 bit integer from 1 to 32767 with the smaller number representing the higher priority The priority number is placed in the wrtdata parameter This request is equivalent to the RTE A PR change program priority command except that you cannot request the program priority e 23130 Get the child program s status RPM invokes the RTE A IDINFO call to obtain the status Refer to the RTE A Programmer s Reference Manual for more information and for a list of possible status values The status is a 16 bit integer returned in the readdata parameter The readlen parameter must be set to at least two bytes Due to a network time delay th
258. r MSG 1 18 statistics MNT 2 20 Q QCLM GEN 4 14 4 17 4 24 4 29 4 30 4 31 6 7 QUERY DS 7 3 QUEUE GEN 4 14 4 24 4 29 4 31 6 7 7 2 MNT 9 36 9 49 queue program scheduling RPM USR 6 36 queue schedule no wait DS 1000 IV MSG 7 49 wait DS 1000 IV MSG 7 47 QUEX GEN 4 24 4 31 6 7 9 11 MNT 7 1 9 52 QUEZ GEN 4 24 4 31 6 7 9 11 MNT 9 52 QUIET DSCOPY option USR 4 9 QUIT FTP message MSG 4 5 QUIT command FTP USR 3 27 3 36 3 62 TELNET USR 2 14 2 20 QUOTE command FTP USR 3 63 R race condition USR 5 11 5 49 RAM disk GEN C 1 RDATE GEN 4 30 6 7 See also remote process manage ment RDATE utility FSV 4 9 A 1 and SYSTZ FSV A 1 RDBA GEN 1 10 9 10 REQUEST MSG 7 68 software modules GEN 4 13 RDBAM GEN 4 13 4 22 4 28 4 30 6 8 9 11 RDTB GEN 5 13 read and write thresholds USR 5 14 ReadOpt USR 5 79 6 5 Index 26 receiving a connection request USR 5 7 receiving data BSD 2 9 4 18 4 21 USR 5 55 datagram sockets BSD 3 14 stream sockets BSD 3 13 receiving vectored data BSD 4 23 RECV command FTP USR 3 38 3 64 recv BSD 2 9 3 1 3 13 4 18 7 2 recvfrom BSD 3 2 4 21 recvmsg BSD 3 1 4 23 redundant links GEN B 1 REJCT DS 6 29 processing MNT 9 43 releasing dynamically allocated memory BSD 5 1 examples BSD 5 2 REMAT GEN 1 10 4 20 4 30 6 7 9 10 USR 1 4 DS 1 2 1 3 2 1 APLDR DS 2 22 APLDX DS 2 22 attach command DS 2 7 broadcast comma
259. r MSG 1 20 IFPM GEN 4 17 4 30 6 7 9 11 MNT 9 15 IFT GEN 5 5 IMAGE DS 7 3 Image 1000 labeled system common GEN 5 13 troubleshooting MNT 1 8 Image 1000 remote access See RDBA immediate schedule no wait DS 1000 IV MSG 7 37 immediate schedule wait DS 1000 IV MSG 7 45 in h file BSD B 10 B 14 in addr structure BSD 3 3 inbound address list GEN 3 27 independent RPM programs remote process management USR 6 15 terminating USR 6 15 inet addr BSD 5 41 inet Inaof BSD 5 42 inet makeaddr BSD 5 43 inet netof BSD 5 44 inet network BSD 5 45 inet ntoa BSD 5 46 INETD GEN 4 16 4 29 6 7 10 1 BUILD GEN C 6 configuration file GEN 10 3 INETD CONF file GEN 6 7 memory based system GEN C 6 overview GEN 10 1 reconfiguration GEN 10 2 required for FTP GEN 4 16 required for TELNET GEN 4 16 runstring GEN 10 2 security and logging restrictions GEN 10 5 service definitions GEN 10 3 SERVICES file GEN 6 7 services mapping file GEN 10 6 starting a primary INETD GEN 10 2 termination GEN 10 2 INETD c000 GEN 6 7 INETD CONE GEN 6 7 INFO NFT message MSG 3 27 information utility MNT 2 1 NSINF USR 1 9 software module GEN 4 13 initialization GEN 2 1 9 1 troubleshooting MNT 1 4 initialization files FSV 4 2 InitOpt USR 5 77 6 5 example USR 6 20 RPM USR 6 20 INPRO GEN 4 11 4 28 6 7 MNT 9 1 9 15 class number MNT 2 9 input file FTP USR 3 74 INSTALL_NS1000 CMD GEN 6 1 installation
260. r by value in Pascal by reference in FORTRAN 23020 to indicate the Assign Partition option 16 bit integer by value in Pascal by reference in FORTRAN The length in bytes of data which is to be included in the opt array Must be only one of the following values 2 or 3 No other values are allowed e Ifthe length is 2 the 16 bit partition number is specified The default is to assign the data section of the program to the reserved partition e Ifthe length is 3 the 16 bit partition number should be followed by a C for code section or D for data section Array by reference Athree byte array The first two bytes are a 16 bit integer specifying the reserved partition number in which the child program is to run The third byte is the character C or D to indicate either the code C or data D section The code or data section of the program is assigned to the reserved partition This argument applies only to CDS child programs This argument can be in either upper or lower case 0 X 2 bytes partition C or number D RPMCreate Option 23030 Change Program Priority RTE A System equivalent PR command documented in the RTE A User s Manual AddOpt Parameters optioncode datalength data 16 bit integer by value in Pascal by reference in FORTRAN 23030 to indicate the Change Program Priority option 16 bit integer by value in Pascal by reference in FORTRAN The length in bytes of data which is to
261. r example itemname In addition vertical and horizontal ellipses may be used in examples to indicate that portions of the example have been omitted A shaded delimiter preceding a parameter in a syntax statement indicates that the delimiter must be supplied whenever a that parameter is included or b that parameter is omitted and any other parameter that follows is included For example itema itemb itemc means that the following are allowed itema itema itemb itema itemb itemc itema itemc underlining E char When necessary for clarity the symbol A may be used in a syntax statement to indicate a required blank or an exact number of blanks For example SET modifier lA variable When necessary for clarity in an example user input may be underlined For example NEW NAME ALPHA Brackets braces or ellipses appearing in syntax or format statements that must be entered as shown will be underlined For example LET var subscript value Output and input output parameters are underlined A notation in the description of each parameter distinguishes input output from output parameters For example CREATE parml1 parm2 flags error The symbol a may be used to indicate a key on the terminal s keyboard For example indicates the carriage return key Control characters are indicated by followed by the character For example contro Jv means the user presses the control
262. r set to zero pathdesc 32 bit integer by reference Pathreport descriptor Refers to the path report descriptor which indicates the location of the named call socket May be used in subsequent NetIPC calls IPCConnect IPCName IPCGive etc protocol 32 bit integer by reference Identifies the protocol module with which the looked up socket is associated May be used in an IPCCreate call to create a call socket with the appropriate protocol binding socketkind 32 bit integer by reference Identifies the socket s type result 32 bit integer by reference The error code returned zero if no error Network Interprocess Communication 6 11 IPCNAME Associates a name with a call socket descriptor IPCNAME descriptor socketname nlen result descriptor 32 bit integer by value in Pascal by reference in FORTRAN The call socket descriptor to be named socketname Packed array of characters Pascal Integer input output array FORTRAN by reference An array containing the ASCII coded socket name to be associated with the descriptor Upper and lower case characters are considered equivalent NetIPC can also return a randomly generated name in this parameter see n1en nien 32 bit integer by value in Pascal by reference in FORTRAN The length in characters of socketname Maximum length is 16 characters Default If zero is specified NetIPC will return a random eight byte name in the socketname parame
263. r that describes a FMGR file It must not be a logical unit number All omitted subparameters except filename default to zero However the file type and file size must be specified as greater than zero or an error will be returned 8 2 REMAT DE Detaches from a remote account established at an RTE system with Session Monitor DE N1 N2 N1 Specifies the current NODE1 N2 Specifies the current NODE2 DL Lists the file directory of the currently switched node NODE1 on the local list device cartridge DL pes Jensen cartridge Cartridge identifier of a FMGR cartridge Must be numeric positive for cartridge reference number negative for logical unit number If omitted or zero the directories of all cartridges mounted to the current account are listed msc The system master security code If specified correctly the security code of each file will be listed namr A file descriptor that describes a FMGR file Minus signs may be used in the file name to specify a match with any single character lu The logical unit number of the local list device Must be less than 64 If specified the directory will be listed on this LU Default is the list device specified when REMAT was scheduled or with the LL command DU Transfers data from a file or logical unit at NODE1 to a logical unit at NODE2 DU namr lu format namr A file descriptor that describes a FMGR file or logical unit less than 64 from which the re
264. r to a servent structure that contains service information returned by getservbyname The servent structure is defined in the include files netdb h SOCKET PASI and SOCKET FTNI for C Pascal and FORTRAN programs respectively name Pointer to string that contains the service name from which to get information on the service It can be either an official service name or an alias Terminate the string with the character 0 proto Pointer to string that contains the name of the transport protocol to use when contacting the service Use tcp or 0 if TCP is the only protocol for the service Remember to terminate the string with the character VO getservbyport Returns service information on the specified port number service getservbyport port proto struct servent service int port char proto service Pointer to a servent structure that contains service information returned by getservbyname The servent structure is defined in the include files netdb h SOCKET PASI and SOCKET FTNI for C Pascal and FORTRAN programs respectively port Port number from which to get information on the service proto Pointer to string that contains the name of the transport protocol to use when contacting the service Use tcp or 0 if TCP is the only protocol for the service Terminate string with character VO Set this value to NULL if you do not want to specify any specific protocol Berkeley Softwa
265. re Distribution Interprocess Communication 4 27 getservent Reads the next line of the etc services file and returns information on the service Service getservent struct servent service service Pointer to a servent structure that contains service information returned by getservent The servent structure is defined in the include files netdb h SOCKET PASI and SOCKET FTNI for C Pascal and FORTRAN programs respectively getsockname Returns the socket address of the specified local socket result getsockname socket addr addrlen int result socket addrlen struct sockaddr in addr result 0 if the call is successful 1 if a failure occurs socket Socket descriptor of a local socket addr Pointer to a socket address variable to contain the address of the specified socket The socket address should be of sockaddr_in type On return the socket address structure will contain the local socket address information addrlen Pointer to an integer variable that contains the length in bytes of the address structure specified by addr for example length of structure sockaddr_in which is 16 bytes On return it is the pointer to an integer that contains the actual length of the socket address returned in addr If addr does not point to enough space to contain the whole address of the socket only the first addrlen bytes of the address are returned htonl Converts a 32 bit quantity fr
266. re at the target node Network File Transfer 5 1 tlogon gt tnode option The logon and password if any at the target node Must be enclosed in brackets This parameter is required if the target node is a remote multiuser HP 1000 Default If t logon is omitted and the target node is the local node the account under which DSCOPY was scheduled is used The name of the target node Must be preceded by gt Must be in the form node domain organization Default You may omit the organization organization and domain or all parts of the node name If the organization or organization and domain are omitted the local organization and or domain will be used If the entire node name is omitted it will default to the local node name May be one or more of the options described below there is no limit to the number of options you can specify Each option must be separated by a comma semicolon or space but different delimiters cannot be used in the same copy descriptor If conflicting options are given for example ASCII and BINARY DSCOPY will issue a warning and the ast option given will take precedence The first eight options described below cause Interchange Format to be used AS CIT Specifies that records contain printable ASCII characters and that spaces should be used as padding when creating fixed length records This option may be used in conjunction with the STRIP option to indicate that spaces
267. rerouting DS 1 7 remote I O mapping DS 1 7 remote VCP DS 1 7 remote system downloads DS 1 7 store and forward DS 1 7 network management services and features USR 1 7 DS 1 7 network map GEN 3 3 3 30 A 8 A 21 network order BSD 5 39 5 40 5 47 5 48 network parameter modification software module GEN 4 18 network processing GEN 6 2 network security code GEN 3 41 network segment size GEN 3 32 network user s security code GEN 3 41 network worksheet GEN A 2 DS 1000 IV compatible services GEN 3 6 network file transfer GEN 3 6 NS ARPA services GEN 3 6 RPM GEN 3 6 services section GEN 3 6 TELNET GEN 3 6 NFS client defined FSV 1 1 NFT GEN 1 10 4 4 7 3 MNT 9 62 USR 1 4 DS 1 2 See also network file transfer FNDLB GEN 5 14 abort handling MNT 9 73 buffer size GEN 9 9 MNT 2 9 BUILD GEN C 7 checksum MNT 2 9 configuration GEN 9 8 data structures MNT 9 63 directories MNT 9 71 error handling MNT 9 73 file buffers MNT 9 70 general flow MNT 9 63 MSG 3 1 interchange format MNT 9 71 memory based system GEN C 2 C 6 C 8 message flow MNT 9 67 MSG 3 5 6 3 messages MSG 2 3 3 42 summary of MSG 3 10 Index 21 modules MNT 9 62 monitor GEN 6 6 session management MNT 9 73 software modules GEN 4 15 software requirements GEN 1 2 termination handling MNT 9 72 tracing MNT 5 18 transport checksum GEN 9 9 troubleshooting MNT 1 12 XSAM usage GEN 4 7 NFTMN GEN 4 15 4 29 6 6 6 7 9
268. rinsic condition codes DS 8 3 ID sequences MNT 8 9 LU MNT 2 28 message classes MNT 7 20 message streams MNT 7 20 message tracing MNT 7 1 NetIPC USR 5 1 5 25 5 26 5 27 5 29 5 37 5 41 5 44 5 59 5 62 5 68 5 71 RFA calls DS 8 1 condition codes DS 8 3 requirements DS 8 1 syntax conventions DS 8 2 syntax conventions DS 8 2 to HP 1000 messages MSG 7 69 HP 9000 GEN 2 1 USR 5 25 NetIPC USR 5 1 5 25 5 26 5 27 5 28 5 37 5 41 5 44 5 59 5 62 5 68 5 71 HP 9000 communication file transfer USR 3 1 FTP USR 3 1 TELNET USR 2 1 virtual terminal USR 2 1 HP IB and disk LU restrictions GEN 14 25 HPMDM memory based system GEN C 7 HPMDM_TABLE GEN 5 1 5 8 5 13 12 2 htonl BSD 5 39 htons BSD 5 40 ICMP Header MSG 1 10 ID segments GEN 4 33 RPM USR 6 23 6 25 system generation GEN 5 12 ID 66 MNT 9 20 9 45 9 48 9 51 idle session timeout GEN 9 11 idle session timeout modifying MNT 8 14 IDZ00 REL GEN 5 5 IEEE 802 3 USR 1 7 DS 1 6 address GEN 9 17 MNT 2 6 2 21 board statistics MNT 2 15 broadcast address GEN 3 24 header MSG 1 2 LI GEN 3 6 3 8 link GEN 1 14 message processing DS 1000 IV MNT 9 15 multicast address GEN 3 24 9 20 network GEN 1 13 1 14 network boundaries GEN 3 8 probe GEN 1 13 software modules GEN 4 14 station address GEN 3 23 worksheet examples GEN 3 38 IEEE 802 3 LAN probe proxy serv er GEN 3 26 IFP GEN 1 12 class number MNT 2 9 heade
269. ription Array by reference An array which will contain the data read from the argument 16 bit integer by reference The error code returned zero if no error Network Interprocess Communication 6 23 NetlPC Error Codes These error codes are returned to the result parameter of Network Interprocess Communication NetIPC calls Refer to the NS ARPA 1000 Error Message and Recovery Manual for more complete explanations of these error codes NetlPC Error Codes me IN s memeseem O DCI 6 24 Network Interprocess Communication Not a call socket NS ARPA is not initialized NS ARPA is going up or down or the NS ARPA memory area is corrupt Bad option data length Bad entry number in option parameter Bad option total Illegal read threshold Illegal write threshold Cannot read option Network Interprocess Communication 6 25 Remote Process Management Table of Contents RPM Common Parameters 0 0 ccc cece cence eee teen ene El gs Parameter aera hore e 8 Race rok hot aoc E ROC ane eed er Opt Parameter Result Parameter 44 sace eser m CROIRE RR beech armed RCH Nodename Parameter 5 ases ses ue sees e ea Wate etta ge Loading RPM Programs nora es RPMCONTROL RPMCREATE RPMCREATE OPHANS eas eo as Sa ee a ies aso oe RPMCreate Option 20000 Pass Strid8_ oooocooccccccccccmmmo RPMCreate Option 23000 Set Working Directory o ooooooommoo o RPMCreate Option 23
270. riptors need to be selected for writes On return it contains a pointer to the bitmask specifying which socket descriptors from 0 to count 1 are ready for writing Use the FD SET macro and d set variable type to set the socket descriptors for writes before you issue the select call After issuing select use FD ISSET to test for the bits in the bitmask Refer to Socket Descriptor Utilities for more information on clearing setting and testing the bits in the bitmasks 4 12 Berkeley Software Distribution Interprocess Communication exceptions timeout select Pointer to a bitmask to specify which socket descriptor from 0 to count 1 to select for exceptional conditions Set the bitmask to 0 with FD ZERO if no descriptors need to be selected for exceptions On return it contains a pointer to the bitmask specifying which socket descriptors from 0 to count 1 have an exceptional condition pending Use the FD SET macro and d set variable type to set the socket descriptors for exceptions before you issue the select call After issuing select use FD ISSET to test for the bits in the bitmask Refer to Socket Descriptor Utilities for more information on clearing setting and testing the bits in the bitmasks The currently supported condition is when connections get terminated Pointer to the timeval structure which specifies the interval in which to examine the socket descriptors The timeva
271. rogram at the HP 3000 node The loading options are declared by the value of bits within the flag parameter word These bit settings and their defaults are described in the DS 3000 HP 3000 to HP 1000 Reference Manual for HP 3000 Users If the 1ag parameter is omitted the default values are used 16 bit integer HP 3000 program communications buffer size Refer to the DS 3000 HP 3000 to HP 1000 Reference Manual for HP 3000 Users for more information 12 2 Program to Program Communication PTOP PREAD Called from a master program to read data from a slave program PREAD pcb err buf len tag pcb PTOP control block input output err 16 bit integer Error return buf Data buffer An array of a size equal to or greater than the value of the len parameter len 16 bit integer Data length in words A positive decimal value that declares the length of data available for the PREAD request This value is passed to the 1en parameter in the slave s GET call as an indication of the maximum amount of data to send to the master A maximum of 4096 words may be transferred between an HP 1000 and another HP 1000 or between an HP 1000 master program and an HP 3000 slave program The maximum number of words transferred between an HP 3000 master program and an HP 1000 slave program depends on which size buffer module was appended to the request and reply converts RQCNV and RPCNV Maximum is 4096 words The HP 3000 to HP 1000
272. rograms DS 2 23 7 22 local appendage MNT 5 26 Local Area Network See IEEE 802 3 local area network USR 1 7 DS 1 6 1 7 local node GEN 1 3 9 5 9 7 9 13 11 2 11 3 11 5 log file FTP USR 3 2 3 44 log mask MNT 2 27 4 2 4 3 4 5 LOG3K GEN 4 25 4 31 6 7 MNT 7 1 2 command MNT 7 4 Ecommand MNT 7 5 commands MNT 7 3 EN command MNT 7 5 EX command MNT 7 5 LU command MNT 7 6 NO command MNT 7 5 runstring MNT 7 2 TY command MNT 7 7 UP command MNT 7 8 LOGCHG GEN 4 12 4 28 6 7 MNT 4 1 runstring MNT 4 5 logging MNT 4 1 configuration GEN 9 7 disk LU GEN 5 6 output MNT 4 7 statistics MNT 2 27 login RPM USR 6 10 LOGOF request MSG 7 66 LOGON info message request MSG 6 16 response MSG 6 17 memory based system GEN D 6 request MSG 7 65 long data type BSD 3 17 looking up a call socket name USR 5 6 LS command FTP USR 3 45 Index 18 LU GEN 3 12 3 32 3 36 9 16 9 22 MNT 2 5 2 10 2 11 2 21 2 22 2 28 1 GEN 5 6 assignment GEN 5 5 LUMAP GEN 4 22 4 31 6 7 LU3K DS 7 26 LUQUE GEN 4 22 4 31 6 7 M MA GEN 9 22 MNT 9 17 9 30 retry limit GEN 9 22 software module GEN 4 18 timeout GEN 9 11 9 22 MAC address vendor codes MSG A 7 map network GEN 3 3 3 30 A 8 A 21 mappable LU GEN 5 9 MARKER NFT message MSG 3 14 master request MNT 9 17 subroutines to MPE MNT 9 54 TCB MNT 2 25 timeout MNT 2 28 timeout value GEN 9 10 master program session modu
273. rophic events such as rebooting occur at the creating node causing discrepancies between the creator s Process Number List PNL and NODE1 s POOL Do not shut down a session with the SD command for any other reason SD session ID NMSC session ID The session ID at NODE1 that you wish to shut down Your session ID can be found by using the NSINF utility NMSC The Network Management Security Code at the node where REMAT is running 8 6 REMAT SL Lists all program to program PTOP slave programs SL list lu list lu The logical unit number of the local list device Must be less than 64 Default is either the list device specified in the LL command or the list LU assigned by REMAT SO Terminates a program to program PTOP slave program SO program name program name The name of the program to be terminated If no program is specified all current PTOP slaves are terminated at NODE1 NODE1 is specified in the SW command ST Transfers data from NODE1 and creates a file at NODE2 ST namr1 namr2 format mode namri A file descriptor that describes an existing FMGR file or a logical unit number Data is transferred from namr1 LU must be less than 64 namr2 A file descriptor that describes a FMGR file to which data will be transferred Cannot be an LU number The following namr2 subparameters have non standard default values type If zero or not specified defaults to the type of namrif namrl isa file If na
274. rs First Parameter Mappable LU system LU associated with a mappable DVT IOMAP returns the specified mappab1 eLUif it is mappable otherwise it returns the first mappable LU Establish a Map Using First Unused Mappable LU RU IOMAP 1 destinationLU destinationNode securityCode Parameters destinationLU destinationNode securityCode Destination system LU of map Options Set bit 15 to enable the header flag Remote I O Mapping will write a message of the following form to the destination LU preceding each record sent to that LU MESSAGE FROM NODE nnnnn PRGM ppppp AT DAY dddd hh mm ss Where nnnnn is the source node node where the message originated ppppp is the name of the program sending the message or SYS 1 0 if the I O request is from the system or class buffered and ddddd hh mm ss is the day and time that the request was made at the source node Set bit 14 to enable the prompt flag Remote I O Mapping will write a prompt of the following form to the destination LU preceding each read request mapped from the source LU nnnnn Where nnnnn is the source node Set bit 13 with bit 14 to change the read request timeout to 20 minutes but suppress the prompt flag Destination node number of the map the node of the destination LU Network Management security code 13 2 Remote I O Mapping Return Parameters First Parameter Second Parameter Third Parameter Fourth Parameter The s
275. running the FSRV file server program Only one copy of FSRV is allowed to run at one time FSRV is typically scheduled in the welcome file with any of the following runstring parameters required for your environment fsrv cemnuv a type d seconds s blks t timezone where a type ASCII conversion Variable length RTE files of the type specified are transferred in ASCII mode A line feed character is added at the end of every record in the file FSRV always converts type 4 files Note that file types used for binary data should not be specified Case folding Inhibit the case folding of all file names When you select this option file names specified with any uppercase characters are rejected d seconds Directory timeout Use the seconds argumentas the timeout for the server s directory buffer cache This timeout specifies the maximum length of time that a directory buffer can remain in cache on the server A timeout of 0 disables the directory buffer cache Default 10 seconds e EOF cache Disable EOF caching of the server By default the server caches eof information for files being written by a client The e runstring option causes the EOF pointer to be updated on the disk each time a write request extends a file m File name mapping Inhibit the reserved character mapping When you specify this option all of the RTE file name restrictions are in effect when accessing or creating files from
276. s returned in status F SETFL Set the status to value as specified in status The only status setting currently supported is O NONBLOCK status Specify the socket status It is a 32 bit data type each bit of which represents a characteristic of the socket Setting and unsetting the bit in this parameter sets or unsets the socket characteristic respectively For F_SETFL cnt 1 sets the current status to the value specified in status The currently supported value for status is O NONBLOCK This option designates the socket as nonblocking A request on a nonblocking socket that cannot complete immediately returns to the caller and sets errno to EAGAIN This option affects the following calls accept connect recv and send Ina nonblocking connect call the errno value returned is set to EINPROGRESS instead of EAGAIN Sockets are created in blocking mode by default Berkeley Software Distribution Interprocess Communication 4 5 getsockopt Returns status of current socket options Syntax result int result char optval int optlen Parameters result socket level optname getsockopt socket level optname optval optlen socket level optname 0 if getsockopt is successful 1 if a failure occurs Socket descriptor of a local socket The protocol level at which the socket option resides To specify socket level 1eve1 should be SOL SOCKET To specify
277. s the maximum number of unreceived connection requests that may be queued to a call socket The value can be from 0 to 10 Default Three requests NOTE A queue limit of three may be too few if many processes attempt to initiate connections to the call socket simultaneously If this occurs some connection requests may be ignored e protocol address optioncode 128 datalength 2 Atwo byte integer that specifies a TCP protocol address to be used by the newly created call socket The valid range for IPC address is 1 to 32767 If this option is not specified NetIPC will dynamically allocate an address Recommended Range The recommended range of TCP addresses for user applications is from 30767 to 32767 decimal 32 bit integer by reference Call socket descriptor Refers to the newly created call socket 32 bit integer by reference The returned error code zero if no error Network Interprocess Communication 6 7 IPCDEST Creates a path report descriptor IPCDEST socketkind nodename nodelen protocol protoaddr protolen flags opt pathdesc result socketkind 32 bit integer by value in Pascal by reference in FORTRAN Defines the type of socket Must be 3 to specify a call socket Other values are reserved for future use nodename Packed array of characters Pascal Integer array FORTRAN by reference A variable length array of ASCII characters identifying the node on which the path report descriptor is
278. s bit 11 to indicate an interactive write read this bit cannot be used to send control information to the driver in RTE A systems Bit 11 can be specified to the driver in DEXEC 2 and 3 calls Do not specify the logical unit number of any NS ARPA 1000 communication line in the control word Doing so may destroy the integrity of your network bufr Read buffer input output bufl 16 bit integer Read buffer length for words for characters The maximum combined write read buffer size bufl prm1 is 512 words 1024 characters prml Write buffer prm2 16 bit integer Write buffer length for words for characters The write buffer length should be less than or equal to the read buffer length The maximum combined write read buffer size buf1 prm1 is 512 words 1024 characters 0 0 Formal place holders which must be included whenever keywd is specified keywd The locked LU s keyword number See the RTE A Programmer s Reference Manual for more information on this parameter DEXEC 11 3 DEXEC 2 Remote Write Acall to DEXEC with request code 2 results in the transfer of one record from a buffer to an I O device Read or write requests that reference disk LUs are not supported DEXEC dest code cnwd bufr buf1 prmi prm2 0 0 keywd dest code cnwd bufr bufl prmi prm2 keywd 11 4 DEXEC 16 bit integer The Router 1000 node address of the node where the call is exec
279. s generated by the NS ARPA 1000 initialization program NSINIT and other network management programs it should be consulted by Network Managers 91790 90050 NS ARPA 1000 DS 1000 IV Compatible Services Reference Manual Describes the user level services provided by the DS 1000 IV backward compatible services These services are Remote File Access RFA DEXEC REMAT RMOTE program to program communication PTOP utility subroutines remote I O mapping remote system download to memory based DS 1000 IV nodes only and remote virtual control panel 91790 90054 File Server Reference Guide for NS ARPA 1000 and ARPA 1000 Describes information on using and administering the HP 1000 file server including runstring parameters files needed for configuration troubleshooting guidelines and error messages 91790 90060 BSD IPC Reference Manual for NS ARPA 1000 and ARPA 1000 Describes Berkeley Software Distribution Interprocess Communication BSD IPC on the HP 1000 BSD IPC on the HP 1000 offers a programmatic interface on the HP 1000 for multi vendor connectivity to systems that offers BSD IPC 4 3 5958 8523 NS Message Formats Reference Manual Describes data communication messages and headers passed between computer systems communicating over Distributed System DS and Network Services NS links 5958 8563 NS Cross System NFT Reference Manual Provides cross system NFT information It is a generic manual that is a secondary reference sourc
280. sages at both the network and socket level Default NETWORK BRTRC Scheduling RU BRTRC Caution If you abort NSTRC instead of terminating it with BRTRC FMTRC will not be able to format the trace file FMTRC Scheduling RU FMTRC inputDevice rawTraceFile formattedDevice titleField logDevice inputDevice rawTraceFile formattedDevice Device answer file name or interactive device LU that provides input for FMTRC dialogue Default local LU 1 scheduling terminal The raw trace file for FMTRC to format This must be a disk file if NSTRC posted trace messages to a tape you must restore the tape s contents to a disk file before formatting it NSTRC must not have the file open for tracing Default NS_TRACE TRC Device file name or device LU to which FMTRC outputs the formatted trace file Default If you specified a file for rawTraceFi le FMTRC takes that file name strips any existing type extension and adds the type extension FMT to form the name for the formatted output file If you did not specify a rawTraceFile the default is the file NS TRACE FMT Maintenance Utilities 14 5 titleField logDevice An ASCII string of up to 72 characters to label the output file FMTRC prints titleFieldina heading at the beginning of the output file Device file name or device LU to which FMTRC logs any errors Default local LU 1 scheduling terminal if you are running FMTRC inter
281. sed to the named program Data string that can be passed to the scheduled program 16 bit integer Buffer length for words for characters The maximum length of this string buffer is 512 words 1024 characters If you specify bu r you must also specify bu 1 Programs scheduled with DEXEC 9 10 23 or 24 calls at RTE A systems must be loaded as system utilities DEXEC 11 7 DEXEC 11 Remote Time Request You can use this DEXEC request code 11 to obtain the current time from the real time clock at a specific node within your network DEXEC dest code time year dest 16 bit integer The Router 1000 node address of the node where the call is executed A value of 1 indicates the local node Local execution will also be performed whenever dest is equal to the local node address code 16 bit integer Remote time request code 11 time Array of 16 bit integers 5 word time value array where time 1 is tens of milliseconds time 2 is seconds time 3 is minutes time 4 is hours and time 5 is the day of the year year 16 bit integer Year value 1 word 11 8 DEXEC DEXEC 12 Remote Timed Program Schedule This DEXEC call request code 12 schedules a program for execution at specific time intervals Execution may be scheduled either at an absolute start time or following a specified initial offset value Programs scheduled on RTE A systems with a DEXEC 12 call must be loaded as system
282. sents logical subtraction bit exclusion When two terms have no operator between them the operator is used For example LOGCHG DISASTER LOGSTAT is the same as LOGCHG DISASTER LOGSTAT When the expression begins with a or the value of the expression is added to or subtracted from the current log mask For example LOGCHG WARNING is the same as LOGCHG WARNING logmask B The octal representation of the bits set in the following mask The 1ogMask must be octal as an option you may append a B to it 14 8 Maintenance Utilities Log Mask 7 0 ole gt eff The bits set select the event classes as described in Table 14 2 The current value of 1ogMask RESOURCELIM The bit name for the resource limit event class Class 6 DISASTER The bit name for the disasters event class Class 5 ERROR The bit name for the severe errors event class Class 4 WARNING The bit name for the warnings event class Class 3 EVENT The bit name for the event messages event class Class 2 PROLOG The bit name for the protocol specific information event class Class 1 LOGSTAT The bit name for the logging statistics event class Class 0 You must always log this event class Nodal Registry List Utility NRLIST NRLIST lists the contents of the Nodal Registry NRLIST Scheduling RU NRLIST DS 1000 IV RTE MPE Message Tracing Utilities LOG3K and TRC3K allow you to trace and format DS 1000 IV Compatible Services
283. should be stripped from the ends of records Default If the source file is ASCH the target file will be ASCII BI NARY Specifies that records contain binary information and that null characters numeric zeros should be used as padding when creating fixed length records This option may be used in conjunction with the STRIP option to indicate that nulls should be stripped from the ends of records Default If the source file is binary the target file will be binary FI XED Specifies that source file records should be formed into fixed length records Record size can be specified using the RSIZE option and the type of padding used can be specified using the ASCIT or BINARY options Default For HP 1000 type 1 and 2 source files the target file will have fixed length records For other types of HP 1000 files the target file will have variable length records 5 2 Network File Transfer FS IZE filesize IN TERCHANGE RS IZE recordsize ST RIP VA RIABLE Specifies how much space filesize to allocate for the target file If the target file has fixed length records filesize is in records If the target file has variable length records filesize is the number of maximum size records This option can be used instead of the HP 1000 file descriptor size parameter to specify the size of an HP 1000 target file Default The target file will be the same size as the source file Overrides the default c
284. so lists the utility subroutines provided for use in conjunction with PTOP RFA and DEXEC calls Guide to NS ARPA 1000 Manuals The following are brief descriptions of the manuals included with the NS ARPA 1000 product 91790 90020 NS ARPA 1000 User Programmer Reference Manual Describes the user level services provided by NS ARPA 1000 The NS services are network file transfer NFT network interprocess communication NetIPC and remote program management RPM The ARPA services are TELNET and FTP Because there are interactive and programmatic services this manual is intended for interactive users as well as programmers It should also be read by Network Managers before designing an NS ARPA 1000 network so that they will have a clear understanding of the full implications of various NS ARPA 1000 functions and features 91790 90030 NS ARPA 1000 Generation and Initialization Manual Describes the tasks required to install generate and initialize NS ARPA 1000 This manual is intended for the Network Manager Before reading this manual the Network Manager should read the NS ARPA 1000 User Programmer Reference Manual to gain an understanding of the NS ARPA 1000 user level services The Network Manager should also be familiar with the RTE A operating system and system generation procedure 91790 90031 NS ARPA 1000 Maintenance and Principles of Operation Manual Describes the NS ARPA 1000 network maintenance utilities troubleshooting te
285. ss Management RPMCREATE RPMCreate Option 23060 Modify Code Partition Size RTE A System equivalent CD command documented in the RTE A User s Manual AddOpt Parameters optioncode 16 bit integer by value in Pascal by reference in FORTRAN 23060 to indicate the Modify Code Partition Size option datalength 16 bit integer by value in Pascal by reference in FORTRAN The length in bytes of data which is to be included in the opt array Must be a 2 No other values are allowed data 16 bit integer by reference A 16 bit integer specifying the maximum number of code segments permitted to remain in memory at once This number must be less than or equal to the actual number of code segments for the program 0 1 bytes code partition size RPMCreate Option 23070 Modify Data Partition Size RTE A System equivalent DT command documented in the RTE A User s Manual AddOpt Parameters optioncode 16 bit integer by value in Pascal by reference in FORTRAN 23070 to indicate the Modify Data Partition Size option datalength 16 bit integer by value in Pascal by reference in FORTRAN The length in bytes of data which is to be included in the opt array Must be a 2 No other values are allowed data 16 bit integer by reference A 16 bit integer specifying the size of the data partition in pages 0 1 bytes data partition size Remote Process Management 7 13 RPMCREATE RPMCreate Option
286. stem GEN C 5 EXIT command FTP USR 3 27 3 36 3 62 TELNET USR 2 14 EXPORTS GEN 6 7 EXTCALL PASI file BSD B 24 F FCHECK MSG 8 17 FCLOSE MSG 8 18 fentl h file BSD B 10 B 13 fentl BSD 4 11 FCONTROL for STDIN SSTDLIST MSG 8 13 FCONTROL MSG 8 19 FCOPY DS 7 16 session monitor nodes DS 7 17 caution re file extents DS 7 17 use with RTE BR DS 7 17 FD_CLR BSD 6 1 6 2 FD_ISSET BSD 6 1 6 3 fd_set data type BSD 3 17 6 1 FD SET BSD 6 1 6 4 FD_ZERO BSD 6 1 6 5 FGETINFO MSG 8 20 file control calls DS 4 5 definition calls DS 4 4 installation GEN 6 1 file access calls DS 4 4 memory based system GEN C 8 file access mode FSV 3 3 file copying formats interchange format USR 4 3 transparent format USR 4 3 file descriptor parameters USR 3 10 file extents FCOPY caution DS 7 17 file manager format DS 1 8 file masks USR 4 11 used to copy groups of files USR 4 11 used to create target file names USR 4 11 file name globbing USR 3 39 file naming restrictions FSV 2 2 case reporting FSV 2 2 character mapping FSV 2 2 directory names FSV 2 4 file positioning calls DS 4 5 file protection single user system GEN C 6 file server See also FSRV access FSV 2 1 and the RTE file system FSV 2 1 benefits and uses FSV 5 configuration amp initialization files FSV 4 2 etc exports FSV 4 2 etc fsrv mnt FSV 4 2 4 6 etc hosts FSV 4 2 4 4 letc tztab FSV 4 2 4 7 etc ux_groups FSV
287. t Slave TCB list and Process Number Lists PNL M N U Prints information about the NS ARPA message tracing utility NSTRC and the NS ARPA event logging monitor EVMON Used to check the status of tracing and logging V Prints information about NS ARPA 1000 resource numbers information about DS 1000 IV Compatible Services system resources and configuration values and LU table and links used for DS 1000 IV Compatible Services RTE MPE wW Prints information about TELNET virtual terminal sessions both initiated at and remotely connected to the local node Use to troubleshoot TELNET Display When more than one screenful of information needs to be displayed NSINF Commands prompts you to continue or to end the display Enter one of the following commands or or space displays the next screen of information A or Q aborts the display z suspends NSINF display 14 2 Maintenance Utilities NSINIT NSINIT uses a dialogue to prompt the user for initialization information You can specify an answer file that contains the responses to the dialogue or you can respond to the dialogue interactively Scheduling NSINIT To initialize NS ARPA you can schedule NSINIT from the system WELCOME file RU NSINIT inputDevice outputDevice logDevice inputDevice outputDevice logDevice Device file or interactive device LU that provides input for NSINIT dialogue The input Device can be an answer file previ
288. t result stayopen result 0 if the call is successful 1 if a failure occurs stayopen A zero value closes the etc hosts file after each call to the file by one of the following calls gethostbyaddr gethostbyname and gethostent A non zero value leaves the etc services file open after a gethostbyaddr gethostbyname or gethostent call This allows the next gethostent to read from the next line of the etc hosts file rather than from the beginning of the file setnetent Opens and rewinds the etc networks file result setnetent stayopen int result stayopen result 0 if the call is successful 1 if a failure occurs stayopen A zero value closes the etc networks file after each call to the file by one of the following calls getnetbyaddr getnetbyname and getnetent A non zero value leaves the etc services file open after a getnetbyaddr getnetbyname or getnetent call This allows the next getnetent to read from the next line of the etc networks file rather than from the beginning of the file setprotoent Opens and rewinds the etc protocols file result setprotoent stayopen int result stayopen result 0 if the call is successful 1 if a failure occurs stayopen A zero value closes the etc protocols file after each call to the file by one of the following calls getprotobyname getprotobynumber and getprotoent A non zero value leaves the e
289. t to change certain source file attributes such as record length at the target file Interactive Network File Transfer You can use NFT interactively by running the program DSCOPY copydescriptor DSCOPY dscopycommand copydescriptor A copy descriptor May be a maximum of 256 characters long The syntax of copydescriptor is provided below dscopycommand A DSCOPY command The DSCOPY commands are described later in this section Copy Descriptor The copy descriptor allows you to specify the files or directories you wish to copy sfile slogonl snode A tfile tlogon option option sfile The source file the name of the file to be copied slogon The logon and password if any at the node where the source file resides Must be enclosed in brackets This parameter is required if the source node is a remote multiuser HP 1000 Default If s10gon is omitted and the source node is the local node the account under which DSCOPY was scheduled is used gt snode The name of the source node Must be preceded by gt Must be in the form node domain organization Default You may omit the organization organization and domain or all parts of the node name If the organization or organization and domain are omitted the local organization and or domain will be used If the entire node name is omitted it will default to the local node tfile The target file the name the source file will acqui
290. t to trace AP py DA numWords HE NO AP Trace message header and appendage DA numWords Trace message header appendage and numWords words of data numWords must be an integer between 1 and 135 HE Trace message header NO Trace nothing QUEX D3KMS will not write any records to the trace file but the file will still be open and tracing will still be enabled UP Restart tracing if an error has occurred while writing to the magnetic tape UP TRC3K Scheduling RU TRC3K commandInput loggingInput outputDevice commandInput The LU or FMGR file to provide TRC3K commands Default Local LU 1 scheduling terminal loggingInput The LU of the magnetic tape device with the tape where the traced records were logged OUEX D3KMS must not be writing to this LU while TRC3K is reading from it If you enter a negative number TRC3K will terminate If not specified TRC3K prompts you for a magnetic tape LU outputDevice The LU or file to which TRC3K will print the formatted output If outputDeviceis a file it must be an existing FMGR file Default commandInput if it is interactive or local LU 1 scheduling terminal TRC3K Operation If you did not specify loggingInput TRC3K prompts you for the LU of the magnetic tape device with the tape where the traced records were logged LOGGING INPUT Enter the magnetic tape device LU as specified above Maintenance Utilities 14 11 Commands TRC3K prompts you for comm
291. tc protocols file open after agetprotobyname getprotobynumber or getprotoent call This allows the next getprotoent to read from the next line of the etc protocols file rather than from the beginning of the file 4 32 Berkeley Software Distribution Interprocess Communication setservent Opens and rewinds the etc services file result setservent stayopen int result stayopen result 0 if the call is successful 1 if a failure occurs stayopen A zero value closes the etc services file after each call to the file by one of the following calls getservbyname getservbyport and getservent A non zero value leaves the etc services file open after a getservbyname getservbyport or getservent call This allows the next getservent to read from the next line of the etc services file rather than from the beginning of the file Socket Descriptor Utilities BSD IPC socket descriptor utilities operate on socket descriptor bitmasks Socket descriptor bitmasks are used by the select call to specify which sockets are ready for reading writing or have exceptional conditions pending The socket descriptor utilities are summarized here in alphabetical order Note The bitmasks are stored in a special data type defined as fd set which is defined in the header files for C types h Pascal SOCKET PAST and FORTRAN SOCKET FTNI FD_CLR Clears the specified socket descriptor s bit in the b
292. tent getservent inet_ntoa In order to release space that has been dynamically allocated by the above utility functions use free from the standard C library generally found in HPC LIB endhostent Closes the etc hosts file result endhostent int result result 0 if the call is successful 1 if a failure occurs Berkeley Software Distribution Interprocess Communication 4 21 endnetent Closes the etc networks file result endnetent int result result 0 if the call is successful 1 ifa failure occurs endprotoent Closes the etc protocols file result endprotoent int result result 0 if the call is successful 1 if a failure occurs endservent Closes the etc services file result endservent int result result 0 if the call is successful 1 if a failure occurs gethostbyaddr Returns host information on the host with the specified IP address host gethostbyaddr addr len type struct hostent host char addr int len type host Pointer to hostent structure that contains the host information The hostent structure is defined in the include files netdb h SOCKET PASI and SOCKET FTNI for C Pascal and FORTRAN programs respectively addr Character pointer to a variable that contains the IP address of the host The IP address must be in network order that is bytes ordered from left to right len Number of bytes of an IP address type The type of socket address fa
293. ter The eight byte length is not returned in the n1en parameter result 32 bit integer by reference The error code returned zero if no error 6 12 Network Interprocess Communication IPCNAMERASE Deletes a name associated with a call socket descriptor IPCNAMERASE socketname nlen result socketname Packed array of characters Pascal Integer array FORTRAN by reference An array containing an ASCII coded name that was previously associated with a call socket descriptor via IPCName Upper and lower case characters are considered equivalent nlen 32 bit integer by value in Pascal by reference in FORTRAN The length in bytes of the specified name Maximum length is 16 bytes result 32 bit integer by reference The error code returned zero if no error Network Interprocess Communication 6 13 IPCRECV Establishes a virtual circuit connection by receiving a response to a connection request or receives data on a previously established connection IPCRECV vcdesc data dlen flags opt result vcdesc data dlen input output flags input output Note 32 bit integer by value in Pascal by reference in FORTRAN VC socket descriptor Refers to a VC socket that 1 is the endpoint of a virtual circuit connection that has not yet been established or 2 is the endpoint of a previously established virtual circuit on which data will be received Packed array of characters Pascal Integer arra
294. th and can optionally be preceded by a slash 14 16 Maintenance Utilities len 16 bit integer The length of the password in positive words or negative bytes including the optional leading slash oride 16 bit integer An integer specifying the degree to which you want to override session sharing Default is zero no override Refer to DLGON for more information about this parameter DLGOF Releases the session at the specified remote DS 1000 IV node with Session Monitor DLGOF err node err 16 bit integer A variable to which logoff error codes are returned Zero is returned if no errors occurred node 16 bit integer The positive Router 1000 node address or if the remote DS 1000 IV node is a neighbor node the negative communication link LU number An error is returned if the local node number is entered here DLGON Provides non interactive access to a specific remote account at a DS 1000 IV node with Session Monitor DLGON err node acct len oride sess DLGON err node acct len oride sess 16 bit integer The session identifier of the remote session created or the negative of the session identifier of the existing remote session that is being used DLGON is an integer function err 16 bit integer A variable to which logon error codes are returned Zero is returned if there were no errors node 16 bit integer The positive Router 1000 node address or if the remote DS 1000 IV node is a neigh
295. the following values 0 2 4 6 8 10 13 or greater than 13 bytes Any parameter that is not specified defaults to zero The exact length depends on the parameters specified e Ifthe length is 0 all parameters are omitted and take their default value to be zero e Ifthe length is 2 only pri is specified e Ifthe length is 4 pr1 and pr2 are specified e Ifthe length is 6 pri pr2 and pr3 are specified e Ifthe length is 8 pri pr2 pr3 and pr4 are specified e Ifthe length is 10 pr1 pr2 pr3 pr4 and pr5 are specified e Ifthe length is 13 or more all seven parameters are specified Remote Process Management 7 15 RPMCREATE data Array by reference A variable length array with the following contents O1L123 456783 910 11 na 1 bytes pri pr2 pr3 Five optional integer parameters to be passed pr4 pr5 to the child program If any of the parameters pri pr2 pr3 pr4 Or pr5 are omitted the remaining parameters all default to 0 bufr A variable length buffer containing data to be sent to the child program The child program can recover the buffer by using the RTE GETST subroutine or the RTE string passage EXEC 14 call Refer to the RTE manual for usage NOTE Any string that is retrieved with GETST must be structured so that two leading commas exist in the string GETST discards the information preceding the two commas and returns the string following them bufln The length of bufr If a positive i
296. the fifth parameter is not provided it is set to the negative session number obtained if RMOTE successfully establishes a session SV Sets or changes the severity code SV severity severity Severity may be 0 Display error codes and echo commands on log device default 1 Inhibit command echo on log device 2 Command echoed only if RMOTE error occurred SW Establishes which HP 3000 a HELLO will be sent and toggles between the HP 3000 and HP 1000 sw 1u X 25address x 25lu lu The positive LU number of a BISYNC link to an HP 3000 If this parameter is omitted the first BISYNC HP 3000 LU specified at NS ARPA initialization is used x 25address The X 25 network address assigned to the HP 3000 The pound sign must appear before the address The address can consist of up to fifteen digits There is no default X 25 network address x 251u Specifies the physical X 25 link to use Only necessary when more than one X 25 I O board is in use This is not the virtual circuit LU but is the network LU as defined by XINIT the X 25 initialization program 9 4 REMOTE TR Transfers command input to a file or logical unit at the local node filedesc TR lu integer filedesc The file name of transfer file where commands are to be read lu Logical unit of input device where commands are to be read Must be less than 64 integer Negative integer that denotes a transfer back through the stacked command files The
297. the function code is 11 octal then DCONT expects a value in con2 This value controls output line spacing on the line printer or a keyboard display device to suppress line spacing on the next line e gt 0 to indicate the number of lines to space before the next line Oto page eject the line printer space specified lines on keyboard device If the function code is 27 octal then DCONT expects a value in con2 This value declares the absolute file number to be located in the range 1 through 255 10 4 Remote File Access DCONT Table 10 1 DCONT Function Codes FUNCTION CODE FUNCTION DEVICE OCTAL Unused ic Tape Cartridge Tape Uni Write end of file ic Tape Cartridge Tape Uni Backspace one record ic Tape Cartridge Tape Uni Forward space one record ic Tape Cartridge Tape Uni Rewind ic Tape Cartridge Tape Uni Rewind Standby Rewind ic Tape Cartridge Tape Uni Actual Device Status ic Tape Cartridge Tape Uni Set end of tape Paper tape TTY Generate leader Write end of file if not Paper tape TTY Cartridge Tape Unit just written or not at load point Write 3 inch inter record gap Magnetic Tape Forward space one file Magnetic Tape Cartridge Tape Unit Backspace one file Magnetic Tape Cartridge Tape Unit Conditional top of form Line Printer or Display Device Enable terminal allows terminal to Codes 20 27 are defined for a keyboard schedule its program with any terminal DVROO Refer to the DVROO keystroke manual 29029 6
298. the host system If either one needs lower case characters the string must be surrounded by back quotes An example is u MyName mypass host Specifies the host to which you want to log on You may use the host s node name or IP address for the host parameter The syntax for the host s node name is node domain organization and the syntax for the IP address is nnn nnn nnn nnn Both are further described in the NS ARPA 1000 User Programmer Reference Manual If host is not specified FTP displays the FTP prompt and waits for you to enter an FTP command In this case you must specify the OPEN command to open a connection to a host FTP 2 1 Invokes CI or runs the specified program on the local HP 1000 host prog name prog name Any program that you can execute singly Once the command is executed you automatically return to FTP If no command is specified after the exclamation mark you will remain in CI until you execute the CI EX command D Displays FTP commands and help information You may use a single question mark or double question marks Same as HELP command command command Any FTP command If no command is specified FTP lists the currently supported FTP commands When a command is specified FTP displays a brief description of the command A space or comma must separate the question mark and the command parameter Sets the working directory on the remote host to the parent directory
299. tions was given while the other was in effect Only APPEND OVERWRITE Or REPLACE may be in effect at one time OVERWRITE was given while APPEND or REPLACE was in effect An option option was given a value while a previous value was in effect Only FIXED or VARIABLE may be in effect at one time One of these options was given while the other was in effect Only REPLACE APPEND Or OVERWRITE may be in effect at one time REPLACE was given while APPEND or OVERWRITE was in effect The source logon or node name given in the copy descriptor will override the default setting for the current copy descriptor Subsequent copy descriptors will not be affected The target logon or node name given in the copy descriptor will override the default setting for the current copy descriptor Subsequent copy descriptors will not be affected The input line was greater than 80 characters An opening quotation mark was given in the command but the closing quotation mark could not be found No source file was specified in the copy descriptor A logon string must be terminated by a square bracket 1 DSCOPY does not recognize the copy descriptor option eme Wem Error in option value for option option NFT 1000 ERR 22 File names cannot be defaulted The value associated with option is invalid An attempt was made to default a file name NFT 1000 ERR 23 Input command is too big The input command is greater than 256 characters
300. to be created The syntax of the node name is node domain organization whichis further described in the NS ARPA 000 User Programmer Reference Manual Default You may omit the organization organization and domain or all parts of the node name When organization or organization and domain are omitted they will default to the local organization and or domain If the nodelen parameter is set to zero nodename is ignored and the node name defaults to the local node nodelen 32 bit integer by value in Pascal by reference in FORTRAN The length in bytes of the nodename parameter If this parameter is set to zero the nodename parameter is ignored and the node name defaults to the local node A fully qualified node name length may be 50 bytes long protocol 32 bit integer by value in Pascal by reference in FORTRAN Defines the Transport Layer protocol to be used Must be 4 to indicate the Transmission Control Protocol TCP Other values are reserved for future use protoaddr integer array by reference A data buffer that contains a TCP protocol address Recommended Range The recommended range of TCP addresses for user applications is from 30767 to 32767 decimal protolen 32 bit integer by value in Pascal by reference in FORTRAN The length in bytes of the protocol address TCP protocol addresses are two bytes long flags 32 bit integer by reference A 32 bit map of special request bits This parameter is reserved for futur
301. tors or VC socket descriptors When writemap is an input parameter this map should have bits set for all of the call sockets on which you would like to initiate connections or all of the VC sockets to which you would like to send data As an output parameter writemap is a bit map describing all of the write selected sockets that are writeable exceptionmap 32 bit integer by reference A bit map indexed by input output either call socket descriptors or VC socket descriptors When except ionmap is an input parameter this map should have bits for all of the sockets for which notification of exceptional conditions is desired As an output parameter except ionmap is a bit map describing all of the exception selected sockets that are exceptional For call sockets an exceptional condition is present if a connection request is queued to the socket for VC sockets an exceptional condition is present if the connection referenced by the socket has been aborted timeout 32 bit integer by value in Pascal by reference in FORTRAN The number of tenths of seconds the calling process is willing to wait for some event to occur which would cause IPCSelect s report to change This timeout is put into effect only when none of the sockets referenced can immediately satisfy the select criteria i e none are readable writeable or exceptional If this value is set to zero the call will not block If it is set to 1 the timeout will be set to infinity i
302. ts 0123456789 1011 nn 1 bytes pri pr2 pr3 Five optional integer parameters to be passed pr4 pr5 to the child program If any of the parameters pri pr2 pr3 pr4 Or pr5 are omitted the remaining parameters all default to 0 bufr A variable length buffer containing data to be sent to the child program The child program can recover the buffer by using the RTE GETST subroutine or the RTE string passage EXEC 14 call Remote Process Management 7 17 RPMCREATE Caution bufln The length of bufr If a positive integer buf1n indicates the number of words If a negative integer buf 1nindicates the number of bytes in bufr If a positive integer buf1n indicates the number of words in bu r If the bufr parameter is specified the last two bytes of data are bufin Option 23100 should be used with extreme care and is recom mended only for child programs which execute only for a very short duration If this option is issued for a child program that is currently executing RPM will suspend and will not be able to process other requests that arrive while waiting for the currently executing child program to terminate If requests to RPM are frequent enough and RPM suspends for a long time this may cause many requests to be rejected RPMCreate Option 23110 Program Scheduling RTE A FMP Equivalent FmpRunProgram call documented in the RTE A Programmer s Reference Manual AddOpt Parameters optioncode datalength
303. tus You can use this DEXEC call request code 13 to obtain the status and type of a device identified by a logical unit number DEXEC dest code cnwd stal sta2 sta3 sta4 dest code cnwd stal sta2 sta3 sta4 11 10 DEXEC 16 bit integer The Router 1000 node address of the node where the call is executed A value of 1 indicates the local node Local execution will also be performed whenever dest is equal to the local node address 16 bit integer Remote I O status request code 13 Control word containing the LU of the I O device First status word Device T ble word 6 is returned here Second status word Interface Table word 6 is returned here Third status word If the Z bit in the control word is equal to 0 driver parameter word 1 is returned here If the Z bit is equal to 1 the buffer address for return of driver information is specified here Fourth status word If the Z bit in the control word is equal to 0 driver parameter word 2 is returned here If the Z bit is equal to 1 the buffer length for return of driver information is specified here When the Z bit is equal to 1 the sta4 length specification must be less than or equal to 512 words DEXEC 25 Remote Partition Status Obtains the current status of a specific partition at an RTE 6 VM node This call is not supported to RTE A systems DEXEC dest code part page pnum stat dest code part page pnum stat
304. ual and any up dates that are included Periodically update packages are distributed which contain replacement pages to be merged into the manual includ ing an updated copy of this printing history page Also the update may contain write in instructions Each reprinting of this manual will incorporate all past updates however no new information will be added Thus the reprinted copy will be identi cal in content to prior printings of the same edition with its user inserted update information New editions of this manual will contain new informa tion as well as all updates To determine what manual edition and update is compatible with your current software revision code refer to the Manual Numbering File The Manual Numbering File is included with your software It consists of an M followed by a five digit product number FirstEdition Feb 1986 Rev 2608 Update 1 May 1986 Rev 2626 Update 2 Oct 1986 Rev 4 1 Update3 Aug 1987 Rev 5 0 Update4 Feb 1988 Rev 5 05 Second Edition Oct 1989 Rev 5 16 Update 1 May 1990 Rev 5 2 Third Edition Aug 1991 Rev 5 24 Fourth Edition Dec 1992 Rev 6 0 Fifth Edition Nov 1993 Rev 6 1 Sixth Edition Apr 1995 Rev 6 2 3 4 Preface Hewlett Packard Network Services for the HP 1000 NS ARPA 1000 provides the
305. uted A value of 1 indicates the local node Local execution will also be performed whenever dest is equal to the local node address 16 bit integer Write request code 2 Control word See the RTE A Programmer s Reference Manual for an explanation of this parameter Do not specify the logical unit number of any NS ARPA 1000 communication line in the control word Doing so may destroy the integrity of your network Write buffer 16 bit integer Write buffer length for words for characters The maximum buffer size for a remote DEXEC write operation is 512 words 1024 characters If the Z bit in the control word is equal to 1 indicating double buffering the combined buffer length bufl prm2 must be less than or equal to 512 words See the EXEC call descriptions in the RTE A Programmer s Reference Manual for an explanation of this parameter If the Z bit in the control word is equal to 1 indicating double buffering this parameter specifies the second buffer See the EXEC call descriptions in the RTE A Programmer s Reference Manual for an explanation of this parameter If the Z bit in the control word is equal to 1 indicating double buffering this parameter specifies the length of the second buffer for words for characters The combined buffer length buf1 prm2 must be less than or equal to 512 words Formal place holders that must be included whenever keywd is specified The locked LU s k
306. utilities Schedule execution at an absolute start time with the following syntax DEXEC dest code name res1 mtple hrs mins secs msecs Schedule execution following a specified initial offset value with the following syntax DEXEC dest code name res1 mtple ofst dest code name resl mtple hrs msecs ofst 16 bit integer The Router 1000 node address of the node where the call is executed A value of 1 indicates the local node Local execution will also be performed whenever dest is equal to the local node address 16 bit integer Remote timed schedule request code 12 Integer array FORTRAN Packed character array PASCAL A3 word array containing the program name to be added to the time list in the first five bytes the sixth byte is not significant This parameter must reference an ASCII coded program name If a value of zero is referenced for a remote schedule call if the program named does not exist or if the program named is not dormant an error will result 16 bit integer Resolution code 1 tens of milliseconds 2 seconds 3 minutes 4 hours 16 bit integer Execution multiple 16 bit integers Absolute start time in hours minutes seconds and tens of milliseconds on a 24 hour clock 16 bit integer A negative value that declares the initial execution offset time based upon the content of the res1 resolution code parameter DEXEC 11 9 DEXEC 13 Remote I O Sta
307. ve program does not exist as COPY3K PUB SYS RTE returned an Sco5 scheduling error for a RU ON or RW command NOT ENOUGH SAM RTE returned an Sc10 scheduling error for an RU ON or RW command NOT LOCAL COMMAND HELLO or BYE under the prompt from RMOTE OLD COPY3K VERSION ON Slave program on HP 3000 for Mo command is not most recent version 3000 MOVE FAILED LOAD NEW VERSION OLD RMOTE VERSION ON Version of RMOTE is incompatible with slave program on HP 3000 for 1000 MOVE FAILED LOAD RMOTE mo command NEW VERSION Asked when the to file in a file move already exists Indicates bad parameters An FMP error occurred during a file access TIMEOUT NO REPLY FROM The HP 3000 did not respond to the last command try again REMOTE TR STACK OVERFLOW The transfer stack is more than seven levels deep Local and or remote ID sequences do not match the HP 3000 WARNING ILLEGAL OPTION Printed only if severity 0 SP specified with input from RTE LU or an RTE file in non spooled format WARNING RMOTE BUFFER Printed only if severity 0 RMOTE has insufficient buffer space at the end TOO SMALL of the partition to hold some of the messages from the HP 3000 9 6 REMOTE Remote File Access 10 Table of Contents RFA Common Parameters 000 cece een cent e eee eee nee DAPOS DXAPO DCLOS DXCLO DCONT Function Code F unctionSub Code i isse ach e x ek m xe rx eee C E DCRET DXCRE DLOCF DXLOC
308. ven if the session sharing flag 1ags 31 is not set to disable session sharing the child program will session share with the parent program in this case If nodename is NOT the local node and 1oginlenis zero RPMCreate will return an error in result Remote Process Management 7 5 RPMCREATE password passwdlen flags opt Packed array of characters Pascal word array FORTRAN by reference A variable length array with the password for the RTE A logon specified in login If no password is required the passwd1en parameter must be zero 0 32 bit non negative integer by value in Pascal by reference in FORTRAN The length in bytes of the password parameter If passwdlen is zero 0 passwordis ignored The maximum password length in RTE A is 14 bytes 32 bits by reference A 32 bit map of special request bits representing various functions Refer to Flags Parameter in the Network Interprocess Communication section of the NS ARPA 1000 User Programmer Reference Manual for explanations of the 32 special request bits and how to use them in Pascal 1000 and FORTRAN 77 The following flags are defined on input bit 1 is the most significant bit all other flags must be set to zero e flags 2 wait for child input When set this flag causes the calling parent program to wait until the child program terminates The default is zero 0 for no waiting The parent program resumes execution immediately after
309. y FORTRAN by reference A data buffer that will hold the received data or a data vector describing the location where the data is to be placed 32 bit integer by reference When the data parameter is a data buffer dlen is the maximum number of bytes you are willing to receive When the data parameter is a data vector d1en refers to the length of the data vector in bytes Asa return parameter output dlen indicates how many bytes were actually received If IPCRecv is used to establish a connection not to receive data the d1en parameter is meaningless on input and a value of 0 is returned on output Ifthe DATA WAIT flag see 1ags 21 below is zero then dlen returns with the length of whatever data there is If the DATA WAIT flag is set to one then either dlen returns with the same amount requested or a WOULD BLOCK error occurs 32 bit integer by reference A 32 bit map of special request bits The first IPCRecv call establishes a virtual connection and flags has no meaning For subsequent IPCRecv calls 1ags will then be invoked for the established connection Flags must be initialized each time it is used by any NetIPC call The following flags are defined for this call e flags 21 DATA WAIT input When this flag is set IPCRecv waits until all the data that it requested in the d1en parameter has been received If this bit is set to Zero IPCRecv may complete receiving less data than it requ
310. yntax RPM USR 6 5 SYSAT GEN 4 22 4 31 6 7 14 20 SYST FTP message MSG 4 7 System Available Memory See SAM SYSTEM command FTP USR 3 73 system common GEN 1 2 system generation GEN 5 13 system generation GEN 5 1 driver partition phase GEN 5 4 driver relocation phase GEN 5 4 memory allocation GEN 5 12 node statement GEN 5 11 system relocation GEN 5 3 table generation phase GEN 5 5 system memory block See SMB system relocation GEN 5 3 system resources troubleshooting MNT 1 7 T table generation phase GEN 5 5 table sizes troubleshooting MNT 1 7 tables area MNT 9 62 target address GEN 3 27 3 28 9 20 TCB GEN 4 8 9 10 MNT 2 24 9 18 allocation MNT 9 17 TCP GEN 1 11 MNT 9 2 9 5 See also transmission control pro tocol configuration GEN 9 15 header MSG 1 15 retransmission values GEN 9 15 SAPs MSG A 1 segment size GEN 9 15 MNT 2 9 statistics MNT 2 20 troubleshooting MNT 1 11 TCP Transmission Control Proto col BSD 2 2 Index 34 TCP protocol address cross system USR 5 28 5 29 5 31 TCP MAXSEG option BSD 4 14 4 41 TCP_NODELAY option BSD 4 14 4 41 TELNET GEN 1 8 4 5 4 29 6 7 14 26 USR 1 3 2 1 DS 1 2 command USR 2 10 ALARM GEN 4 16 before you generate a system GEN 5 1 block mode USR 2 5 BUILD GEN C 7 CLOSE command USR 2 11 commands USR 2 9 connectivity considerations USR 2 2 DSAM usage GEN 4 5 errors MNT 1 6 ESCAPE command USR 2 12 EXIT comm
311. yte array Pascal Integer array FORTRAN by reference The opt parameter to be initialized optnumarguments 16 bit integer by value in Pascal by reference in FORTRAN The number of arguments that will be placed in the opt parameter If this parameter is zero the opt parameter will be initialized to contain zero arguments error 16 bit integer by reference The error code returned zero if no error 6 22 Network Interprocess Communication READOPT Obtains the option code and argument data associated with an opt parameter argument READOPT opt argnum optioncode datalength data error opt argnum optioncode datalength input output data error Byte array Pascal Integer array FORTRAN by reference The opt parameter to be read 16 bit integer by value in Pascal by reference in FORTRAN The number of the argument to be obtained The first argument is number zero 16 bit integer by reference The option code associated with the argument These codes are described in each NetIPC call opt parameter description 16 bit integer by reference The length of the data buffer into which the argument should be read If the data buffer is not large enough to accommodate the argument data an error will be returned On output this parameter contains the length of the data actually read The length of the data associated with a particular option code is provided in each NetIPC call opt parameter desc
312. zation and domain or all parts of the node name When organization or organization and domain are omitted they will default to the local organization and or domain If the node1en parameter is set to zero nodename is ignored and the node name defaults to the local node 32 bit non negative integer by value in Pascal by reference in FORTRAN The length in bytes of the nodename parameter If nodelenis zero 0 the nodename parameter is ignored and the node name defaults to the local node The maximum length of a fully qualified node name length is 50 bytes If nodelenis zero it is assumed that the parent is either sending the RPMCont rol request to a dependent child program that it previously scheduled or to a child program on the parent s node which is the local node 32 bit non negative integer by value in Pascal by reference in FORTRAN The request code for the control operation to be performed on the child program The request codes are RTE A specific and you should refer to the RTE A User s Manual and RTE A Programmer s Reference Manual for detailed explanations of these RTE A commands and calls The request codes for RPMCont rol are as follows e 20001 Suspend execution of the child program No data is required and none is returned Therefore wrt len and readlenmust be zero This request is equivalent to the RTE A SS suspend program command As in RTE A if a child program is in a state that prevents it from being sus
313. ze is 4096 bytes A stream socket s buffer size can be increased or decreased only prior to establishing a connection SO SNDBUF Returns the buffer size of a socket s send socket buffer The default buffer size is 4096 bytes A stream socket s buffer size can be increased or decreased only prior to establishing a connection The following options are supported for TCP level IPPROTO TCP options TCP MAXSEG Returns the maximum segment size in use for the socket The value for this option can only be examined it cannot be set If the socket is not yet connected TCP returns a default size of 512 bytes TCP NODELAY Toggle option Instructs TCP to send data as soon as it receives it and to bypass the buffering algorithm that tries to avoid numerous small packets from being sent to the network Byte pointer to a variable into which an option value is returned optval returns a NULL if the option information is not of interest and not to be passed to the calling process Although optvalistypedas char the value that it points to is not terminated by Vo Pointer to a variable containing the maximum number of bytes to be returned by optval On return it contains the actual number of bytes returned by optval Berkeley Software Distribution Interprocess Communication 4 7 listen Sets up a listen queue for the specified socket on the server process and listens for connection requests Syntax result listen socket

HP NSARPA/1000 User's Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents